David Talk On Heaven Vol : Ii

VOLUME - II MESSAGES and GLIMPSES OF HEAVEN Conveyed by DAVID

B y

KAMAZH K. SOLOMON Not for Sale

A BRIEF NOTE ABOUT MY SON DAVID At the age of thirteen, in a ‘Missionary Call Service’, when the Preacher asked the youth; “You have only one life in this world. Will you spend it for Jesus?”, David responded by standing up and accepted Jesus as his personal saviour. Further he committed himself to be a Missionary at that tender age. After completion of his high school studies, he got admission at Thirunelveli Government Medical College, Tamilnadu, India. Before joining the college, at a Youth retreat on 7 th August 1999, David dedicated himself to go as a Missionary doctor to Bihar, one of the medically backward states in India, after completing his medical course. He gave his testimony to four hundred youth, adults and Pastors present for his dedication ceremony. There was no backsliding from his promise to serve the Lord and often told his friends in his medical college that he would go to Bihar to serve in a mission hospital after completing his course. But our Lord and saviour called him to be with Him on 7 th October, 2003. When I was terribly depressed after his going home, Jesus gave me the following promises about David. 26 th October, 2003 : David is My son. I will send him ministering angel with a HEALING TOUCH.

around

the

world

as

a

1 st January, 2004 : David is the messages to the earth.

ambassador

for

Jesus

to

convey

Heaven’s

24 th January 2004 : David was my Missionary, he is my Missionary and he will be my Missionary. I give special privileges to my Missionaries. 18 th April 2004 :

“This privilege of communication I have given to you, is according to the perfect will of My Father. Do you think that it is not possible for Me and My Father, who created the Heaven, the earth and the Universe to give such a privilege? We want to reveal glimpses of the glorious Heaven, its grandeur and the happiness of the souls, to the people on the earth and we selected My Son David for that mission. So you go on writing books, as long as it is the will of My Father and until then David shall give messages to you.” I feel that Jesus is fulfilling some of His promises through this book when it goes around, the world with a ‘Healing touch’.

About the books “DAVID TALKS” This is the second Book in the series of books ‘DAVID TALKS’. The first chapters of the first book like the ‘Foreword’ and ‘Life Story of Bensam David Solomon’ are given in this II book too. In the I book, messages received during the period from October 28th, 2003 to April 14th, 2004 are given. In the II book messages from April 14th, 2004 to August 2nd, 2004 (David’s Birthday) are given. If you did not get the I Book and want to receive it, please write to us to the following address. We will try to send a copy, if books are available. AUTHOR Mrs. Kamazh K. Solomon 3, Henry Road, Nagercoil - 629 001 Tamil Nadu, India Phone : 04652 - 230778 E-mail : Kenaz solomon<[email protected]> Biblical Reference Psalm : 145 :10-13 “ ........ All Thy saints shall bless Thee! They shall speak of the glory of thy Kingdom, and tell of thy power, to make known to the sons of men thy mighty deeds, and the glorious splendour of thy Kingdom. Thy Kingdom is an everlasting Kingdom ........”

CONTENTS Page No. FOREWORD

---

v

LIFE STORY OF BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON

---

vii

TRIBUTES TO BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON

---

xxvii

A REQUIEM FOR MY LOST NEIGHBOUR

---

xxix

OUR NEPHEW DAVID, A COMPASSIONATE CHRISTIAN

---

TO MY DEAR FRIEND AND CLASSMATE

---

xxxii

TRIBUTES TO MY LOVING SWEET SON DAVID

---

xxxiv

xxxi

CHAPTERS I. MANSIONS OF VARIOUS PROFESSIONALS IN HEAVEN

---

1

II. WORSHIP SERVICES

---

48

III. PALACES OF KINGS, DUKES AND LORDS IN HEAVEN

---

103

IV. YOUTH AND MUSIC

---

123

V. CHILDREN IN HEAVEN

---

147

VI. SAINTS, MISSIONARIES IN HEAVEN

---

176

VII.VISITING DIFFERENT COLONIES

---

183

FOREWORD Dear Reader, Before reading this book, I want you to know the circumstance in which this book is written. My name is Kamazh Solomon. I retired in April, 2003 from teaching Chemistry in three colleges for 36 years. My husband Rev. Kenaz Solomon is the Missionary and President of London Mission (congregational) Churches for 33 years. We both accepted Jesus Christ as our personal saviour and are doing His Ministry. God gave us 2 sons. Our elder son Samuel Ben Solomon was born after nine years. He completed medicine (M.B.B.S.) and is now working in a hospital in Nagercoil. Our younger son Bensam David Solomon was a final

year student at Thirunelveli Medical College. He accepted Jesus Christ as his personal saviour at the young age of 13 and committed himself to missionary work. He was planning to go to Bihar as Missionary Doctor after completion of his course. But our Lord’s will is different! On 7 th October, 2003, evening after participating in a weekly prayer meeting conducted by Christian Medical students, he died instantly in a bike accident and had gone to be with our Lord. He was a lover of music and used to play keyboard and guitar. My family was terribly shaken and beyond consolation. On the 19 th day after the loss of my beloved son David, my loving Lord gave me a promise about his ministry. From the 21 st day, the Lord gave a “special privilege” to my beloved son David to talk to me from above. Now David is giving me glimpses of heaven little by little. I could hear his voice inside me calling me Amma (mother) distinctly and he continues to talk. This book contains the messages conveyed by David to me. A humble request to my readers first. As mentioned above this experience is a ‘Special Privilege’ given to me by my precious saviour and I believe it completely. I fully believe this message is given with a great purpose – to console me, my family and those who grieve over the loss of their loved ones. It is also my fervent prayer that all those who profess the name of Christ may know the glories of heaven and be ready to meet the saviour when called to eternity. As Paul says death is a GAIN to God’s people (Phil. 1:21). Now, my request is, if a reader has any reservation or if you do not believe this book please don’t write to me your comments- just ignore it since I am giving my son’s messages as I get them. I cannot explain them further. If you are blessed by reading this book, I will be happy to have your comments which may be a source of consolation to me and my family. Thank you. Please pray for us. D.L. Moody, a great Evangelist of the 19 th century writes thus: “Perhaps, if we listen, we too might hear – in this storm tossed world of ours – some whisper borne from loved ones afar”.

In Christ, Mrs. Kamazh. K. Solomon 3, Henry Road, Nagercoil – 629 001 Tamil Nadu, India.

Note : I have included many Bible quotations and Verses from

Hymns in many of these chapters apart from the Heavenly messages conveyed by David. The Bible quotalion’s are taken from Revised, Standard Version - Author

Life Story of Bensam David Solomon My name is Kamazh K. Solomon. I am aged 58. My husband is Rev. Kenaz Solomon, aged 64. We got married on 21 st May 1969. We were living in a rented house after marriage in Nagercoil. Then I was teaching Chemistry at Vivekananda College, Agesteeswaram. I was very much worried about not having children. I felt that I didn’t want to live without a baby. I read a book ‘Salvation of God’ and accepted Christ as my personal Saviour. Then I prayed, “Lord, if it is your will, give me a child.” In my leisure time, I was involved in ministry among the women of our Churches. In 1976, seven years after our marriage, in answer, to my prayer, our Lord helped me to conceive. But that male child died in my womb in the 8 th month. It was a real shock. As soon as I got home from hospital, I closed my room, and cried like a child lying on the floor asking God why this happened. Suddenly there shone a very bright light around me and I heard the voice of Jesus in my heart – “Next year by this time, you will have a baby in your arms”. I was so happy that the marvellous peace of God filled my heart. My doctor’s verdict was that it was almost impossible for me to conceive again, since my ovaries were really inactive. But my unfailing God, as He had promised, gave me a boy on 30 th September 1977. ( I got His promise on 19 th October, 1976). Praise be to God. We named him Samuel Ben Solomon. After 3 years I got my second son BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON. Even in his cradle, he was always smiling. At the age of 3, he was quite happy to go to school. After getting home from school, the first thing he used to do was to open his bag, throw down all his books on the floor and do his home work. Only after doing all his home work, will he go to play or watch T.V. He was quite studious. During his 11 th and 12 th grade in school, he made up his mind to study medicine like his brother. He studied at Scott Christian Higher Secondary School and stood first in his final examinations at 12 th grade in 1998. In Science subjects he scored 198 (Maths), 199 (Physics), 197 (Chemistry) and 189 (Biology) out of 200. His marks in Biology (189) was not enough to get admission in medical college that year and hence decided to improve the score in Biology – writing Biology test again hoping he would get medical admission the next year. My husband did his B.D. in the United States of America for three years. So, he has many friends there. One American couple, close friends of my family wanted David to study medicine in U.S.A. They promised to get him admission with full scholarship, and agreed to be his sponsor and

guardian while in the States. He was to do four years B.S. Course (Premedicine) before joining Medicine. Before going to the United States he had to write two tests – TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) and SAT (Scholastic Aptitude Test). As for my son David, he needed no push to study! He was never tired of studying and reading as many books as possible before going for these two tests to Bangalore. Even sleep eluded him. As usual, he scored, more marks than prescribed by the College where he got admission in the United States. He became eligible for full scholarship too. Finally when he went to the American Embassy in Chennai for his Visa, embassy refused him Visa saying ‘you are to study medicine in America for ten years. After such a prolonged study, we are highly doubtful whether you will return to India’. On one side I felt sad for him because it was a great disappointment. On the other side as an affectionate mother, I had a great sense of relief because the worry of my son having to be away from me for such a long time was removed from my heart. May be I was too possessive! But the Lord whom I serve did not allow him to be discouraged. After getting back from Chennai, the first thing he did was to take his Biology book in his hand and started studying for his improvement test. Without anybody’s help, he worked hard and wrote his improvement test. As a human being, I had a lingering doubt whether he would manage to get admission for medicine. I was a bit confused. One day early morning when I was praying, I heard the voice of God talking to me. I knew without any doubt that it was my Lord speaking because I had heard that voice twice before. He said ‘If David dedicates himself as a medical missionary, I will give him medical admission’. Immediately my thought went back to the incident that happened in 1993. It was summer vacation in 1993. We had two day retreat at Puthalam beach. In the last session Brother Stanly Prince from Friends Missionary Prayer Band, who was the speaker at the retreat, gave a missionary call. David was only thirteen years old then. With David by my side, I too was on my Knees in prayer. Suddenly David stood up. My immediate reaction was ‘shock’. I feared that David, without realizing the real implication, was standing up. I felt it was a child’s innocent prank. Even after getting home, I didn’t feel like asking my beloved young son about that. Gradually the whole episode was forgotten. After 6 years, when I heard the voice of my Lord, I remembered his dedication for Missionary work at the age of 13. Then I told David about the Lord speaking to me and asked him whether he really meant to be a Missionary when he committed himself at the age of 13. He immediately said, he had no second thought about it. When Brother Stanly Prince said, ‘you have only one life to live on this earth. Will you spend it for Jesus?’, David was very much touched. David assured me that his dedication was not a thoughtless childish act. I was very much moved and thanked my saviour profusely. Our Lord helped David to score high marks in Biology and in the entrance test. He had no problem in getting admission for medicine (free seat).

He chose Thirunelveli Medical College so that he could take part in Church and Youth Ministry among our Churches during the week ends. A few days before joining College, on 7 th August, 1999, we, arranged to have his ‘Missionary dedication’ in a youth retreat at the Y.M.C.A. Campus in Kanyakumari (Cape Comrin). In that meeting, he shared his personal testimony among the youth and vowed that he would go as a missionary doctor wherever the Lord calls him, after the completion of his medical studies. Finally he played guitar and sang a beautiful dedication song in Tamil.

In Tamil rh; n t!; t uh ck; re; e pjpapy; te; j pLk; ,r; r kak; rh; t Kk; ckf; f ha; rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ck; rpj; j k; epiwntwnt 1.

rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; iffs; rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; fhy; f s;

2.

rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; fz; f s; rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; brtpfs;

3.

rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; tHpfs; rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; thH; i t

Translated in English (Not according to tune) Almighty God in Thy Presence I come before Thee, this instant I surrender all to Thee Let Thy will be done 1.

I surrender my hands to Thee I surrender my feet to Thee

2.

I surrender my eyes to Thee I surrender my ears to Thee

3.

I surrender my ways to Thee I surrender my whole life to Thee. Then David started his life in the Medical College. He kept on telling his friends and College mates that after completing his studies (M.B.B.S.), he would go as a medical Missionary to Bihar State and work in a Mission Hospital. After working for a few years, he would go for higher studies. Again after completion of his studies, he would continue to work at the same place, helping the sick, the poor and the needy. Even as a student, he started his ministry. In his medical College hospital, he was supporting many poor patients. A group of committed Christian boys and girls in his medical College met regularly every Tuesday evening for prayer and worship. He was in charge of singing. Mostly he played keyboard, and at times guitar. During Summer Vacations, he attended Vacation Bible School sessions in our Churches. He was never tired of carrying his keyboard to Churches. He was a member of the “Christian Youth Welfare Association Gospel Band” of our Churches which visited and still visits all our Churches. Being a great lover of music, he made sure to go with the gospel band to all our Churches.

So, all our congregations knew him. When Churches have special meetings (Conventions) for two or three days, they ask David to play the keyboard. He never said ‘No’. After College, he got back to Nagercoil (45 miles) in his motor bike, ate something from home and went straight to the meeting. He had to drive 25 to 40 kilometres to the meeting and got back home around 10.30 p.m. Again he left for College at 5.30 in the morning. If there were special meetings during the week-ends, he did the same. Members of our Youth Association used to visit a Church once a month in the afternoon. David was always part of that group. Youth divided themselves into small groups and visited houses of the congregation. At 6 p.m., they used to meet the youth group of that Church and close the meeting with a sing song service where the whole congregation took part. David enjoyed this very much. He never got tired of walking while making house calls. As usual he used to be back home after 10.30 p.m. and left for College at 5.30 the next morning. Our Youth Association used to conduct a one-day retreat once in 3 or 4 months. It is conducted in tourist or scenic spots, and sometimes in one of our Churches. There was not even one retreat where David did not participate and sing. He was very particular that singing should be good. In the same way he took part in all Free Medical Camps organized by the Youth. Often he brought doctors from his College to help. If there were too many patients, he himself checked blood pressure and dispensed medicines. The important thing was he was very, very happy to get involved in all these ministries. During week ends we used to spend our time at our beach house in Puthalam. On Saturday evenings he gathered the village children and taught them songs with his keyboard. In the Sunday morning worship service they used to sing those Songs. Sometimes he got back from his College after 7 p.m. on Saturdays. Still he wasn’t tired to teach them new songs. He sang tenor. His brother Dr. Samuel Ben Solomon and David were very close to each other. Since Samuel had completed medicine already, almost every day David contacted him through the phone to clear some of his doubts. When David got home during the week ends, they used to lie down in the same bed and discuss many things till late night. Samuel also said, David had a better knowledge about the patients because he had the opportunity to examine various types of patients in his Medical College Hospital and his knowledge helped him (Samuel) much. David’s death was a terrible shock for Samuel. Samuel said, ‘Amma, I feel very lonely and left alone now’. His grief was too much. Our Lord alone should console him. Likewise David and his cousin (my sister’s son) who is 12 years older than David were close. In his college also, all his fellow students had very good relationship with him. In our beach village also all the boys, young or old, were close to him. In short, on the earth, every one was his friend which meant he led a real Christian life during his short span of life in this world. His life in the College is another story. His friends said he was always welldressed. It was hard to find him without books in his hands. His aim was to stand first in his class. He stayed with a group of boys in a rented house. He avoided

staying at College hostel because he felt, students, from other rooms would disturb his studies. As his friends said, he used to study up to 2 or 3 a.m. Everyday when his fellow students went to bed earlier, he stayed at the verandha and studied. He never went to bed without reading his Bible as well as Daily Bread- portion for that day. It is more important that he shared what he read with his fellow students whether they were Christians or not. Finally it became a habit for his friends to ask him for the Bible portion and the message for the day and he shared it with them. Of course, it was not just all study and no play. He very much enjoyed playing cricket. He was an important member of the team. Strange thing is, even when going to play, he took a text book along because when he had some leisure in between games, he could study. For David not a minute was to be wasted. May I say he was a typical example for perseverance and hard work !! Please don’t think he was concerned about his studies only. For two years during summer vacation I was giving some free special coaching in Chemistry to final year (12 th ) high school students. David was good in Physics. He used to accompany me to Palliyadi and taught them Physics both in English and in Tamil. Even though he studied in English medium and not quite familiar with technical terms in Tamil, he studied Tamil text carefully and taught Tamil medium students. Likewise when he was in Medical College, he was Coaching 11 th , 12 th grade students Mathematics and Physics in Tamil at the beach village. For any favour for anybody, it is hard to get a ‘No’ answer. May be the word ‘No’ was not in his dictionary. To us he was a perfect son, never got angry for anything with his parents, the same with others. Do you wonder, how can you find a young boy like this? Yes, David was an exception. May be our Lord loved him more than I did and called him to be with Him for ever. When some poor friends or relatives went to his medical College hospital to take scan, X-ray or for special checkup, he took them to the concerned departments and doctors personally. If it means waiting for a while, he stayed with them. Always he made sure to carry one of his College text books with him so that he could study during the waiting. At times, he took blood pressure monitor from home to check pressure for some old aunties living close to his College. If blood pressure was high, he took them to his College hospital in his motor bike, got medicines and took them back to their homes. Another interesting trait of David was that he was a very jovial person. At puthalam beach house during week ends, we could always hear laughter of his friends gathered around him. He used to give special pet names to his friends and used to call them affectionately by those names. In any situation at any time he was talented in making jovial comments which used to make every one laugh including his parents and brother. David’s father used to repeat his jovial comments and laugh heartily. All of a sudden our laughter in this world came to an end. But we are eagerly waiting for the day, when we shall meet our darling son David again face to face in our eternal Heavenly Home to hear him speak and continue to laugh for ever. Finally, let me share with you the happenings that took place during the last few days, before our Lord called him to His eternal home. All those things, I was and am convinced, happened with a definite purpose. October 2, 3 were government

holidays. So, we arranged a fasting prayer at Puthalam beach on those days. Previous week David phoned me from College these days being holidays, (Oct. 2, 3) he was planning to go to Ooty (a hill station) for a change. I told him about the fasting prayer meeting and asked him whether he could play keyboard, and help us with singing. He immediately cancelled his plan to visit Ooty and agreed to participate in the fasting prayer. His friends were a bit sad, but he didn’t mind. He gave priority to Jesus in his life. He took part in the meeting till the end and he too did not take any food till the meeting was over. The fasting prayer was from 6 p.m. to 3 p.m. next day. The meeting came to a close with holy communion. He helped his father in preparing for the holy communion. He only filled cups with grape juice and set the table. He finally took part with the others. He was sitting on the floor only. He played the closing hymn in his keyboard. e mee At the close of the meeting, he with some other boys served meals to the participants. Then he took a group of ladies in his father’s car to the bus stop two miles away, saw them off and got home. Next day was Saturday (October 4, 2003). A short tour was planned for the beach village Sunday School, and choir members. We had our car and with 5 motor bikes of his friends, we visited Thengapattinam beach, Colachel harbour, Muttom beach, Chothavillai beach and finally got home. While going, David’s father was his pillion rider. On the way back I (mother) was his pillion rider. He enjoyed this tour very much. This was his last pleasure trip with Sunday School Children, Choir and especially his childhood village friends. He very much enjoyed having me and his father riding with him. “Honour thy father and mother” – David was a good example to that commandment. On Sunday (Next day) he played the keyboard, as usual in our worship service, gave sweets to Sunday School Children (which he did every Sunday) and taught in the Sunday School. At noon we got back to Nagercoil to our home. In the afternoon, he had a long sleep, (to compensate for a whole week’s loss of sleep). As usual he had a long night studying. On Monday morning he left for College 45 miles away at 5.30 in the morning in his bike. My husband and I prayed with him and said good bye. I knew well that he was fond of Owning a Cellular phone. Two weeks before his end, I had a strong urge that I should buy him one. I shared my feeling with my husband and Samuel, our elder son. They gladly agreed. So, I bought him a cell phone and how happy he was! He used to call me and his brother often. We were specially glad because contact with him became easier, and I, as his mother enjoyed hearing his voice. As usual, on 6 th October (Monday), 2003. I talked to him a few times. 7 th October, 2003 was his last day on this, as Paul puts it “Earthly Tent”. It was also the last day to complete his ministry in the College. A group of medical College students were meeting regularly for prayer and worship in a Chapel “Bethel” every Tuesday. David, too attended this fellowship often and played the keyboard. This particular Tuesday, he only chose the Hymms and Choruses. He practised singing for two days, got those songs typed and then took Photostat copies for distribution to the participants. That fateful afternoon, he called me twice to pass on some information about his brother’s (Samuel) higher education. Finally he said he would look in the

internet and give me more details after his chapel service. That was the very last piece of conversation my son had with me in this world. His friends told me he sat on the College verandah and studied from 2 to 4.30 p.m. Then he took his keyboard and another junior student to the Chapel. Le me give you the song and some Choruses which he selected and sang in that Chapel service. They all sound as if he prepared himself to meet his beloved saviour after completing his earthly course. First song in Tamil ck; n khL ,Ug; g Jjhd; cs; s j; j pd th"; i riaah ck; rpj; j k; bra; t Jjhd; ,jaj; j pd; Vf; f ikah

1.

2.

3.

,nairah ck; i kj; j hnd vd; Kd; n d epWj; j pa[ s ; n sd; - (2) vdf; f hf ahita[ k ; bra; g tnu bra; J Kog; g tnu vd; ghu'; f s; vd; Rikfs; - (2) ck; ghjj; j py; ,wf; f p itj; n jd; - (2) ,uf; f Kk; cUf; f Kk; ePoa rhe; j Kk; fpUiga[ k ; cs; s tnu vd; $Ptid mHptpy; epd; W kPl; l tnu vd; nka; g ; g nu kd; d pg; g jpy; ts; s y; ePnu Rfk; jUk; bja; t k; ePnu ck; md; i ga[ k ; ,uf; f j; i ja[ k ; kzp Koaha; Nl; L fpd; w Ph; .

English Translation (Not according to tune) To live with you my Lord, is my heart’s desire To do Thy will is the longing of my heart Lord Jesus I always keep Thee Alone just before me (2) 1. Thou art doing everything for me And completed my tasks I unloaded my burden and my cares at Thy feet 2. Thou art the God of compassion, Grace and tender Mercy My Shepherd who saved my Soul From eternal death. 3. Thou art the God of abundant forgiveness Thou art the God of healing Thou art crowning me with Thy love and Thy compassion A Chorus at the middle of the service “I will enter His gates with thanks giving in my heart,

I will enter His courts with praise, I will say this is the day that the Lord has made, I will rejoice for He has made me glad”. The following chorus was the last song he sang in this world. Since it was a new chorus, he taught it to the students before the beginning of the service, and at the close of the service, he sang the chorus loudly Thrice, playing at his keyboard. Lord I lift your Name on high, Lord I love to sing Your praises I’m so glad you are in my life, I’m so glad you came to save us You came from heaven to earth to show the Way From the earth to the Cross, my debts to pay From the Cross to the grave, From the grave to the sky Lord, I lift your Name on high. Don’t you agree that all the gospel message he was supposed to preach for a long time (if he was alive) is contained in this particular chorus? I must say this was my beloved son David’s personal testimony. On the way back after the worship service, he died in a bike accident. This happened within 10 minutes after the service. A lady in a vision heard angels saying that David died in an instant without any fear of death and was taken to his heavenly home surrounded by a host of angels clad in bright, white robes. When my sister cried in agony at the feet of Jesus, regarding David’s death, Jesus in His tender mercy revealed to her, that David was carried by the angels before he dashed, by giving her Ps: 91:12 He is safe in the arms of his beloved Master and Saviour Jesus Christ. As Paul says, David fought a good fight, kept his faith and finished his race. Just imagine the agony we, his parents, brother, relatives and friends must have gone through. His friends, classmates, the whole student body, his professors and Dean showed their love and respect for David – a well behaved, a very studious and a real Christian, in every possible way which was indeed touching. The whole medical college student body was present at his funeral. The weeping and wailing of students, especially boys showed us how much he was loved. Samuel, David’s father and me were terribly shocked and all our dreams for our Missionary son stood completely shattered. Of course we have no right to ask our Lord “ why Lord why” you took him away from us at this tender age who had dedicated his life for the Lord’s ministry. Still what is God’s will? At this agonizing moment, my dear, precious saviour started revealing His purpose for David. Let me share with you what my Lord said to me. It was a Sunday (26-10-2003). At 5 A.M. when I woke up, my heart was aching for my beloved son. My heart was too heavy and I kept on telling, “Lord you took away my precious son”. Suddenly I heard the voice of my saviour Jesus speaking clearly in my heart. Previously in my life, when I was very much frustrated, I had the experience of hearing His voice. So, I knew for sure it was Jesus. He said: David? - He is my son. Immediately I folded my hands and said, ‘Lord, I do agree’ but you chose him to be a missionary and even helped him to get admission in a medical college. That purpose was not fulfilled, Lord”. Immediately Jesus said; “So, you wanted him to work in only one place? No. I will send him (David) around the world as a ministering Angel with a healing touch”. Suddenly, the peace that passeth all understanding filled my heart.

A conversation with My Darling Son David on 28 th October 2003 Still, I terribly missed my son David. I couldn’t get over the unbearable loss. Two days later on Tuesday (28 th Oct., 2003) I woke up at 3 ’O clock in the morning. I was praying to remove the pain in my heart. I prayed ‘LORD I cannot live with this agonizing pain in my heart for long”. AT 5.30 in the morning, I dozed off. Suddenly I heard somebody calling Amma, amma! It was a soft sweet voice. David : Amma ! please don’t grieve for me. I am so happy in heaven. I cannot possibly express my happiness and the beauty of this place. Ammamma (my mother, David’s grandma) is with me. Amma : Oh! my darling son! How are you? What are you doing there? David : I am in ammamma’s house. Young people are gathering for a choir practice. Uncle Titus’ Son is with me. You don’t know others. But they sing beautifully with perfect voices. Ammamma is also singing with me. I met Grandpa (my father). But now, he is not here at home. My two grandpas are very very busy. I don’t know what they are doing. Amma : Darling son! Did you have any premonition about your death while singing in the last chapel service near your college? David : No amma. But I was extremely happy while singing those songs. Amma : Tell me about the accident. David : I don’t remember anything about it. I could only see a host of angles surrounding me to take me HOME to JESUS who warmly enfolded me within HIS ARMS. Then I was embraced by ammamma and all my grand parents and relatives. Amma : Are you missing your studies? David : Definitely NO. It is a great burden off my mind. Though I worked hard, it was a great burden. But I remember everything I studied. That is a great surprise. After a few days David told me that Jesus asked him to talk to me and console me. Since then once in 2 or 3 days when I read, lie down or am busy, doing some thing I could hear my David’s voice inside me distinctly calling me Amma (mother). Knowing immediately that my son is going to talk, I sit quiet and ask him to speak. His way of talking is the same as when he was in the world–same words and same expression. I was fully convinced that I should put down his messages in the form of a book. The Holy spirit once told me “David is an ambassador for Jesus to convey Heaven’s messages to earth”. I too had the strong conviction that David’s talking is the beginning of his ministry. The following incident convinced me that ‘David’s calling to be with the Lord; was not accidental, but was His will. There is a girl (23) who has the anointment of, the Holy

Spirit. 24 hours before my son’s death, she had a vision. On 6th October, 2003 while she was having some rest around 6 p.m. she had the vision that she was sitting in side the building where we have worship service on Sunday mornings. She saw David standing on the platform in the place of worship. He raised both his hands and went on praising God non stop for a very long time. He was surrounded by men in spotless white dress. David and this girl had known each other right from childhood. She was very much surprised for she had never seen David doing this before. She suddenly awoke and told this to her mother. On the other side she was sad about this Heavenly vision. Her mother told her a vision about a particular person need not be fulfilled in his life, it may happen to some one else because that girl was afraid something bad might happen to David. She didn’t want to share this with me immediately thinking not to upset me with her vision. Only after David’s, death, she was so sad that she did not share this vision with me earlier. As far as I am concerned, it was our Lord’s will for David, revealed through that girl. In this context I like to quote two similar experiences passed on to me by my father Rev. A. N. Bensam, a long time minister who served Christ as a pastor (43 years) in a big congregational Church and my aunt Mrs. Nancy Bright. 1. After getting home from College, I used to spend sometime with my father and mother every evening. One evening my father told me that he was talking with his elder sister late Lilly for half an hour. He said “she told me many things about Heaven”, “especially about meeting her parents and relatives and the joyous reunion in Heaven”. She also said, “one could easily identify their loved ones. Heaven is indeed a wonderful place”. 2. My uncle Rev. Bright David was also a long time minister (18 years) and died at the age of 49. At the time of his death my aunt was only 39 and left with the burden of bringing up her 5 children. Her eldest daughter was doing B.A. in a College and youngest son was only 10 years old. How could she possibly bear this loss? She was involved in ministry among women But our Lord who was and is faithful did not let her down. My uncle talked to her from above often giving suggestions about her children’s studies, marriage etc. When I was in the 10 th standard, I stayed in her house. She often used to say, your uncle talked to me to day. She told me once that she was going to attend a women’s fellowship meeting (She was then the women’s fellowship General Secretary). As she was about to leave the house with many files, she heard uncle telling her, “Nancy, you forgot to take two important files. Take them with you”. What a surprise! When I got back from school, my aunt told me excitedly about this incident. I was happy for my aunt’s sake. Now, from my own experience, I do know what she said was real. Now, the special privilege given to my son (talking to me) continues to comfort me. With the guidance of the Holy Spirit I put my experience in words.

“Even though I accept my son’s departure from this world as Gods will, yet as a human being the pain of separation from my darling son lingers in my heart. Our Lord did take him with a definite purpose. I am sure that His purpose is partly fulfilled through this book. It is my earnest prayer that this book should console many who lost their loved ones, especially at a tender age. I also feel that the reading of this book will dispel the fear of death for the Christians. For His children as a whole, this book may create a longing to be with the Lord in that glorious Kingdom of the King of Kings. Kamazh. K. Solomon 3, Henry Road, Nagercoil – 629 001, Tamil Nadu, India. Phone : 04652 - 230778 Fax : 04652 - 237439 E-mail : printland @rediffmail.com

DAVID AS A FOUR MONTH OLD BABY IN HIS MOTHER’S ARMS

ONE YEAR DAVID PLAYING AT PUTHALAM BEACH

ONE YEAR OLD DAVID IN HIS CRADLE (RIGHT)

THREE YEAR OLD DAVID (EXTREME LEFT) WITH HIS FAMILY

ELEVEN YEAR OLD DAVID WITH HIS ELDER BROTHER SAMUEL

DAVID AT NINETEEN

DAVID GIVING WITNESS AT THE MISSIONARY DEDICATION SERVICE ON 7TH AUGUST 1999 (19 YEAR OLD)

DAVID PLAYING KEYBORD AT THE 2003 SUNDAY SCHOOL RALLY

DAVID CHECKING BLOOD PRESSURE AT A FREE MEDICAL CAMP (JULY 2003)

DAVID HELPING DOCTORS AT A MEDICAL CAMP (EXTREME RIGHT) (AUGUST 2003)

TRIBUTES TO BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON I have known David from the time he was just seven years old. My acquaintance with him has mainly been in the Puthalam beach, where I too have a cottage, our holiday resort. The charm of his face, with its ever-radiant smile, is the attraction that any acquaintance of his would find irresistible in him. Humility, modesty and sincerity are the gems that adorn his character. So intelligent and brilliant in his studies and so talented, yet so humble and modest – so cultured and refined, yet so accessible to and one with the unlettered and the unrefined – beloved of all, from the rustic uneducated villager to the scholarly Dean of the Medical College, where he studied – it is almost impossible to find another child of his caliber on this earth. He could never refuse any help to anyone anytime. He was a veritable angel on this earth. On Saturday evenings, one could see him hurrying to the Church in the Puthalam village beach, carrying his keyboard for the choir practice for the Sunday morning service there. I too have helped him with soprano once or twice in these practices. The pains he takes to train the rural church choir – members, mostly very young girls with absolutely no ear or sense for music is indeed remarkable. He never failed in any of his missions for Christ

because of his dedication, commitment and indefatigable industry. His commitment to his Lord and saviour was cent percent. There was never a moment of wavering. David was indeed a very warm sunbeam that radiated many a human heart. The free medical camp that he had arranged for the poor rustic villagers of the Puthalam beach, with the help of his senior doctors and friends which the villagers attended en masse and benefitted, only showed his kind concern for the very poor villagers there. The care and concern he evinced to get each poor villager tested freely, was just typical of his nature and character. He persuaded even me to get myself tested for sugar and pressure, even when I told him that I was sure I had neither of these complaints. His burden that not a single person should miss the benefits of this free medical camp was ever so obvious. On Saturday David could be seen playing cricket in an open ground next to my cottage, with the teenagers of that village, most of whom were drop-outs from school and with no regular employment. I always used to wonder how David could level himself with these boys. He was their friend, hero and idol of worship. He knew them from his childhood days, when he had played with them, without any inhibition and so even when he grew up and had earned his seat in the medical college in the right royal way, he never alienated himself from them. Like water on a lotus leaf, he could keep himself unsullied, and incorruptible, what ever the company he may keep. During the Sunday service in the choir, he used to play so spontaneously and effortlessly on the keyboard and sing tenor in the mike. It is no exaggeration at all when I say that his singing and accompaniment on his keyboard added to the richness and meaningfulness of the Sunday Service in that village. Occasionally when I attend the service in that church now, tears automatically trickle down my cheeks and I feel unable to sing, choked with grief at the void he has left there. With his charming face, very sweet smile, willingness and readiness to help any one any time, darling David has left us all for his heavenly abode, leaving behind him just fragrant memories that can never be dimmed or erased by time. Like the sweet child Lucy Gray of William Wordsworth’s poem, David was veritably “the sweetest child that ever grew beside a human door.” Mrs. Indra Alexander (Rtd. Principal and Head of the Dept. of English), Women’s Christian College, Nagercoil.

A Requiem for My Lost Neighbour Once I had a caring neighbour Along the side of a beautiful seashore His name was BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON – God fearing and so dear He was a pleasing and lovable character He appeared on the earth with mighty talents Suddenly he vanished like a bubble in yonder Like a crimson sun drown on the deep sea, I muse over the memories of the departed soul A gifted son to his parents – the star of the family Obedient son to his father Ever loving son to his mother Always jovial with his brother His smiles were sunbeams and voice melodious In church he was the best singer and Sunday class teacher In choir he was a strong tenor He played rhythmically on the keyboard and guitar He had an ambition to join a great choir He strained every nerve to achieve that aim. At studies he was very clever He desired to become a missionary doctor When time permits he was a player and reader Played cricket and volleyball with pleasure. On the stage he was a best actor To his friends he was a well wisher With all noble qualities like a leader For the weak students he was a guide and guardian More concerned and generous to the poor With pure and sacrificial manner For the sick and needy he was a timely doctor At free medical camps he was an active doctor To the neighbours he was a helping hand Never he changed his face in anger Along the seashore he was a lover of nature No. No. he has gone for ever But gone before us to be a receiver He was like an angel before But now he himself an angel forever. Oh! dear. Be our angel and guiding star. Near the sweet shore of Puthalam and everywhere How can I ever forget my caring neighbour?

O’ Dear Child David O’ Dear Child DAVID We won’t forget you Though the work is half done We will make it full We will follow your path We will follow your foot - steps O’ Dear Child DAVID Your are in every heart You are dearer to all. Mrs. Vimala Singh Rtd. Teacher, Nagercoil.

OUR NEPHEW DAVID, A COMPASSIONATE CHRISTIAN When I think abut our Lord Jesus, the picture that comes into my mind is that of the compassionate Saviour. We read again and again about His compassion to the poor, the sorrowful, the persecuted and the sick and suffering. A compassionate Christian is a real follower of Christ and His teachings. The last time my husband and I lived in India was between 1997 and 2000. In 1997, David was 17 years. The first thing you noticed about him was his quick smile that lighted up his whole face. He was such an intelligent boy, and at the same time very industrious. This combination resulted in very high marks throughout his school years, and made it possible for him to continue this high academic success in the medical college too. Apart from the time spent on studies, he devoted his time to music. He was in-charge of music when we attended services on Sundays. He used this talent that God had given him in many positive ways. In August of this year, my cousin Kamazh had sent me snaps from a free medical camp held in a village. Samuel and another doctor along with David and other volunteers examined and gave free medicine to the poor villagers. We gathered from the snaps how much time and care these doctors including David were willing to give the sick and poor. This was one example of David, the compassionate. A relative from Nagercoil sent this account of David – A poor man, who had been in an accident, was suffering from an open sore. He was told that nothing could be done about it. But David had urged him to come to the Tirunelveli Hospital, and had helped him in every way and cured him. How much compassion he had shown this poor man! Although David has been taken away from us at such a young age, he will always be remembered as a caring and compassionate Christian. Shakuntala and Erik Carlquist, Nov. 2003

Åkersberga, Sweden

TO MY DEAR FRIEND AND CLASSMATE As a roommate and friend, there are lots of things to tell about Benz. (as we used to call him). During our first year M.B.B.S., he was not my room-mate. He stayed in his Aunty’s home. At that time he was very much afraid of the seniors because of ragging. He used to go home by Auto rickshaw. For that he had to walk some distance to catch an Auto. I was having a bicycle that time. I used to drop him at the auto stand. Thus our friendship started. Then he bought a motor bike. Then it was his turn. He used to drop me at my room. During the first study holidays, he used to come to my room to study. That time he impressed everybody in and around our room including seniors and even our cook. From the second year, he became my room-mate. We used to go to the hospital by bike. He was very adjustable. I learned many things from him. He was an encyclopedia. He was having answers for anything about our subjects. I am interested in General medicine. Actually that interest came from Benz only. He was also my unit mate in hospital. While we were discussing about our subjects, he used to clear all my doubts. He was having great memory power and learning ability. He could answer the questions asked by our roommates, who were preparing for post graduate studies. I was very much impressed by his ability. He used to talk to the patients very softly and politely. He never used harsh words. There was never any misunderstanding between Benz and me. He was a good Musician. He was having a keyboard. It was in our room for awhile. He used to play pop music and Christian songs very beautifully. He also taught us to play some songs. He used to play keyboard in our College functions. Always his performance used to be the best event in those functions. Everybody in our College was impressed by his music. During examination times (including class tests) he would have some tension. He wanted to do the tests very well, even if it was only a class test. Always he used to score the first mark. Still he never had any head weight. He was simple and not talkative, but sincere in his works. He was loved by all. During nights before going to sleep, he used to read the book Daily bread. He used to give some information from that, daily to us. He was the pet of all our roommates. Finally, his last day on earth was unforgettable. I can never forget that day – 7 th October 2003. I want to talk about that day.

That day we completed our surgery posting. For that we decided to give a treat to our Chief Professor and Assistants, in our unit. In the morning, while we were inviting the Chief, Benz came there a little late. We planned to go for the treat in the evening. I told Benz, “Bye, see you in the evening.” That was the last thing I talked to Benz. In the evening I only saw him. He was not able to see me. His death affected me, my friends and my roommates terribly. It was a great loss for us. I couldn’t accept his death. He was a good roll model to me. I am trying to reach that height. But I can never ever become a Benz. With the lovely memories of my dear Friend Benz Dr. Basupathi, M.B.B.S. (Roommate of Benz)

TRIBUTES TO MY LOVING SWEET SON DAVID Our perfect sweet son David is now the ‘Beloved son’ of Jesus, revealing the marvellous splendour and grandeur of Heaven to his loving (Amma) on earth, so that the world will know about it, according to the perfect will of our Mighty Father and our loving Jesus. David was chosen for this task because of his resplendent life on earth, which was overflowing with the love of Jesus. He had been an angel from his birth to the day when he was carried by the angels to our lovely permanent eternal Home above. In our short temporary abode on earth. David had been a perfect sweet infant, an angel in his cradle, with a radiant smile on his lovely face, diffusing happiness around him, without giving any trouble to his adoring Mother. He had been a perfect child obeying his parents in every way and doing his duty exceedingly well, to the full satisfaction of his teachers in school, securing laurels and getting the first rank, to the delight of all his loved ones. He had been a perfect teenager dedicating his entire life to Jesus at the tender age of thirteen. He had been a perfect and understanding son, a sun beam to his adoring parents, making them happy in every way possible, by implicit obedience and love, filling the house with his beautiful music. He had been a perfect loving brother, full of affection adoration for his elder brother and he had been a friend to him.

and

He had been a perfect sweet son to all his adoring loved ones including his loving Periamma, Aunts and Uncles, always thoughtful of their needs and doing his maximum to alleviate their sufferings and making them happy. He had been a perfect and sincere friend to all his classmates, roommates, cousins and others who had come into contact with him. He had been a perfect student to all his teachers in college, and who had been a delight to them in class and outside, securing the first rank even in the most difficult subject ‘medicine’. He had been a perfect choir-Master in Puthalam, teaching music to those children with all his might, energy and enthusiasm, even if the out come was not to his expectation. He had been a perfect lover of children, understanding their needs perfectly and making them happy in every way possible. He had been a perfect Missionary in the Medical College leading many to Jesus by his spotlessly pure, radiant life and sacrificially giving a lot to the poor. He had been a perfect angel in helping any one at any time at the expense of his leisure time, study time and his health. He had been a perfect follower of Jesus in loving and helping the poor, the needy, the sick, the old and the lonely and forgiving all those who had hurt him. He had been a perfect disciple of Jesus, showing in his radiant life all the fruits of the Holy spirit - love, joy, peace, long suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness and temperance in abundance. He had been a great lover of Jesus and music, making all religious meetings, services, conventions, retreats and religious plays lively, glorious, grand and splendid with his wonderful magnificent and excellent performance on keyboard. He is loved and adored by every one who knows him on earth as well as in heaven. He had been doing every task assigned to him on earth perfectly using all his God-given talents to the entire satisfaction and joy of Jesus and he is continuing that in heaven including his studies with his talents increased and with ease. He is crowned with privileges enjoyed by only a few redeemed in Heaven, since Jesus loves David as his own son and Jesus knows that David will do any task assigned to him with perfectness. His mission on earth had been to make others happy and comfortable. Now also my sweet son David, whom we all love and adore, is

sending his love and consolation to his family and friends through his adoring amma and he has never forgotten his Periamma, for whom he had been an affectionate and sweet son on earth, he is my son of consolation at present and he will be my son of radiant glory in my Home for ever. Mrs. Pugal Sampson David’s Periamma (Aunty), Rtd. Lecturer, Women’s Christian College, Nagercoil.

Chapter I MANSIONS OF VARIOUS PROFESSIONALS IN HEAVEN This is my second book about my son David. If you haven’t read my first book, this will help you to understand about my son David’s friends in Heaven, and the choir he formed with these friends. There are nearly 30 young people both boys and girls in his choir about 10 boys and 20 girls. Ten are above 20 years old and the others are teenagers. This group always goes together with joy to visit places in Heaven. As we say in our Lord’s prayer ‘Thy will be done in Earth as it is in Heaven’ according to our Lord’s will only things are done. John, one of David’s friends is British, and he is also a member of his choir. He gets messages from the information department about places they are supposed to visit and the whole group visits different places accordingly. In this chapter, I have written about the various professionals David has met, and interacted with. Many of us may be wondering ‘What will we be doing in Heaven?’ When you continue to read David’s messages, you will be surprised to know that the education, knowledge, experience and talents we acquire in this world do not end with this world, but continue in our life after - in Heaven. As examples, I like to quote from two people who had the experience of being in Heaven briefly. An American author Roberts Liardon in his book “I saw Heaven”, tells about his spiritual experience of being taken to Heaven when he was a young boy. He says “after my spiritual journey to Heaven, I do not believe that after getting into Heaven, people float around the clouds and are lazy doing nothing. If our Lord does not approve of laziness in this world, (Pro. 6:6, 15:19) then definitely He will not allow laziness in Heaven. There is no place for laziness in Heaven - no definitely no”. Likewise, Rebecca Springer when she was sick and bed ridden, and at a time when she was very weak, she was taken to Heaven in spirit. When she again got back into the earthly life, she wrote about her

heavenly experiences in her book “Within Heaven’s Gates”. She narrates the following experience thus; “One day as I (Frank, Rebecca’s brother - in law) was busily. working on the house, a company of young people, boys and girls came to the door and asked if they might enter. I gladly consented ...... Then one of them said “May we do something to help you make it beautiful?” “Indeed you may” I said touched by the request. ‘What can you do?’ “At once the girls, all of whom had immense bouquets of roses in their hands, began to toss the flowers over the floor and against the walls. Wherever they struck the walls, they, to even my surprise, remained, as though in some way permanently attached. When the roses had all been scattered, the room looked just as it does now only then the flowers were fresh - gathered roses. “Then the boys each produced a small case of delicate tools. In a moment they were all down upon the marble floor, busy at work. How they did it I do not know - it is one of the celestial arts taught to those of highly artistic tastes - but they embedded each living flower just as it had fallen. They came several times before the work was completed, for the flowers do not wither or fade here but are always fresh and perfect. I never saw such a merry, happy company of young people. They laughed and chatted and sang as they worked. I could not help wishing more than once that the friends whom they had left mourning for them might look in on this happy group and see how little cause they had for sorrow ....... They went away together to do similar work. - Rebecca springer, within Heaven’s Gates P : 20,21 -- Whitaker Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd. - 1984 After reading these above lines, you would realise how true are the messages - conveyed by David, about Heaven. We have to serve the Lord in different ways in the Heavenly place prepared by our beloved Jesus. St. John said in Revelation 22 : 3 as follows: .... “His servants shall serve Him”. So our loved ones in Heaven continue to do the work, they did while on this earth, but with more glory and happiness there. So Heaven is such a wonderful wonderful place. Are you prepared to enter into this place of happiness when the call comes?.

1. Mansions of Marble cutters and goldsmiths 14th April 2004 : 9.45 P.M. Rev. 3 : 18 “....... I counsel you to buy from me gold refined by fire, that you may be rich and white garments to clothe you ........”

David : Amma, we had wonderful experiences in the mansions of “Marble cutters, artists and goldsmiths.” We sailed in one boat along the river touching our gardens, towards the right of our mansions. After crossing the branch leading to the great falls with golden deposits, we sailed farther and came across another branch of the river flowing towards the left. As soon as we entered this, we saw at the left a long row of two storeyed mansions along the edge of the river. Behind those mansions, we saw rows and rows of very beautiful marble rocks of

various soft colours at different levels. On the right side of the river, we saw different coloured marble mountains resplendent in beauty covered with green trees laden with lovely flowers and rich fruits. Radiant streams were rippling down and flowing into the river. Also we heard sweet songs of so many species of beautiful birds. From each mansion, coloured marble steps were leading into the river. They had their lovely gardens with beautiful blossoms in marvellous marble pots arranged along the steps and also along the edges of the huge open halls in the ground floor, which looked like their working area. As soon as we saw broad beautiful steps leading to the marble rocks behind the mansions we got down from our boat and went there first. Many people were breaking off blocks of marble stones with simple instruments. The work seemed to be very easy. The first row contained marble rocks of radiant white. The next row was that of pale pink and then came other rows of pale blue, light green, golden yellow and so on. Also we saw many rows of transparent glittering glass-like marbles. When those people finished their work, they invited us to their mansions and we went with them through the front, where there was a beautiful pathway touching all the mansions. In the first few mansions, people were removing the layers of marble from the big blocks and making them into tiles of different sizes. The front work place was very huge. Its walls and floor were inlaid with beautiful glazed marble tiles. Amma, even to sit in that cool hall was so pleasant. I enjoyed myself sitting there, watching the lingering loveliness of the river with their children playing in the water, the beautiful panoramic view across the river and the lovely songs of birds. Then we visited the next few mansions, where they were embedding golden flowers and precious stones into the marble tiles in different exquisite patterns. The marble seemed to be soft. They made some grooves in that with a simple instrument. Then they placed the golden flowers and precious stones according to the pattern they wanted and they polished it. - there came a glistening jewelled marble tile. What a beauty amma! They were making such tiles in marbles of different shades. They said that there was a branch in the main river towards the right a little farther and that led to the sea. So their main products used to be taken to the royal palaces situated in many islands. They asked us to take as many jewelled tiles as we wanted. Our girls didnot forget to bring baskets. They collected many such tiles in those baskets and kept them in our boat. Then we went into the mansions, where they cut lovely flowers, trees, birds etc. from thin sheets of gold, which they were getting from cottages near the falls with gold deposits. They gave us many of their golden products. Then we visited mansions where they cut precious stones from rocky deposits not like the ones we picked from the stream beds. When they broke big blocks, they got many pieces of precious stones of different sizes which they polished and cut the edges with small instruments and they got glittering stones. So the jewelled marble tile makers got precious stones from these people.

Then we went to the mansions where they were making wall plates. They were keeping the golden flowers and trees in thin sheets of marbles, spread the precious stones of different colours wherever they wanted, placed a very thin glassy plate over it and kept them under an instrument to press the plates together to get a beautiful wall plate. Amma, it was really fascinating to see, how easily and wonderfully they made them. Some were real experts. but many came from other places to learn and do the work. They also became great experts. In the last few mansions lived goldsmiths and artists. Amma, their whole work-area looked golden. They had piles and rolls of gold plates and golden strings of different thickness. In each mansion they were making one type of article like bangles, belts, head-bands for children in gold. Beautiful glittering gems like diamonds rubies emerald sapphire were embedded in those golden articles. We could see piles and piles of finished products. They asked us to take whatever we wanted and as much as we needed. Can you imagine the joy of our girls! They selected and collected different types from different piles and in the end our boat was filled with all items from different mansions. They said that there were mansions along the river after a gap of empty space. Since we spent a lot of time there, we didn’t go to the next row. Then we thanked them and parted from them with a fond farewell and turned back through the other edge of the river. We all sat there for sometime enjoying the splendid scenery and singing with the accompaniment of our guitar. The inmates of the mansions heard our music and shouted with joy raising their hands. Finally, we returned home. Nowadays, when we approach our homes, we used to shout and sing. Most of the inmates of our mansions used to come out to receive us and they would help the girls to sort out things we take. I just took one golden bangle, three wall plates and one belt for Mamu. I told the girls, when they sort out things for museum and presents to other inmates, if possible to bring me another bangle so that I can keep one for my beloved mother and one for my dear periamma, when they come Home. They promised to bring more articles and give them to ammamma, if I had already left for my study centre. Such sweet friends I have! In the meantime I just went to the museum. The engineer and other workers, looking at the tiles ornamented with gold and gems planned to order some for our museum. So Marie and other girls will take them to place an order. When I left them, they were calculating the number of tiles they needed. I am going to my study centre. Bye Amma!

“What your little hands can do That the Lord intends for you, Make that thing your first delight; Do it for Him with all your might. - Unknown

2. Mansions of island dwellers and weavers 16th April 2004 : 10.15 P.M. Proverb 31 : 13,22 “She seeks wool and flax and works with willing hands. She makes herself coverings; her clothing is fine linen and purple.”

David : Amma, we enjoyed a pleasant trip on the sea in our lovely boat and I got home just now. We went by our usual route to reach the sea. From there we turned left and sailed along the shore for a long time enjoying the beautiful scenery. After the portugese village and others we went diagonally towards deep waters. John is an expert in taking us to different places, especially in the sea. He seems to know the exact place where we have to turn from the shore and the direction in which we have to go in that vast fathomless ocean. I dont know how he gets such information. When we sailed for a long time, suddenly we saw a great forest in the sea. First I thought that we had reached some shore. The very sight was wonderful just a forest seemed to soar out of the sea. It was a huge dense forest with tall flowering trees close to each other. We couldn’t see anything from outside except the trees. First we went around that island in our boat and came to a huge gate. We left our boat there and walked along the road leading into the forest. We could see nothing but the beautiful flowering and fruit trees on both sides with springs of water everywhere. It was wonderful to see the shining water soaring up and then flowing down as a beautiful fountain, sprinkling water around it. We could hear no noise except the singing of lovely birds perching on the branches of different trees. We walked a long way and then started singing with our guitar. Then to our great surprise we saw people (adults & children) popping out of the forest. Then only we found that deep inside the forest were beautiful cottages. Small pathways from the houses led to the main road. Those cottages were completely hidden by the dense forest. Soon inhabitants from about fifty cottages came to the road to receive us. We could see all the races of the earth there - white, yellow, brown and black. They talked in different languages. But as I told you earlier, we could understand them in English. One of them, a tall man who looked like a leader told us, “We all came from isolated islands on the earth. Most of us lived in dense forests. Our houses on earth were just small hut made of wood, logs, grass or palm leaves. Now you see what wonderful cottages we have! We loved forest

areas on the earth and our loving God had provided our familiar surrounding here, with so much comfortable facilities.” Then they took us along the road. We sang while walking so that all the people could come there hearing our music. There was a beautiful chapel at the centre of the island. It was huge and round in shape. It was completely open on all sides except for the huge pillars. The floor was outlaid with white glazed marble tiles edged with gold. No seats were seen any where. The wide veranda surrounding this building was one step lower than the main building. There were beautiful flower pots along the edges of that veranda. Before conducting the meeting, we walked along the road at the backside of this chapel and collected the inmates from the cottages situated there also. Finally we all came back to the chapel. Children sat in the front and the adults behind them and we sat facing them on the floor. It was very cool and pleasant since all the sides were open. A few of them explained how they accepted Jesus while on the earth. Even though thay were not cannibals they used to kill any foreigner who went to their island or they used to chase them away with their arrows when they tried to land from their boats. But somehow some early missionaries managed to reach them with the wonderful message of salvation and told them about the love of Jesus and also gave them education etc. But their brain used to be so dull that they were not able to grasp much except salvation. Now they said that they had better brains and the missionaries used to go there often and teach them about Jesus and His teachings. One of them joyfully said, “Jesus never forgets us. He used to come here often with His host of angels and we all worship Him with love and adoration in this chapel.” Then the whole congregation sang a praising song uniformly (without any discord) with some small hand-clap instruments. Their singing was good and we also sang a few choruses. Then they asked us to share our testimonies with them. John gave an introduction about us in general and then everyone of us gave our testimony briefly. I told them how I dedicated my life to become a missionary at the age of thirteen. Then I wanted to become a missionary doctor after completing my medical course. I told them about the very poor people we treated in our college hospital. After the meeting many of them met me and told me that they had never seen a doctor in their island on the earth and they depended only on their native medicines. Also John told them “David will be telling about you all to his mother on the earth and she is writing a book and many people in the world will come to know about you all.” Then they took us to their cottages which were very beautiful. They all had one floor with sloping roof. There was a wide veranda decorated with flowers. They showed their profession to us. Most of them were weavers. At the back of many houses, they cultivated a cotton like plant, in different colours and our girls collected the flowers for our museum. In some cottages, they were taking thread from those flowers using small tools and we saw rolls and rolls of cotton balls. They gave us some samples of those balls for our museum. Then they took us to those cottages where they were weaving cloth. They were very beautiful since they were using golden threads along with cotton threads.

In some mansions, they were doing some kind of embroidery work in thick carpet-like cloth, using gold thread, small golden flowers and precious stones. They said they used to get rolls of gold sheets and precious stones with holes from different places. Amma, you must see the beauty of the carpets which they unrolled for us to see. They said that they used to supply those carpets to royal palaces and other mansions. Either people from different places would go there and collect those carpets or those people would take them to the mansions according to their orders. Also they were making a lot of small sample mats like our table-mats in cloths of different colours, with golden patterns on them intermingled with gems of various colours. They were very beautiful, amma. From each house they brought us a bundle containing those table mats and they brought them upto our boat. They showed their affection by showering on us such a large number of gifts. They gave deliciious fruits, nuts and roots for us to eat and we enjoyed them. They gave us some samples of those to take home as well. They all came upto our boats with their presents and kept them inside our boat and gave us a fond farewell. We shook hands amidst the joyous shouting of children and we left by our boat. As soon as we reached home, adults were waiting near the steps to receive us. They helped us to carry the bundles to our museum. The girls would then describe our trip and they would sort out the things, keep the best in the museum and distribute the rest. The big girls (architects), John and myself left them, taking two table mats each, since we had to go to our respective working places and study cenre. (After half an hour, David said a few lines, since I was awake) Amma, Mamu wanted to take one tablemat immediately to Palliyadi grandma, as I was going to my study centre and could accompany him only later. Mamu said, “David, shall I take this to grandma? very pleading ly and I said, “Yes” very gladly and asked him to tell her that I would visit her after returning from my study centre, Cute boy! Bye amma!

“There’s a work for me and a work for you, Something for each of us now to do; Yes a work for me and a work for you, Something for each of us now to do.” - James Mc Granahan

3. Mansions of Farmers 4th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M. Psalm 72 : 16 - “May there be abundance of grain in the land; on the tops of the mountains may it wave; may its fruits be like Lebanon; and may men blossom forth from the cities like the grass of the field!.” David :

Amma, we just returned after visiting a farmer’s village.

We sailed along our river, at the back towards the right side of our mansions and reached the left branch of the river which was flowing through very high mountain ranges. We travelled through the spray of vivid but delicate colours of the spectrum. We saw the high bridge over us and sailed on farther. Finally, the river joined at one edge of a huge lake. From there again, we saw the river flowing farther away. We entered the lake and turned towards the left. All along we saw beautiful fruit trees in perfect rows with pathways in between different sections. In each section, we saw trees laden with one variety of fruits. Also we saw many people plucking the fruits and packing them in baskets. We sailed near the shore of the lake and stopped when we saw a broad road touching the lake. We walked through the road. There also we saw rows and rows of fruit trees and people plucking the fruits. Some of those people came out and received us. They told us that they were all farmers on the earth. Jesus had allotted mansions inside those beautiful fruit gardens. Their job was to collect those fruits and send them to shopping complexes or to the people who needed them. They used to supply fruits to the mansions on top of the mountains as well. We saw a large number of children there. There were people from different races of the earth. But they were all farmers by profession. They took us to their farm houses to show us the vast stretch of farms. First we saw a group of mansions around a pond which was fed by water from the lake through a water channel. Deep inside their farms, there were work - places, where they used to collect their farm - products, put them in baskets or sacks to send them to the shopping camplexes and other places. First they showed us a vast stretch of cotton plants whose flowers were of different colours. Next they showed us plants which produced silk flowers from which they got the raw materials to make silk thread in different shades. Next we saw plants which produced wool-like raw material from which woolen threads would be produced by the weavers who were living in another colony. These people just collected the raw materials and sent them to the respective places. Then they showed us plants producing white furlike material. Next we saw different coloured reeds. They used to cut them and pack them in bundles and deliver them to colonies where they were making beautiful baskets. So also there were plants producing canes in different colours. They cut them and packed them in bundles and sent them to the shopping complex. Also there were many plants, producing different types of edible nuts and roots. Finally, all, of us along with a huge crowd of men, women and children went to a beautiful lawn with seats. We sat there. They told us that they were not much educated and missionaries from other places and also from mansions on the mountain-top visited them often. They taught their children

scripture and told them stories of great missionaries and how they worked for Jesus on the earth. Those people told us that they had certain time to work, then time to rest and time to have a get-together in that lawn. Our teenagers entertained the children. We also sang many choruses. Those children also sang playing small drums uniformly. Some tunes were familiar to us. They said that when Jesus came to the huge chapel over the mountain, they all used to go there taking their children in a long procession, singing and playing their drums. Children used to enjoy such trips. After the meeting they packed some of their various raw materials and products in small packets or baskets and carried them to our boat. We walked along the road, while the children went in front of us singing and playing their drums. It was a wonderful sight amma. They showed us the typical warm friendly nature of the villagers. Finally we waved good bye and sailed back home with all our presents. There was nobody at home when I came up. Mamu and his friends used to follow my friends from the river to the museum site to see the things they brought. Sometimes they used to get some presents also from them. I am going to rest for a while before going down. Amma : What happened after attending the worship service in which Jesus told about the millennium rule? David : Amma, when I got down from my room, I met grandpa Bensam and we had a long discussion on millennium rule and the second coming of Jesus. Grandpa explained very clearly quoting many Bible verses for those two events. Amma : What about your medical education? David : I am now studying in the Thoracic (lungs and heart) department. Amma, the expert doctors always used to tell us, “There is no need to worry about any doubt arising in our studies, since all our doubts will be cleared by the creator himself! What a great privilege!!” Amma : David, I am having a severe congestion in my nose. What shall I do my son? David : Amma, keep your fingers over the nose, where you have the congestion and then pray as follows: “Jesus, please keep your fingers here and remove the congestion.” Amma, pray with great faith. Bye Amma! In the same way I prayed and to my very great surprise, I got complete relief within a few minutes and also the relief is permanent. I am completely allright without any recurrence. I thank Jesus profoundly for the quick and permanent relief. Also I thank Him for teaching me the manner in which I have to pray. I was suffering with this problem a year earlier and it was cured only after taking a six months long homeopathy treatment. With allopathy treatment it recurred several times.

“Rejoicing now in earnest hope, I stand and from the mountain top see all the land below : Rivers of milk and honey rise And all the fruits of paradise, In endless plenty grow.”

- C. Wesley

4. Mansions of carpenters 12th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M. Isaiah 32:18 “My people will abide in a peaceful habitation, in secure dwellings and in quiet resting places.” David : Amma just now I came home from a wonderful trip along our river at the back. We sailed in one boat towards the right side of our mansions. We crossed several familiar places and finally crossed its branch on the left, flowing through very high mountains on both sides. We sailed farther and then we saw another branch of the river on its left which was very broad. We entered it and sailed along the middle of the river. On our right, we saw a beautiful forest with very huge, tall trees intermingled with shining streams. On our left we saw very large green fields similar to our paddy fields. It extended to a large area and we were excited to see so many species of beautiful birds swarming around those fields and the river. Groups of birds of different colours and sizes were coming down on the fields and then they soared up singing sweetly. Some flew across the river and some were swimming on the waters. It looked like a beautiful bird sanctuary. We sailed along slowly, enjoying the beautiful sight. Then the fields ended and a forest with tall trees started on the left side too. There we saw many kinds of small animals - some like deer and some like dogs with bushy tails, but faces like that of sheep. They jumped into the river and swam to the other side. We were watching that lovely scene without disturbing them. Then on the opposite side, that is on the right side of the river, we saw a very broad road starting from the river’s bank and so we sailed to that side, left our boat and started walking. First we saw a cross-road going at right angles to this main road. There we turned to our left and walked along that road. All the roads were made of well-polished marble tiles of various colours with gold edges. After walking a long distance, we saw mansions on both sides of the streets, branching from this road. We caught glimpses of those mansions which had one floor and a sloping roof. Also we saw small streams flowing along the sides of those mansions making small pools of crystal clear water. From those pools, water again flowed in small streams and joined the river (no stagnant water). We saw crowds of children playing in those pools with small beautiful toy boats. As we walked farther on this road we saw a huge work-place on one side of the road. At that work-place we met a white man called Abraham. Our girls said that he looked like an English man. He said that all the inhabitants of that colony were mostly carpenters by profession, belonging to different races of the earth. We saw people bringing logs of different types of wood in trolleys and dumping them in that workshop. It was a huge round hall, open on all sides and people were cutting the logs into different sizes - thick ones to make legs of tables, chairs etc. and thin wooden planks of different thickness. They did it using some moving cutters and they got very smooth, polished wooden planks in various sizes. There were more than twenty

coloured woods - from coal black to different shades of black, brown, red, yellow, colour of the ivory, white, green etc. People from other workshops went there and collected those wooden planks according to their needs. Then we went into the next workshop where they were making beautiful furniture like chairs, tables, stools, tea-poys. They were using golden plates and precious stones for decorations along the edges and also they were making artistic work in wood. For tables they were fixing golden plates with artistic work, ornamented with precious stones in contrasting colours. They placed thin plates of transparent glass-like marble and fixed them over their decorative golden plates on the surface of the tables. They used resin paste (gum) to fix them. There we saw small wooden cubes in different colours. I cannot express in words the wornderful perfume coming from those woods different perfumes from different kinds of wood. Next we went to another workshop where they were making beautiful wall-plates with lovely patterns like trees, flowers, birds using gold and precious stones in different coloured wooden-planks with gold edges. There also we told them, that we would collect some smaller wall-plates on our way back home. Then we went into another shop where we saw people making miniature figures of animals, birds etc. in all coloured woods. The workers there, were mainly from Africa. They were making beautiful elephants using ivory - coloured wood for tusks. They were looking lovely, decorated with gold and precious stones. Then we went into another worshop where they were making toy-boats in different sizes in different coloured woods. The edges were decorated with gold and precious stones. They said that if we would go farther along the river, we could find gold deposits from which they were able to get gold plates, gold ribbons and other golden articles, which they were using for decorations. Next we visited another workshop where they were making bigger wooden furniture like huge tables, beds etc. Abraham then took us to the opposite side where we saw huge trees of different colours in rows with path-ways in between. They said that there was no need to cut the whole trees to get timber. Every tree had short stout branches at the lower level meant for timber for their work. They said that after cutting, those branches again grew. They were all soft wood which they could easily cut, place them over flat trolleys and move them very easily over the polished roads to their workshops. The perfume emanated from the woods was very strong inside this area. They also collected resins from the cut-edges of the trees. We went along the pathway and reached a huge round chapel with a sloping roof. It was open on all sides with short railings surrounding the building. The railings were made of wood with beautiful carvings on gold. The altar was made of wood with a lovely perfume. There were no seats and people used to sit on the beautiful floor made of glazed marble tiles. They said that missionaries used to go over there to teach scripture to children and adults as well, since they were not much educated. They had time for work, time for rest and time for get together. We went there during their working time. Then Abraham took us again to the opposite side. We walked through the streets which led us nearer to the river, where they were making sailing

boats of two or four seaters - all decorated with gold and precious stones. On our way back, we saw a huge workshop where they were making beautiful wooden baskets in different shapes and sizes with artistic golden handles ornamented with shining gems of various colours. They were making two golden frames for the top and bottom of the basket. Then they were inserting different coloured wooden strips with lovely artistic work, between these frames to get a lovely basket. We had never seen such beautiful wooden baskets before. Abraham asked us to take as many baskets as we needed to collect and take home the smaller articles from other workshops. Our girls told us - bigger boys and girls (whom they used to call as ‘busy -bodies’ because we have other duties) to collect things for our personal use only and they would collect articles for the museum, for their friends and for themselves. Amma I took only two baskets while our girls took more, which they kept one inside the other. Then we started going back to all the other workshops, to collect things like toy-boats, elephants and other toys. Then we collected - small wall-plates of different coloured woods with different kinds of decorations of gold and precious stones. The workers told us that they could provide us plane wooden planks with golden edges, decorated with precious stones and those planks could be used for paintings. So our girls ordered such planks, giving the measurements in inches and said that they would come again and collect them for our museum. We thanked them and finally we went to collect the different coloured wooden cubes. To our great surprise they decorated the cubes with precious stones and they looked so beautiful amma. Also they made small planks of wood decorated with gems of various colours. They were all just samples only, to exhibit the different colours in the wood. But those people were good enough to decorate them with precious stones. We thanked them profusely and started leaving. The children of the mansions offered to carry almost all the baskets, filled with different articles and started walking with us. We thanked Abraham for his love and hospitality and then we started singing. Hearing our songs, people came out of their mansions to bid us farewell. Some adults and children came with us upto the river to see us off. We loaded our boat with their gift-baskets and started back home, after bidding them all a fond farewell. Near our home adults and children followed the girls to the museum site. Mamu and his friends also followed them mainly to hear their stories of our trip, which the girls used to tell them dramatically and also they would show the things they brought. Here at home, I kept the two baskets full of things on the table at the back portico. I picked every article in duplicate, so that it would be easy to divide them into two parts - one for us and one for Palliyadi grandma. Amma, thank you very much for praying for my friends. Please pray for them fervently whenever you get time. I am sending flying kisses to all of you, appa, amma, periamma, Thuthie annan and Jeba annan. Bye Amma!

“My highest place is lying low At my Redeemer’s feet: No real joy in life I know, But in His service sweet.” -

P.P. Bliss

5. Mansions of Botanists 20th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M. Is. 35 : 1,2 “The wilderness and the dry land shall be glad, the desert shall rejoice and blossom; like the crocus it shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice with joy and singing. The glory of Lebanon shall be given to it, the majesty of carmel and sharon. They shall see the glory of the Lord, the majesty of our God.” David : Amma we had a wonderful experience in a very beautiful island surrounded by rivers, with well-arranged exquisite gardens and parks. We travelled towards the left of our mansions in our launch along the river flowing at the back touching our gardens. We reached the lake and again sailed along the next river starting from the lake. We used to take a left branch of this river to go to the sea. But in this trip, we sailed steadily straight ahead. On both sides of the river, we saw many parks with beautiful gardens and flowering trees. A large number of children and adults were there. After sailing for a long time, an island came into view, robed in garments of green interwoven with colourful blossoms of exquistite beauty and filling the air with their fragrant scents. The main river flowed in front of this island and two of its left branches completely encircled this huge island of gardens with beautiful mansions of garden-lovers and research scholars in Botany. We saw a broad road of that island starting from the river-bank and we walked along that road and reached a beautiful park at the centre of the island. There were many path ways inside that huge park with very beautiful well-arranged flower beds, swimming pool, fountains and comfortable seats. We saw a large group of children inside the pool and adults reclining on many seats. The main road then split into two branches one going on the right and another to the left. We went along the left side road. From there we saw many streets branching from this road at right angles and touching the river on the left side of the island. In between two such streets, was a very huge garden with one mansion which was constructed nearer to the river. Along the two sides of the road and the streets, there was a single row of trees laden with flowers of beautiful shades of red, pink, yellow, violet, white etc. This row of trees was like a compound wall around the mansion and the garden. We walked along the first street. The beautiful garden with a network of pathways and a lovely swimming pool with children, was a feast to our eyes. Then we reached the front side of the mansion facing the river. It was beautiful. It had one floor and a sloping roof and it was surrounded by a broad veranda on all sides with many steps all around, filled with lovely

blossoms of different types and shades in beautiful marble pots edged with gold. We saw a white man inside a very well-arranged beautiful garden in the front. The flower-beds were arranged in circles with pathways inbetween and also with fountains which could be used when it was necessary to water the plants. Many seats were placed around the outer edge of all circular flower-beds. Inside each circle, there were many concentric circular narrow platforms, on which varieties of flowers were planted in different coloured marble pots. Inbetween every two such platforms, there were beds of green lawns blooming with lovely small flowers. Our teenagers thought that the owner was an English man. (Their hobby is to guess the nationality of a person from his features and also from his English accent. Amma I am familiar only with American accent of English and I can identify only Americans.) We all sat in those seats along with the white man and two women. He told us that he used to love gardening on earth and Jesus gave him a mansion in the midst of a huge lovely garden and that he was very happy with his garden and he always worked inside his garden. We sat there for sometime and we sang together with our guitar. The view of the mountain amidst the thick green foliage of the trees, across the river was fascinating. Also we saw boats plying between the mountain and this island. Then he took us to his back garden to show us his favourite hundreds of varieties of flowers. We then said good bye and walked across the street to visit the next mansion on the right side of the street. There were hundreds of different kinds of flowers similar to that of bougainvillea - a tropical plant, but with no thorns on them. So we realised the occupants must be from some tropical country. We saw a man with brown complexion inside his garden. He introduced himself as a Malaysian. He looked like a south Indian- may be a south Indian settled in Malaysia. We never ask one’s nationality, unless that person discloses it. Then we crossed the next street to go into the garden in front of a very huge two storeyed mansion with sloping roof at the top. The garden was very beautiful with varieties of flowers - a typical botanical garden with tags attached to the plants carrying their botanical names and other details of the plant. A man came out and introduced himself as a Japanese botanist. He spoke Japanese mixed with English. But we were able to understand that in English. He took us to his first floor. There was a very huge hall with rows and rows of tables with marble tops and seats along the tables and there were many shelves over them. Plants with flowers were laid over the tables and we saw some young men and women studying the plants and taking down notes. The Japanese botanist told us that he was doing research on the classification of plants into different botanical families, their classes and subclasses on the earth and now God had given him ample opportunities to continue that work in Heaven too. Those youngsters were scholars in Botany and they were helping him. He said, “There are thousands and thousands of plants in Heaven. We are trying to classify those flowering plants into the known families. If they do not fit into any family known to us on the earth, we are creating new families and also sub classes in our list of known families. It is very interesting since there are thousands of new samples which we collect from various mountains and hills

across the river and also from other parts of Heaven.” At the back of the hall, there was a huge library of books and we saw some youngsters, referring to the books there. After looking at all the flowering plants on his gardens at the front and also at the back, we started visiting other mansions. In one of them, we saw many small pools with hundreds of beautiful water-plants with flowers in bloom. We visited another mansion of a French lady, who was a great lover of gardens. She had flowering plants of her liking. We met another research scientist. In his workshop, he was classifying plants according to the different varieties of leaves. In another mansion, we saw different kinds of lilies with different shapes of thick roots. He just pulled out each variety and showed us the different shapes of the roots. In another mansion we saw different kinds of tube lilies (flowers on a long stalk). Amma, you must see personally to realise the beauty of the lovely and delicate colours of the varieties and the different perfumes diffused by those various flowers. In another mansion we saw different kinds of table-roses. It was a small short plant like grass with lovely flowers of all hues. We visited more than ten mansions. We saw people from different countries and different races of the earth, with their characteristic gardens with many plants of their choice. Our girls collected some very rare flowers for our museum. Then we came back to our boat and sailed around the island, looking at the mansions and gardens. We also saw the mansions on the other side of the island, which we didn’t visit. There we saw some castle type of mansions on elevated places at the centre of the garden with meadows carpeted with beautiful tiny flowers of different colours on different sections of the slope. They looked like lovely carpets of different shades, covering the entire slope around the mansions. As a whole it was a very very beautiful place to behold and we thanked Jesus for having given mansions within such huge beautiful gardens for all those people whose hobby was gardening in the world and also who studied about plants (Botanists) with interest on the earth. Finally, we reached the main river in front of the island of gardens and sailed back home. Now, I am in my room amma. I am going down to tell ammamma about this beautiful place. Bye amma!

“A sweet perfume upon the breeze, Is borne from ever vernal trees, And flow’rs that never fading grow Where streams of life for ever flow.” - E.P. Stites

6. Mansions of Gem - Cutters 24th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M. Is. 54 : 11,12 “Behold, I will set your stones in antimony, and lay your foundations with sapphires. I will make your pinnacles of agate your carbuncles and all your wall of precious stones.”

gates

of

David : Amma, we had a most wonderful experience in an island of exquisite beauty - one of the places of incomparable natural beauties of Heaven. We took our usual route and reached the golden sea. We then turned towards the left and sailed upto the mountain resort near the shore and then we turned at right angles and sailed towards deep sea for a long time. Even from a distance, we saw a huge island of hills and marble rocks of many colours. We could see shining water streaming down the hills through beautiful flowering trees and flowing into the sea. When we went nearer and climbed the rocky hills through a winding pathway, we got a clear view of this marvellous place. The island abounds in sparkling streams set amidst hills, valleys, marble rocks of different colours, green meadows carpeted with wild flowers of exquisite beauty and trees filled with lovely blossoms. We saw many winding pathways, through the hills, with many flowing streams and flowering trees. We entered a pathway towards our left. We couldn’t see any mansion from that place and we started walking enjoying the very beautiful natural scenery. Amma, I can’t explain it properly with words. One has to see it personally to know the beauty of this place. We were fascinated by its breath-taking beauty and natural serenity. We walked along hearing the singing of the birds and the murmuring music of the flowing streams along the marble rocks, with flowering trees here and there. We saw a shining stream falling into a beautiful pool. When we reached there we couldn’t believe our eyes amma. The whole pool-bed was covered with very beautiful glittering gems of different colours, sizes and shapes within the crystal-clear water. There was no need to pick them up from here and there, but we could just scoop them up using both our hands. We started to fill our pockets from the heaps and heaps of precious stones within the pool. From the pool, water slowly rippled over the pathway and flowed over the other side carrying a few smaller precious stones along with it. As we walked still further, we saw a mansion on a small hill top with a winding pathway leading from this main path. We started to walk along that branching pathway enjoying the beautiful sight around us. Also we caught a glimpse of the distant hills, studded with mansions here and there at different levels amidst sparkling streams, small valleys inbetween hills and so on. Atlast, we reached a beautiful mansion. It had one floor with a sloping roof. Streams were flowing down on both sides of the mansion. Children were playing and shouting with joy in the nearby pools filled with precious stones. We saw people with baskets made of cane, collecting those wonderful precious stones from pool-beds and carrying them to that mansion. It had a beautiful wide veranda all around and we saw men, women, young and old sitting here and there. The precious stones were laid in big heaps on the floor of the veranda. Many of them were sorting them

out into different groups according to their colours. Some were separating them according to different sizes. Others were cutting them and polishing them using a simple instrument, without any effort. They were great experts. We were watching them doing it for sometime. Then we also started sorting them out, sitting around the heaps. The heaps were like sea-shells heaps we used to see sometime at our Puthalam beach. We enjoyed doing it. They told us that they were all miners and gem-cutters from all over the world belonging to different races. There was no planned garden around the mansion, but the rocks were decked with natural wild flowers of exquisite beauty, blooming in different soft colours in abundance spreading out in wide areas around the mansion and it was a feast to the eyes. They asked us to sing, noticing our guitar. We sang a few choruses. Then they asked us to take whatever we wanted. There were a large number of crystal jars with lids. Our girls collected samples of each coloured precious stones of different sizes and shapes into various jars. They gave us two cane baskets too. So they filled the baskets with the jars. We emptied all the uncut gems which we collected from the pool-beds into their heaps and kept only a few as samples of uncut natural gems. I took two jars and filled them with different coloured gems of different sizes in duplicates and put them in my pocket. Amma, there were various shades of red, green, blue, violet, golden yellow and also diamonds. So in each colour there were different varieties, depending upon the various shades, sizes and shapes. We carried the two baskets full of gems, bid them a fond farewell and left. We came down to the main pathway and started walking further. On the way, suddenly we heard the sound of falling water and then we saw a beautiful waterfalls. Amma, all of us let out a shout of joy beholding that enchanted falls. The entire falls was glittering as though it was covered with serial-set lights of different colours, which we use for decorations during nights of Christmas time on the earth. When we went near, we found that the falls was carrying down large number of sparkling gems of different colours from faraway hills and piling them down into a pool at the bottom. Suddenly we saw heads popping up from the pool and we found people sitting on the bed with their baskets and filling them with the precious stones. When they heard our voices and laughter, they raised their heads above the crystal-clear water to look at us. We stood there for a long time and watched them doing their work. They showed us a two storeyed mansion, just away from that place, where their people were working. Then some of them accompanied us with their precious loads. We walked along the winding pathway enjoying the heart - capturing beautiful, surrounding and reached the lovely mansion. In the ground floor, a large number of men and women were working. We met a white man called Daniel and he took us to the first floor and there was a wide balcony and we went around it. From there we had a very clear view of the distant hills, with sparkling streams, flowering trees, valleys, falls and mansions here and there over the hills or on the slope of the hills. Then we came down and again collected gems in two other baskets, some for our museum and some to distribute to our friends. There too, we sang some choruses and Daniel then took us around the island. We didn’t go into any other mansion. We saw the same natural beauty everywhere. We followed the main pathway and reached the middle of the island, where

we saw a very deep, wide valley full of wild flowers on its slopes. A river of crystal-clear water was flowing through this valley and the streams joined this river. Daniel said that the river then joined the sea. In some places sea water flowed into the valley, through the small rifts in the rocks. There were similar mansions with the same beauty on the other side of the valley too and those people also were gem-cutters. There were pathways leading into the valley and also there was a beautiful bridge across the valley so that people could go to the other side without going down into the valley. We all sat on seats arranged in a half circle on a wide soft green lawn overlooking the valley. The lawn was surrounded by trees whose drooping branches were laden with lovely blossoms. There were more than fifty children who had gathered around us while we were walking and some adults too. We sang many choruses and our girls entertained the children with their action songs, which they taught them also. The children laughed loudly hearing their wonderful stories. Amma, our girls are highly talented in telling stories with their different facial expressions. In the meantime other members of our group were talking with Daniel and others. Daniel asked us to bring our children and others sometime and stay there for a longer period. There were some vacant mansions and also they could accommodate many of our group in their guest rooms. He said that many of them were not much educated and so Missionaries used to visit them and teach them and their children more about Jesus from the Bible and also about His messages. Jesus used to visit them now and then and the inhabitants of the whole island (about two hundred mansions) used to gather in that lawn to listen to Him. Jesus used to say that He was very fond of that place, a quiet beautiful place with natural surroundings which He used to love, even when He was on the earth. The adults of that island used to come to the worship complex for special services like that of the Easter, when Father and Son would be present. Then finally, we parted from Daniel and others with a fond farewell and promised them that we would go over there with our children and adults. Then we would be able to visit the other side of the valley as well. While walking back, we enjoyed the silence which was broken only by the neverending songs of the birds, as well as the lullaby of the flowing streams and falls. Amma, our children and adults will definitely enjoy this place of natural beauty. I asked my younger friends to go over there with the children for a picnic without me and the other senior friends. But they said, “David we are not going to visit that island without you. You are our jovial friend and you must come by all means and we’ll arrange according to the convenience of you all. Without John, we’ll land up in another island!!”. Amma they are such affectionate friends! They always want me to go with them in such trips. Finally we all sailed back home and reached our place. Some adults and children received us and I saw Mamu among them. They were following our girls, I told Mamu, that I brought him many types of precious stones. Amma, I am going down. Mamu may come soon to see my presents to him. Amma : David, did you discuss the last worship service, you attended with ammamma and others?

David : Amma, I discussed it with ammamma. She was present in that worship service, along with grandpa and their relatives. She told me, “We all felt a thrill, when Jesus spoke. He gave the message in such a simple language. It was a real treat to us.” Then we discussed how the two disciples felt while they were walking to Emmaus with Jesus. After Jesus revealed Himself to them, they said “Did not our hearts burn within us while He talked to us on the road, while He opened to us the scriptures.” Amma, we also felt the same way, while we listened to His message. Amma : All of us love you so much our darling son David. David : I am so happy amma. I know that you all love me very much. But you must love Jesus more and more amma. Please tell appa, Jeba annan, Thuthie annan and periamma that I love them very very much. I love you amma, my dearest Bye!

“O have you not heard of that beautiful stream That flows thro’ our Father’s land? Its waters gleam bright in the heavenly light, And ripple o’er golden sand.” -

Unknow n

7. Mansions of Horticulturists 26th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M. Ezekiel 17:8 “He transplanted it to good soil by abundant waters, that it might bring forth branches and bear fruit and become a noble vine.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed along the river at the back towards the right side of our mansions. We sailed for a long time crossing the left side branch, which led us to the mansions of carpenters. When we saw the next branch towards the left, we entered it. On the way we saw many branches of the river towards the left and right. We sailed straight and came to a place where the river flowed on the two opposite sides (left and right). We sailed along the left branch and kept on going. After a long time, we saw a huge mountain at the middle of the river. When we went nearer, we felt the river flowing rapidly over a slope and we saw landing sites of boats on the two sides and also we saw roads running parallel to the river on both sides. We landed on the left bank, left our boat on the landing site and walked along the road and reached the bottom of the mountain. The sight there, was wonderful beyond description. The river which flowed with great speed, dashed against the mountain and splashed like a great magnificent fountain covering a huge area around it, from where, the water flowed as thin streams all around the huge mountain. We stood there for sometime enjoying the beauty and the mighty sound of the dashing water. We could see mansions all around the mountain with big fruit gardens. We went into the garden of the first mansion, where we saw a person within his garden. He introduced himself as a German, who had studied horticulture on the earth. Now he was continuing his work of rearing

short fruit trees. He told us that all the mansions belonged to persons who had studied horticulture and they were from different nations of the earth. They were all highly educated scholars in horticulture. He took us into his garden where we saw beautiful fruit shrubs (not very tall trees) with different kinds of fruits, similar to cherry, orange, apple and many others. Each variety of fruits was in different shades of colours like all the shades of a spectrum and more. (eg.) Red means, all the different shades of red and so on. There were pathways, laid with marble tiles between two rows of fruit trees and there were channels carrying water all along the fruit gardens. We saw cross pathways here and there and he took us to different rows of fruit trees around his beautiful mansion which was a huge building. It had one floor with a sloping roof and a wide veranda around it. He told us that people used to go over there, pluck fruits and carry them in baskets. Missionaries also used to go there for fruits to supply to the people in villages where they used to go for teaching scripture. The inmates of the mansions helped the missionaries in plucking, packing and carrying the baskets to their boats. They had huge collection of empty baskets for this purpose. I picked up some very small fruits of different shades and put them in my pocket. The German promised to pack a few baskets for us full of samples of the different types of fruits from his garden. We saw other members of his family deep inside the garden. Then we went to the next mansion which was occupied by a person, who looked like a Chinese man. It was a two storeyed mansion with a flat top. He had a very huge fruit garden. He took us to the top of his first floor and showed us his beautiful fruit garden at the back. Amma, I cannot explain its beauty. There were rows and rows of trees laden with fruits of various colours with pathways inbetween and water flowed in small channels. We could see the heads of people inside the garden here and there. We then went along the road which touched all the mansions around that mountain. In some mansions, we couldn’t see any body and we just passed them. Then we met one north Indian in his garden. He came from the banks of river Ganges. He also had studied Horticulture and he had a huge farm on the earth. I told him that I had come from the southern most tip of India called cape comorin. He seemed to know the place. We talked with him for sometime and went to the next mansion, where we saw people going in and out. We met the owner who was a Swiss man. He was a great research scholar in Horticulture and his mansion was a very huge circular building with two storeys. He took us to the first floor where there was a huge circular hall with circular tables, over which he kept many varieties of fruits. There were a few people, both men and women who were classifying them into different sections, by studying their structure. He told us that some of the fruits fitted into the world classes of fruits. But they had to give special names to many of the fruits in Heaven and put them into special classes which were not in the earth-list. There was a round table at the centre with seats around them, where all the inmates of that colony used to have discussions. He also showed us a separate round conference hall at the ground floor, at the back of his mansion. There were many seats where they used to have conferences.

We then went around the mountain. We saw, everywhere beautiful mansions with huge fruit gardens around them and then we went to the last mansion, where we met a French man. He showed his fruit garden and told other inmates to collect samples of fruits in baskets which we could collect later on. Then he accompanied us, while climbing the mountain. There was a winding pathway going around the mountain to the top and on both sides of which, were platforms with inbuilt, marble pots in which there were almost all varieties of fruit plants with fruits, with name tags, which gave the name and other details of the fruit. We could call that as a fruit-show garden. It was really beautiful to see all the varieties of fruits in the same place. As we were climbing, we were fascinated by feeling a kind of very fine spray of water falling over us and on fruit trees from the top. Also the surroundings were clearly visible from that height. It was wonderful to look down at the picturesque stretches of landscape below. When we reached the top, the sight was fascinating amma. There, from a round rock at the centre, water was gushing out soaring up to a very great height and falling as a very fine spray around the mountain. It was so fine and transparent, that we couldn’t see anything. But we felt the fine spray over us, which gave us a thrilling feeling. At the top we stood around the gushing water, holding our hands, including the French man, (called Stephen) and sang all the songs of praise we know. Then we turned around, facing out, holding our hands and continued our singing. As I used to tell you often, the singing from a great height would be wonderful, because our voices would vibrate and float in the air. If it was the earth, we would feel frightened to stand on such a great height, the top of a steep mountain, except for the pathway and the beautiful colourful fruit plants. The view was wonderful amma. I cannot express it properly in words. Then we glided down to the bottom, went to Stephen’s house to collect the fruit baskets. Stephen told us that they used to take part in the worship services in the presence of Jesus, at the worship complex and other places. There was no separate chapel for their small colony. Then we parted from him with a fond farewell, walked along the pathway over the mountain and went to the opposite side to collect the fruit baskets from our German friend. We then kept them in our boat and came back home singing all along the way. We were received by adults and children of our mansions and I came home, kept all the small fruits from my pocket over the table at the back portico and came up to my room. Now I am going down. Amma : What happened after you came home from the island of streams and precious stones? David : Mamu was thrilled to see the beautiful gems. He got more crystal jars from ammamma and started dividing them into two parts - one for Palliyadi grandma. He had two of his friends to help him. Then I also accompanied them. Mamu and his friends ran ahead of me. When I went there, he was telling the story of the island to grandma. Mamu asked grandma for something. She brought a tray with many small, cute, crystal jars and the children separated the different coloured gems into the various jars. At that time I talked with grandma. She asked about you all, specially periamma (Pugal) and Thuthie annan and asked me to convey her love to them. Then she asked about you all and about our other aunts and their

children. Finally, we started back home. Mamu went near her to receive her kiss. Grandma fondly kissed him and his friends. She also kissed me good bye. Mamu and his friends ran in front of me, while I walked back home. Amma : David, we have written letters to friends and churches in America about your book. I don’t know how many of them will read it and believe it. David : Amma, don’t worry about that. Even when Jesus was on the earth and while He was preaching such wonderful messages, He said, “He who has ears, let him hear.” (Math. 13 : 9). That means, some of them didn’t listen to Him. But the message is for those who heard and believe it. In the same way, your duty is to write and send them if they want. Don’t worry about the conequences, whether they will read it or believe it. Jesus will take care of that part of our work. Even there were people who didn’t listen to the message of Jesus, so don’t bother about those who don’t believe what you have written. You go on doing your work. Pray and do your best and leave the rest to Jesus. Don’t get discouraged also. Bye Amma!

“Land ahead!” its fruits are waving O’er the hills of fadless green; And the living waters laving Shores where heavenly forms are seen.” - Rev. E. Adams

8. Mansions of Painters 7th June 2004 : 10.15 P.M. Psalm 36 : 8 “They shall be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of Thy house; and thou shalt make them drink of the river of Thy pleasures.” David :

Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a painter’s colony.

We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the left and crossed the brook and came to the place where the road branched towards the right. We entered that road, which passed through a beautiful forest with flowering trees and we reached a river. We then got into a launch and sailed towards the left of the river. On the way we could see the beautiful huge mountain on the right. We didn’t turn to that side of the river but sailed straight. After some distance, we passed through thick woods, with tall beautiful trees laden with lovely flowers of different colours and fruits. We saw many small streams of crystal-clear water flowing into the river from both sides. In those streams we saw groups and groups of graceful feathered and different coloured, beautiful water-birds of various sizes. We sailed slowly enjoying the lovely sight of those flying and floating birds and also hearing the sweet symphony of the birds, perching on tree tops. It looked like a bird sanctuary. After a long way, we saw a beautiful road on our left, touching the river. At that point, we left our launch and walked through that road. All along the way we enjoyed the wonderful scenery of flowing streams, flowering trees and beautiful green meadows.

We saw people sitting here and there and they were drawing on their sketch boards. We didn’t want to disturb them and so we passed on silently and then the road was rounding near a very huge lake, full of different coloured water-lilies and water-birds. On the left side of the road, we saw a beautiful mansion with one floor and on the right side near the lake, we saw a tall white man drawing on a sketch board. As we went nearer, he turned around and welcomed us. He introduced him as Jim from Florida and his greatest hobby on earth, was painting. He invited us to his mansion across the road. But we said that we were going up into the mountains nearby and after saying “good bye”, we started towards the mountains, which was around 2/3 rd of the lake. The sight was just wonderful amma. We could see winding pathways with beautiful flowering trees and plants on both sides. There was a huge rock, surrounded with flowers and water was flowing over the rock and reaching the lake as a lovely stream. We started climbing the pathway, enjoying the beautiful scenery around us. As we walked steadily forward, we saw a cave - like place, surrounded by huge rocks on three sides including the top. We saw a few persons sitting inside, over small rocks and drawing the beautiful scenery which they viewed from that place. It was so quiet and serene except for the never-ending songs of birds. The whole place was so beautiful, that it gave a perfect setting for the painters. We talked to them. Some of them were painters by profession and for some, it was their greatest hobby on the earth. As we walked farther, we met a man on the way, who was walking along the road. He was a French man and he took us to his mansion, which was on the way to the top of the mountain. He took us around his mansion into the backyard, where there was a beautiful pool of crystal - clear water and it was fed by many streams. There were long marble steps along the sides of the pool, leading into it and all of us sat there. He told us that he had many types of water birds as his pets. Inside the pool, we saw groups and groups of different types of lovely birds floating and swimming. He had a special name for each group. When he called one name, one group of birds swam beautifully towards him and they got over his hands, shoulder and played with him. They looked like our ‘seven sisters’ with red beak. His wife brought baskets of fruits for the birds from inside the house and she greeted us saying ‘Hello’. He selected some fruits and said, “Each variety of birds like a specific kind of fruits” and he fed them. When he said, “Go away now”, they gracefully swam away and then he called the next variety of birds by another name. There were beautiful water lilies of different vivid colours within the pool. His wife invited us into their mansion. It had two storeys. At the ground floor, she took us into a huge beautiful music hall with a grand piano at one end and a number of seats arranged in that hall. We all sat near the piano. She said that she graduated in music and was a music teacher on the earth. We asked her to play the piano. Amma, you must hear the lovely music, she played on her piano - so wonderful !! We all enjoyed and shouted with joy at the end of every piece. We then sang two songs while she played on the piano. They were ‘How great Thou art’ and ‘Whispering hope’ with full parts for the first one and three parts for the second one. Then we thought of singing anthems. I asked her to give a partiular key in the piano which she gave and played some prelude with that key and I

directed the first anthem ‘Jesus is our shepherd’. Amma, it was just wonderful. By hearing our music, some people both men and women from the nearby mansions gathered there. As soon as we finished, everybody shouted with joy in great appreciation. The French lady, just rushed to me, hugged me tightly and kissed me with great affection crying out “Wonderful, marvellous.” She never expected me to conduct the choir. She enquired about me and asked me whether I completed my education in school. I told her, “I am David from India and I had almost completed my undergraduate medical education (M.B.B.S.) on the earth and now I am continuing my education here.” She replied, “so you are serving two masters - music and medicine really great - you are really wonderful!”. Then all my friends gave their names and explained what they were doing on the earth etc. She hugged and kissed everyone saying , “You all sing wonderfully and your harmony is perfect.” Amma, we were all thrilled by her great appreciation and love. Music is a real bond between music lovers and it has no frontiers. I told her that all our members were really talented with beautiful voices. John told her, “Only after David came here, he organised a real choir and taught us many new songs and anthems.” They asked us to sing another anthem and we sang ‘Praise Him’. Again she came and hugged me with great appreciation telling, “David, you are a wonderboy”. Amma, I was brimming with joy, because our choir sang beautifully and that anthem was really a beautiful piece of music. Then the ladies went inside to prepare fruit juice for us and in the meantime we sang many choruses, sitting in the music hall. They brought us some thick orange coloured juice in beautiful crystal glasses. It was very tasty with a sweet flavour. She brought one fruit and demonstrated by making a small opening at one side with a spoon and poured the liquid into a glass. We were surprised to see how easy it is to make fruit juice in Heaven. The French aunty (David didn’t know her name and he promised to ask John and tell her name to me) asked us to stay with them for a longer period. She became so attached to us. She said that her own children were on the earth. Then John told her about our various duties. He also told her that we had a ‘musical band’ too organised by Steve and David. All of us told her what instruments we used to play in our band. John told her that he would inform her about our next musical concert, so that she too could attend and see us playing which she very much wanted to do. She told us that they too had a choir with youth and adults from those mansions (about fifty mansions) in that painters’s colony. She told us that if we climbed up, we could see a very beautiful and huge rock over the mountain where Jesus used to come and they all used to gather around Him, sitting on that rock. It was like the place where Jesus used to give the sermon on the mount near the sea of Galilee on the earth. She gave us some paintings done in wooden planks and quartz plates. Our girls selected a few which depicted the beautiful scenery of that place. Finally, we parted from her with a very fond farewell. We then climbed the winding pathway and reached the top. Amma, I just cannot express the breath - taking beauty of the view from a huge wide rock, where atleast five hundred people could be seated. That rock was surrounded by beautiful trees laden with lovely flowers of many hues and

also wild flowers of exquisite beauty. We saw some people sitting in the silent wood and painting. From the summit, the distant view was delightful amma. A lake was shimmering on the other side of this mountain. The lake was surrounded by beautiful mountains almost on all sides. We caught glimpses of sparkling streams flowing on the mountain slopes amidst beautiful flowering trees and lovely meadows blooming with blossoms of different colours, covering the entire slopes of the mountains. This mountain was an ideal place for painters. Each distinct place had its own unique charm. We, then held our hands and sang some songs and got down through another pathway, leading to the first lake, where we met Jim again. He had almost completed his beautiful painting of one section of the mountain, lake with swimming birds and water lilies. The resemblance was remarkable like that of a coloured photo of that wonderful scenery. Finally, we sailed back home singing all along the way. Just now I got into my room. Amma, be happy for my sake! What a wonderful life we are leading in Heaven!! Also remember that all of us (amma, appa, myself and periamma) are doing the missionary work together. On the other hand, I would have done the missionary work all alone in some remote corner of India on the earth. I am eager to tell everything to ammamma and so I am going down. Bye amma! “There’s a home in that land, At the Father’s right hand, There are mansions whose joys are untold, And perenial spring, Where dear ones ever sing, And nothing shall ever grow old.” - F.A.F. White

9. Business Colony 11th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Eccles. 9 : 1 “ ....... All this l laid to heart, examining it all, how the righteous and the wise and their deeds are in the hand of God.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to an island of business offices. We sailed along the river at the back towards the right of our manisons. After crossing all the familiar branches of this river towards the left, we came to a point, where there was a right branch in the river and we entered that one. The familiar surrounding of flowering trees had suddenly changed into a beautiful garden of rows and rows of palm trees in between the small streams, which were flowing from the river along which we were sailing. It seemed to be a beautiful picnic spot with seating arrangements below the palm trees. We decided to visit the place on our way back home. We sailed through the river farther which reached the sea. From that point

we sailed straight along the shining waters of the sea. After quite sometime, we saw a beautiful rocky island. The island was surrounded by marble rocks which shone with a lovely golden reddish colour. Along the edge of the whole island, there was a short parapet wall made of gold railings. First we sailed around the island. We were able to see very beautiful gardens, some huge mansions and other buildings deep within the gardens. At one place, we saw beautiful wide steps leading into one of the gardens, from the sea. There we saw many ladies and children climbing up and down the steps, coming in and going out by boats in a busy manner. It seemed to be a private pathway and so we didn’t get down there and sailed farther. We, then saw a huge road, leading from the sea with a wide golden gate. That side seemed to be a very busy place with people going in and coming out, getting in and out of the many boats near the gate. We entered that road and along the left side, we saw beautiful mansions deep within very beautiful, well - arranged gardens. We walked farther and met a man on the way. He told us that the mansions belonged to big business men, whose offices were farther down the road. We found that the road was going around the whole of the island. At the centre of the island there were beautiful parks and gardens. When we went farther we saw a huge building with three storeys. It looked like a business office, since a lot of people were going in and coming out. When we went inside, we saw many huge halls on the ground floor, with people working inside. We went to the first floor, where we saw huge conference halls, enclosed by transparent walls and inside we saw many people sitting and discussions were going on. In a central huge hall, many ladies and gentlemen were sitting before their tables and they were busy taking down notes or operating their computer - like instruments. One person said, “This office is connected with many shopping complexes and a network of messengers. They deal with receiving messages of orders and sending messages to shopping complexes and to other areas of professional complexes to place orders for things and also to collect them and deliver them to the respective places from where they receive orders.” We went into the balcony which faced the sea and it was just beautiful to see the gardens below and the sea beyond the island. We then came down. John was talking with people who were doing office work there. On our way we saw two more such huge office buildings and we came to a beautiful chapel, constructed with white marble tiles, edged with gold. We heard the voices of children, singing within the chapel and we went in. It was very beautiful inside with many lovely seats. The two wings were short, with a long central structure, with an altar in front. At the left wing, we saw a group of children and teens (about the age group of 8 to 18) singing with a young lady choir - director. They were singing in unison with different variations like rounds etc. We went in and sat on the front seats in the main section, watching them. Then John introduced us to the choir-director and she said that it was the children choir and there was an adult choir too. She told us that we had gone there at the busiest time of the island. After the office hours, they used to go for picnics or have get together meetings in the chapel. Sometimes Jesus visited them. Other times, some of the business men among them, who were great preachers on the earth, used to talk about

Jesus and His teachings. She also said that after the choir practice, she would take the children to one of the picnic spots. The area around that island abounds in picnic spots in other islands. We then sang many choruses and also our girls gave their usual wonderful programme, with their funny facial expressions and actions and made the children laugh. Then we said ‘good bye’ and left them. That lady told us that there was a parallel road around the back-side of the mansions and during office time, the children and women always used that road to leave the island. Then we walked along that back road, from there also we saw very beautiful gardens and fountains around the mansions. Our teenagers were restless to go to the palm tree gardens quickly and so we sailed back in our boat and reached that place. In the stream beds, inside the palm gardens, there were a large number of beautiful different coloured shining marble balls in different sizes. We, the senior members sat on the beautiful cushioned cane easy - chairs, while our teenagers got into knee-deep crystal-clear water and started collecting those beautiful pebbles. As usual they filled all our pockets with them and they collected a lot in their own pockets as well. The palm leaves were long, like our coconut palm leaves but they were of a single long piece like our palmirah palm leaf, instead of many pieces in our coconut palm leaf. We spent a long time there. I told them to collect smaller balls for me, so that Mamu could play with them along with his friends. Then all of us sat there and sang a few songs and finally we entered our boat and reached home. Mamu, along with some small boys came with me. I went at the back portico and arranged a game for Mamu. There is a long low table with a very smooth surface. I collected some wooden blocks from ammamma’s room and from Mamu’s room and blocked the two longer edges of the table. Then I asked the four of them to stand two on each side with small wooden bats. I gave them two sets of these marble balls (in two different colours) and they should roll their balls from their side to the opposite side and vice versa. They must try to block the balls from the other side and so it became an exciting game for them. Amma, that is why I couldn’t talk to you earlier. Bye amma!

“Oh blessed work for Jesus’ Oh rest at Jesus’ feet There toil seems pleasure My wants are treasure.” - Miss. Anna warner

10. Island Mansions of goldsmiths and Gems embedded tile Makers 23rd June 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Ezekiel 16:11, 12, 13 “I decked you with ornaments, and put bracelets on your arms, and a chain on your neck. And put a ring on your nose and earrings in your ears, and a beautiful crown upon your head. Thus you were decked with gold.” David : Amma, surrounded by sea.

we

had

a

wonderful

trip

to

a

mountain

island

As usual we reached the sea and from there we turned to our left, sailed for a long time, crossed the Portugese colony and then turned at right angles to the shore line towards deep waters. After some distance, faraway, across its shining waters, arose a magnificent mountain of flowers. As our boat approached closer, we found out that the mountain was completely covered with trees laden with lovely flowers, plants and bushes with beautiful blossoms. Rocks were decked with creepers covered with flowers of different delicate colours, intermingled with rich green leaves. We saw small shining streams rippling down and flowing over beautiful golden glassy marble rocks. At the top of the mountain heights, we caught glimpses of some portions of mansions, through the thick green foliage of overhanging trees laden with beautiful blossoms. We went around the huge mountain island and reached a flight of broad steps leading from the sea to the mountain top. The steps were cut in the shining golden marble rocks and we enjoyed climbing those steps looking at the lovely scenery of creepers and trees laden with gorgeous flowers and flowing streams on both sides of the steps all along the way. When we reached the top, we were captivated by the marvellous beauty of the place. Mansions were poised on top of inmense golden marble rocks here and there, surrounded by the same type of flowering trees, creepers and shining streams. A broad road, laid with golden tiles decorated with precious stones, was going around the island from that summit. We turned left on that road when we saw the first mansion over a huge rock. We walked along the path way going with steps at some places leading towards that mansion. It was a two - storeyed building. The ground floor was open on all sides with beautiful golden pillars. The first floor had a flat roof with sloping edges. In the ground floor, we saw many people sitting on the golden floor, involved in doing beautiful delicate artistic work in golden tiles and they were embedding sparkling gems of various colours and types in those tiles. There we met a south Indian, named Robert, from karnataka state which adjoins the state of Tamilnadu. (David’s place which was named Tamilnadu only recently). When I told him that I was from Madras state, then only he was able to understand and he was happy. He said, “All the inhabitants of this place had been goldsmiths or gold miners on the earth. Many people from other sections of Heaven used to come here to learn our art and used to stay here temporarily in the guest mansions.” All of us sat with those workers, watching the wonderful way in which they were making those tiles. We could see that the professionals

were doing the work quickly whereas the learners were doing it, a bit slowly, but at the same time perfectly like the professionals. We saw all the races of the earth among them. They were packing the finished products in rectangular shaped cane baskets with handles. They told us that messengers would go there and collect them mainly for palaces, castles and chapels. Otherwise they would deposit them in the shopping complexes. They were getting the precious stones from the island of gem-cutters which we had visited recently. They promised to pack two or three baskets full of finished tiles with different types of precious stones and bring them to our boat. Robert took us to the first floor, which had a balcony surrounding their bed-rooms. We stood there like people entranced, looking at the marvellous view of the sea and the slope of the mountain covered with a mantle of flowers and streams. Amma, it is very difficult to explain the immense beauty of the whole place. This is the first high mountain surrounded by sea, over which we stood and we were fascinated by its heart - capturing beauty and natural serenity. Robert then took us to different mansions. In one of them, they were making beautiful crosses of different sizes in gold mounted over small stands. Sparkling gems of all types were embedded in those crosses, made with delicate artistic work in gold. We collected many of them in the small cane baskets, they gave us. We, then visited mansions where they were making glittering stars in gold decorated with gems and they were looking very very beautiful. Also they were making wall plates in thin gold plates with artistic work and precious stones. Another product was paper weights in gold and gems were embedded in them. They were also producing paper weights and other small articles in golden marble stones decorated with gems. Robert then took us to the right side of the road and there a long range of huge, glistening golden rocks appeared starting almost from one end of the island to the other end covering the entire area of the middle of the mountain. There we saw people cutting out blocks and blocks of gold very easily with simple instruments. Taking one layer of gold from the other was extremely easy because the gold was deposited in layers only. People were carrying them to different mansions where they were making various attractive articles in gold. We then went to the other side of the golden rocks along the road. We saw small transparent streams flowing along the two sides of the road and at the stream beds, we saw many gold nuggets. Our girls were interested in collecting them too. But we discouraged them since we already got a huge collection of golden articles as presents. We then started singing along the way and many children and some adults followed us. People from different mansions waved to us. Robert told us, that Jesus used to visit them sometime with a host of angels and He used to sit on a golden rock and the people used to sit on the broad golden road to worship Him. For special worship services like Christmas and Easter, all the adults used to go to the worship complex to take part in them. Finally, we reached the entry point. From there Robert shouted “ooh! ooh!”, which was a signal to his house hold members. Immediately, they brought three baskets of beautiful tiles and they carried all the baskets along with us and kept them in the boat. They asked us to bring our families, so that we could stay with them for a

longer time in the guest mansions. We thanked Robert and others and parted from them with a fond farewell and started sailing back home. Our girls poured down the contents of the baskets with smaller articles like crosses, stars, paper weights at the centre of the boat and selected some for me and John since we would not be able to accompany them when they would be distributing the presents to others. They didn’t open the baskets with golden tiles, which they will do at the museum site and they will bring samples for me. They deposited my share into all my four pockets. Amma they are so affectionate and if they see me with closed eyes relaxing, they will tickle me or make some strange noises, which will make me laugh and open my eyes. Since Lu has joined us now my teenagers got a promise from me to repeat all my ghost stories to them. They said, “David, if you don’t come to our place of get together, all of us will rush to your home to hear the stories.” Amma, they are very affectionate and really fond of me. Lu asked us permission to bring her very close friend Lynd to our group and we gladly said, “Yes”. Lu says that she doesn’t want to disturb the perfect harmony of our group, by bringing more of her friends. Finally we reached home, singing all along the way. I came home atonce. Ammamma was at home. I kept all the presents on the table at the back portico and just told her briefly about our trip and came up to talk to you. Amma, be happy, realising all these wonderful experiences, the affection of my friends, my super brain, my chance to sing and conduct a choir in the presence of Jesus and all my other privileges which Jesus has bestowed on me. So don’t ever remember me on that weary earthly life which is very short compared to the ecstasy of heavenly life for eternity. Amma, always look upto Heaven and you will get perfect peace and happiness. Bye amma!

“We speak of its pathways of gold, Its walls decked with jewels so rare, Its wonders and pleasures untold, But what must it be to be there!” - Mrs. E. Mills

11. Work-mansions of assembling musical instruments 1st July 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Is. 44:23 “Sing, O heavens, for the Lord has done it; Shout, O depths of the earth; break forth into singing, O mountains, O forest, and every tree in it!

David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We walked along the road in the front, towards the left of my mansion. We walked past the beautiful brook and then turned in the road towards our right and reached the river, from where we sailed towards the left. After crossing the painters’ colony, we reached a right branch of that river and we turned in it. Amma, it is difficult to explain the breath-taking beauty of the surrounding. One has to see it personally to realise the wonders of Heaven. On both sides of the river, we saw small hills, each one completely covered with trees laden with beautiful flowers of one colour. It was like a huge heap of lovely flowers of one shade. Between two such hills was a huge marble rock of one particular colour and from its top, water was rippling down covering every inch of the surface, reflecting the Heavenly light intermingled with the resplendent colour of the marble rock underneath. We sailed very slowly, observing the heart-capturing splendour of our wonderful Heaven. Finally, in front of the river, a lofty mountain of enormous size rose up into the sky. As our boat approached closer we saw the river splitting out into two branches, surrounding the mountain and flowing smoothly downhill. When we saw broad steps leading to the heights above, we landed there and glided to the top. Amma, we were struck with the beauty of the place. There was a splendid well-arranged structure of a central peak of marble rocks, surrounded by many hills, just touching the central peak. In between successive hills, there were narrow valleys. Water was rippling down from the central peak and rolling as shining streams through those valleys. Each individual hill (larger than the ones we saw on our way) was covered by one coloured flowering trees and so the central peak was surrounded by different coloured heaps of flowers. Amma, the sight was fascinating. We couldn’t absorb the beauty fully at the first glance. Also we could see only some roof tops and not the actual structure of the mansions on top of each of those hills. This well-arranged colony can be called as a mountain complex. We saw a road, which led us farther in and we reached a broad road going around the whole mountain complex touching all the hills. Each hill had its own flight of steps leading up. As we were climbing one such hill, a splendid view of the surrounding trees was gained and we were thrilled by its beauty. When we reached the top, we saw a huge round mansion with one floor and a sloping roof and it was surrounded by a wide veranda. People were sitting in the veranda and assembling violins of different sizes. They got their raw materials from different places and they stocked them in small separate rooms surrounding the central mansion. They kept their finished products also in some of those rooms. In the central mansion, they took us to a large central hall where every variety of those violins were displayed

and it was a beautiful exhibition of violins. They said, “Around the slope of this hill, great experts are sitting in different places and they are fixing the strings permanently according to the correct tuning. Once the strings are fixed, there is no need for tuning afterwards. That is why they are sitting at separate places and are engaged in the permanent tuning. All the workers come here from different places of Heaven and so the mansion is only a workshop. Other mansions on the hill tops are also workshops for assembling other musical instruments.” They, then played the different types of violins in the central hall and we enjoyed the lovely music. We then parted from them. From one hill top, there was a long, beautiful hanging bridge to the next one and we walked along that bridge. We stood at the middle of the bridge, lingering there for sometime, enjoying the magnificent panorama seen from that height. We sang from there and the effect was very grand and superb. In the next hill top mansion, workers were assembling guitars and when we passed on to the third one, we saw them assembling different types and sizes of harps of gold with strings. There also they played the harps and we were entranced by the wonderful music. They offered the finished products of the harps as presents and we collected some very small ones. They gave us carry bags made of cloth to take them home. We thanked them and went to the next hill top mansion, where they were assembling different types of drums. As cover plates, they were using gold or silver plates of different thickness and also they had rolls and rolls of leather -like material, which was not leather, but was made from thin barks of trees. In all these mansions, they were getting raw materials from different places of Heaven and these people were only assembling and tuning the musical instruments. We collected some very small drums from them. We then walked over the bridge to the next hill top where we saw Africans assembling drums of their choice. In all places, they exhibited their musical instruments by playing them and the music was wonderful. From this place also we collected small drums and went to the next hill top, where Indians were assembling drums to play carnatic music. On the earth, we may not enjoy carnatic music. But here in Heaven, we really enjoyed the music of those Indian drums which they played along with violins. Those people were happy to know that I was a south Indian. From there also we collected some small drums. Next we visited the hill where they were making flutes in different sizes and when they played them, the music was just fascinating. They gave us some flutes. Thus we visited almost seven hills and covered only half of the hill tops. We didn’t go to the remaining hill tops and we went down and sailed back home singing all along the way. Amma, I just took only one small Indian drum and came home. Amma : David, what happened when you came home after visiting the snowwhite mountains? David : As I went down, to my great surprise, I saw grandpa Bensam and ammamma at the back portico. While I was explaining my experience in that wonder-land, Mamu along with his friends came home carrying one Tanjore doll. I brought many such dolls specially for Mamu and his friends. He was very happy to see those dolls, balls and paper weights in that snow white basket made of reeds. Mamu selected one Tanjore doll, one ball and

some paper weights, put them in that basket telling that they would give these presents to Palliyadi grandma and bring back the basket. He and his friends were greatly excited, looking at those dolls and balls. Kamazh : David, then gave me a big sermon. Nowadays, my son is talking fluently in English as well as in Tamil. David : Amma, it was the wonderful will of the Father in calling me Home to Heaven. Also He assigned such a wonderful Missionary work to me in Heaven to convey Heavenly messages to the earth, which I am doing with such great joy along with my loved ones on the earth. So be happy amma. Also I attended a wonderful medical conference in the Medical study centre. More than hundred doctors participated. About fifteen doctors gave lectures on different topics of Medical studies with the help of individual screens in front of us. In every topic, they closed with the ‘Healing touch’ of Jesus, and as soon as we saw the nail print hand of Jesus touching the patient, the hall would be vibrating, filled with the great shout of joy and praises to our God. Amma, I cannot explain the joy and thrill which filled our hearts at that moment. For example, one doctor explained about the aids virus (enlarged) spreading throughout a human body and how it affected.

Chapter II

WORSHIP SERVICES 1. Worship service of Jesus in the golden cathedral in Heaven 18th April 04 : 10.30 P.M. Psalm 29 : 2, 4, 11 "Ascribe to the Lord the glory of His Name; worship the Lord in Holy array. The Voices of the Lord is powerful, the voice of the Lord is full of majesty. May the Lord give strength to His people ! May the Lord bless His People with peace!” David : Amma we attended a wonderful worship service at a very huge golden cathedral of magnificent beauty. We sailed along the river flowing infront of our mansions quite far away from our colony. We passed the palm grove island and sailed along the left edge. Further down the river we crossed the two towns on its either side and sailed straight along the river for a long time listening to the symphony of the water lapping against the boat and also the sweet melodies of birds, before our boat glided into a beautiful lake shimmering in the golden light. As soon as we entered the lake, the first thing that arrested our attention was a very huge magnificent golden cathedral with many high towers of gold glittering in the golden light. The cathedral was poised in an elevated place on top of a beautiful mountain range across the lake, Amma this cathedral resembled the ancient cathedrals in Italy, which I had seen in slides on the earth. But this was much more glorious than the earthly one in beauty and splendour. Around the lake over the mountains were hundreds of beautiful mansions. We sailed across the lake and reached the side of the golden cathedral. From

the lake there were beautiful wide steps made of white marble tiles edged with gold, leading to the cathedral. we had to climb many steps before coming to its ground level, Again we climbed many steps to enter into the garden surrounding the cathedral, Amma I just cannot explain the exact beauty of the building in words. The whole structure was covered with gold with beautiful artistic work. It was so high that we found it difficult to look at the top of the huge golden towers from the bottorn, and also because of the golden radiance, the whole area was bathed in an intense golden radiance that even the flowers of the lovely garden looked golden. Our dresses also glittered like gold. A large multitude of people were walking along the roads leading to the cathedral from all sides and also boats were pouring in the vast golden lake. When we went in, the cathedral was almost full. There were beautiful golden seats with cushions draped in golden brocade for us to sit. The interior view of the cathedral was very grand and magnificent. All the golden pillars were along the edges of the structure. The altar was very huge and completely covered by fine gold with beautiful artistic work on it. There were two huge wings on the two sides, At the left wing there was a large human choir and the dresses of its members were glistening in the golden radiance, which pervaded the whole place. The choir was singing songs of praise and their voices echoed within the high walls of the cathedral. The right wing was empty. Suddenly we were thrilled to hear the songs of angels high over the cathedral and soon the volume increased and thousands of golden angels with beautiful golden musical instruments descended from the top of the central tower and they glided over to the right wing singing with their instruments. The human choir then stopped singing. When the volume of singing of the angels reached the peak, we, saw Jesus descending slowly, on the altar with immense glory and majesty with a golden crown of incredibile splendour, surrounded by a golden radiance, with thousands and thousands of shining golden angels. Amma we were overwhelmed by that view of His divine glory and infinite beauty. Jesus then sat on the golden throne at the centre of the altar and his garment of radiant beauty was flowing around covering the altar. A huge crowd of angels occupied the back side of the altar and another group stood along the walls and the rest filled the garden. As soon as Jesus entered the cathedral the golden radiance became more intense. We all stood up atonce and the whole cathedral was filled with our joyful shouts of praise. Our hearts flooded with joy in His presence and the volume of our shouting of praises was tremendous. All the time the angel choir was singing playing their musical instruments. Then Jesus stood up. Again we made a thunderous shouting of joyful praises. As we were standing Jesus started talking. Amma, what a magnificent voice Jesus has! He talked on the topic "The inexhaustible power of the Father, His intrinsic Holiness and the boundless Love of the Father.'' When He talked there was perfect silence. His talk revealed His great love for His Father. He asked us, "Do you know the extent of the universe, My Father created ? The people on the earth might have identified one millionth of the

whole universe and its wonders. How My Father controls everything !! Do you know the abode of the angels and My Father’s glorious abode? You may not even know the whole extent of the Heaven where you live. Can you understand the Holiness of My Father? No sinner can come near Him. That is why He had to send me to the earth to save the souls from sin and go near Him. Even when He came nearer you could not withstand His Holiness, His mighty power and His immense glory. Now you understand the depth of My Father's boundless love for you, in sending His only Son to the agony of the cross so as to save the human race and that they may not perish in that eternal grave ( hell ). But those who accept My free salvation and the boundless love of My Father can attain this perfect joy." Amma Jesus always gives short messages, but it fills our heart with intense happiness and joy. Jesus is so proud of His everlasting Father who is immensely powerful, infinetely Holy and He has boundless Love!! He is our Father too. Then the ascension started, Amma it was a glorious sight. We were able to behold it for a long time since the altar tower was very high and Jesus ascended slowly with the angels in the altar, followed by the angels in and around the cathedral. We could see them floating above us as a golden cloud and then they started ascending behind Jesus. All the time the angel choir was singing praising songs and finally they too ascended behind Him singing all along the way. We could hear the singing becoming fainter and fainter and finally it stopped. Then the human choir started singing while the audience slowly left the cathedral. We also came out dazed because of the intense golden light. The whole lake looked golden so also the thousands of boats. We sailed along slowly singing songs. The people in other boats passing by were either singing or praising Jesus in different languages. It was a wonderful sight Amma. Finally we reached home. We sat at the lawn near our museum and discussed the whole service. Always such discussion enlightened us. Now I am at home, I must go down to see ammamrna . Usually some of our friends also used to come and we used to sit in the portice facing the river around our round table and discuss the wonderful service. There were no children in the cathedral. They must have been floating or playing in some rivers. Amma : David what happened after you came from the forest island ? David : I told you that I brought two table mats and Mamu took one to give to Palliyadi grandma. Then I went to my study centre and on my way back home I went to see Palliyadi grandma and we talked about Mamu. She says that he is a beloved child (bry; y gps; i s) and she too used to wait for him.(as Mamu used to say) she used to tell him stories and Marnu also used to tell her about his friends and also about his expeditions. Grandma always keeps something for him of the things grandpa used to bring. Mamu used to go around all their rooms to see what all things are there and so grandma and Mamu are great friends. Sometime he used to sit on her lap or recline on her to talk. I told grandma all about my experience at the forest island and came home. By that time my friends brought several table mats, cotton flowers and some balls of cotton thread for me. Mamu divided them into two

sections. It seems ammamma told Mamu that he could take things to Palliyadi grandma only after David had seen them since he must know what things his friends brought in. So Mamu was just waiting for me to take things to grandma. Bye Amma! dear! At about 8.30 yesterday night I was praying to Jesus to give me some definite promise about my privilege. I heard my beloved Jesus’ authoritative voice telling me as follows. Jesus : This privilege is according to the perfect will of God, the Father, that I gave to you. If some one questions whether such a privilege is possible, you ask them the following question "Do you think that it is impossible for the powerful Father who created Heaven and earth and also Jesus to give me such a privilege according to their perfect will ? My Father and Myself wanted to reveal some of the glories of Heaven to the earth and we selected son David to do that wonderful missionary work. So you go on writing the book as long as it is the will of the Father and until then David gives you such messages. Don't mind people’s talk.

I thanked Jesus for a long time and a perfect peace filled my heart. "Then let us adore And give Him His right; All glory and power, All wisdom and might; All honour and blessing, With angels above; And thanks never-ceasing, And infinite love. - C. Wesley

2. Worship service in a pink-chapel inside a rose garden 2nd May 2004 : 9.30 P.M. Rev. 20:6 “- - - - - They shall be priests of God and of christ and they shall reign with him a thousand years." Dan. 7:13,15 ” - - - - - with the clouds of heaven there came one like a son of man, and to Him was given dominion - - - and glory and kingdom, that all peoples nations, and languages should serve Him; His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and His kingdom one that shall not be destroyed." David : Amma just now I came home after attending a wonderful worship service. We walked along the river flowing infront a little away from our mansions, leading to the worship complex. There we turned at right angles to the river through a broad golden road which led us deep into the complex, which was full of very beautiful gardens. We passed the chapel surrounded by white flowers. Then at a distance we saw an enchanted colourful garden.

When we went nearer we saw a beautiful pink oval shaped chapel surrounded by gardens of roses in different colours and of exquisite beauty. (There are no thorns in the rose plants in Heaven.) The garden spread out in a vast area. The extreme outer part of the garden was blooming with beautiful roses of different shades of red. Then there was a lovely pathway laid with red marble tiles decorated with gold. The next flower bed contained different shades of orange roses and the next pathway was made of orange marble tiles. The adjoining flower - bed was blooming with different shades of yellow roses connected by a pathway of yellow marble tiles. Finally the innermost part of the garden was full of beautiful lustrous roses in many shades of pink. The broad pavement around the chapel next to this was laid with lovely pink marble tiles. Golden flowers and pink roses were embedded in those pink marble tiles. The walls of the chapel and also the sloping roof were made of such pink jewelled marble tiles. The whole chapel was glistening softly with imcredible splendour. The sight of the garden with the chapel was so beautiful and wonderful amma. We saw angels singing and gliding down in groups. We went inside. All the seats were also pink in colour. There was a large crowd of children in the front holding boquets. made of pink roses. (not a single flower). Inside the chapel, we saw hosts of angels along the walls. There were angel orchestra on both sides of the beautiful stage, with trumpets, harps and other instruments. All the angels were singing songs on the theme " Praise the Lord the king of kings". Though the tunes were not familiar to us, we enjoyed listening to their sweet songs and the melody of their orchestra. No human choir was seen there. After a long time, suddenly there appeared a huge luminous white pillar at the centre of the stage. Then we realised that groups of angels were descending and it looked like a moving radiant white pillar. Some of them stood around the stage, some glided into the chapel and others went out. They were also singing all the time, even when they were descending. I can say, the whole chapel was filled with angel voices and the sound of their musical instruments. Then all of a sudden a golden throne of incredible splendour descended with Jesus on it with all His over whelming glory and majesty, with a robe of radiant gold, and a golden crown of magnificent beauty as the king of kings. Two angels holding golden sceptres also descended along with Jesus and they stood on either side of His throne. Amma the sight was wonderful. All of us stood up at once and raised our hands shouting "Praise the Lord, the king of kings". The angels continued their singing and the children were also shouting with joy. Amma try to imagine the volume of all our voices. Amma I can always explain the physical beauty and the tremendous volume of the sound made by all our shoutings and angels's singing. But I cannot explain the wonderful jubilation and ecstasy we felt at that time. Amma Jesus was so handsome glorious and majestic. Then Jesus stood up extended His hands over the audience and said. "Peace be unto you" Immediately there was perfect silence. Amma I remembered the incident in the Bible. "When Jesus said "Peace be still" to the raging sea of Galilee, how it became calm at the instant itself." Jesus talked about the millennium rule on the earth.

Jesus : In Heaven great preparations are going on for the wonderful millennium rule on the earth. But, even the Christian nations on the earth are going astray from My ways. There is no peace on the earth. When the time comes, according to the perfect will of My Father, My millennium rule will start on the earth. Though I will be the ruler, everything will be done according to the perfect will of My FATHER with My Father's wonderful infinite wisdom and with the inexhaustible mightly power of My Father. David : Amma, whenever Jesus said Father, we could feel His intense love for His and our Father. The end of His message would concide exactly with the starting of the singing of angels with their orchestra. Then again all of us praised Him and Jesus with His mighty forces of angels ascended. All of us stood up and shouted praises with joy until all the angels left the place. Then the children streamed out of the chapel with great joy holding their bunches of pink roses. When we came out we saw a beautiful pink crowd going to wards the river. I was very sure that they would jump into the river to float back home. Then my friends and I spent sometime looking around the chapel and enjoyed the beauty of the garden. We went along the pathways within the garden. Amma, I cannot explain its beauty and the sweet perfume of that lovely garden of roses. Then we walked along the road and reached the river. As we walked along the side of the river, we sang songs of praises. First we sang the song "Praise the King of glory". We sang that repeatedly since we all liked it very much. People, going by boats congratulated us in appreciation. Steve was also with us. Then we got into a boat and continued our singing. Finally we reached our place and we all went to our museum site. In Aunt Margret's ground floor there is a huge hall and it is filled with tables in several rows. Our girls have temporarily arranged the things on them with their rough paintings of the places and people from whom we got those gifts. Even the rough paintings are beautiful. They have painted King Solomon, the once cannibals coming to receive us inside the forest, the African and Indian children receiving us near the lake etc. Our French painter has started doing the final paintings for us. Amma Kashmir shawls and tablemats will be included in our Indian collection. Mamu selected one tablemat for Palliyadi grandma. Also he packed the shawl, telling that he would show that to her and bring it back. I am going down for discussing the worship service with ammamma and others. Be happy amma! Bye!

'There's a glorious kingdom waiting in the land beyond the sky, where the saints have been gath'ring year by year; And the days are swiftly passing That will bring the kingdom nigh: For the coming of the kingdom draweth near!

Et. Nathan

3. A Worship service - A symbolic scene of our Lord's second coming 10th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M. Mat. 24 : 30,31 - "Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in Heaven, and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they will see the Son of man coming on the clouds, of heaven with power and great glory; and He will send out His angels with a loud trumpet call, and they will gather his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other." David : Amma, we had a wonderful experience in our worship service. We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the right. After a long distance, our road touches the river which flows in front of our mansions. At this place the river turns left and right. If we sail towards the left of the river, we can reach the usual worship complex. Amma, I think that this river surrounds the huge area of the worship complex. We entered into a beautiful barge there and started sailing towards the right of this river. After some distance, we saw the river, slowly curving towards the left. At that point, a beautiful mountain range started on the right side of the river. Mansions at different levels on the mountain slopes were visible at random amidst lovely gardens, green lawns, flowering trees of many colours and flowing streams of shining waters. When we reached almost the middle of the mountain range, we saw more mansions on the slope than on the two sides of the range. Opposite to this area, across the river, stood a very huge golden cathedral of immense beauty glittering in the ethereal light, on an elevated place. Long and wide golden steps were leading from the river to the top of the ground where stood the grand Cathedral. The golden steps were decorated with gorgeous flowers in lovely golden pots kept at many places here and there. We slowly climbed the steps, singing as usual. Then we sat on the steps on the top, watching the boats and people climbing up the steps, Many groups, youth and adults, held their hands singing all along the way. Overhead we saw shining angel groups floating down over the cathedral. As we sat on the golden steps, the whole picture, the river sparkling in front of us, the beautiful mountain range across the river, the white robed throng climbing the steps, the luminous cloud of angels floating above us, was very beautiful to behold. When huge crowds of people started going into the cathedral, we also went in through the front door and sat in the front row. There were two wings to the cathedral. From outside we saw three immense high towers one in the front and two on either side above the wings. The whole place (floor, altar etc) was filled with beautiful carvings in gold and we saw fine artistic work on the walls. The altar in the front was very big and beautiful. The roof was so high that we couldn't see the structure clearly.

On the right wing, a very large choir with hundreds of members was singing softly and beautifully to the accompaniment of a large orchestra standing beside them with all kinds of musical instruments. The co-ordination between the choir and the orchestra was wonderful and perfect amma. The orchestra played very beautiful preludes and interludes. We were sitting there listening to their lovely music for a long time. The members of the choir belonged to different races of the earth. Though we saw hosls of angels descending on the cathedral, very few only were inside. Then a wonderful and spectacular event happened. All of a sudden in an instant, thousands of angels with trumpets burst forth into the cathedral through the walls on all sides and from the top with Jesus. We were inmensely astonished because we didn't anticipate such a sudden appearance of so many angels. Immediately they started playing their thousands of trumpets with multi sounds (not our usual four parts only) beautifully and harmoniously. Amma I am not able to explain our feeling of rapture at that particular instant. There was not even an inch of vacant space either on the walls or on the roof. Along the walls they stood one row above another and the whole walls were completely covered. The most wonderful part of this event was that everything took place at one quick instant in the twinkling of an eye. Jesus also came to the stage at that instant. A glorious light was radiating from the whole figure of Jesus and its radiance filled the entire cathedral. The next moment we stood up in great joy and wonder and we burst forth into shouting praises. Our shouts of joy couldn't be compared with the glorious strains of thousands of turmpets of the angel’s orchestra with such enchanting melody. The whole audience were astonished beyond words and our intense joy was boundless. The angels were playing for quite a long time and all that time, we were also praising with great joy, and ecstasy. Then as soon as Jesus stood up, stretched His hands and said, "Peace be unto you," there was pin-drop silence. The angels stopped their playing atonce and we also stopped our praising at that instant. Then Jesus enthralled the audience by His magnetic personality. We sat spell-bound hearing his wonderful divine message. Jesus : This event is symbolic of My second coming on the earth. All of you gazed in rapture when these thousands of angels with their trumpets burst forth in an instant into this cathedral. Now you can imagine how it will be when millions and millions of angels cover every inch of the whole earth within no time with the mighty sound of the trumpets along with Me!!. Can you imagine everything taking place suddenly within a moment of time!! what tremendous effect it will have on the people of the earth. My children (real believers) will be filled with joy and praise the Lord since they have the Holy spirit within them. That event will reveal the overwhelming glory, the awesome power and the magnificent greatness of My Father. But, for the unbelievers it will be a moment of terror. They will suffer anguish and cry in agony and intense fear. They can't bear the mighty angel forces and their tremendous sound. Many of the so-called Christians also will be in that group. Millions of Christians today do not believe My virgin birth, salvation, resurrection,life after death,My second coming and My millennium rule on the earth. For them also, it will be a moment of terror and agony. I wanted to

show you, the trace of the effect of My second coming over the earth. Those people who abuse Me and My children now, will be heartbroken then. David : Amma after this expereince I just wonder, how it will be when the whole globe of the earth will be filled with angels in a moment with the mighty sound of their trumpets. At the very moment, when Jesus stopped His message, the whole angel groups started their wonderful rapturous trumpet music. The next moment all of us raised our hands and shouted praises, with great joy. After sometime, suddenly all the hosts of angels and Jesus disappeared in an instant, just like the way, they burst forth into the cathedral. Next moment, the whole cathedral was empty except the redeemed souls, who continued their praising for some more time. Then all of us started coming out slowly with great joy. Our group stood at the top of the ground to see the whole crowd descending slowly on the wide steps, singing and shouting praises. There were hundreds of boats on the river. It was beautiful to see the boats sailing in all directions. There was no traffic jam as on the earth. Those boats sailed smoothly like the rays of the morning or evering sun, spreading in all directions. Finally, we also descended holding hands and singing all the way. Amma I can never ever forget the wonderful scene. Amma try to remember the details I told you. I don't think that I can explain the glorious scene more clearly to you further than this. You please pray to Jesus to guide you while writing down the wonderful and marvellous scene-a symbolic scene of our Lord's second coming. Our Lord must have revealed these symbolic scenes to many of His children on the earth, through visions or He would have directly spoken to them. We have beautiful songs in which people have written about the second coming of our Lord and Saviour. Just now I reached home and nobody is here now. Bye amma!

"Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord He is trampling out the vintage where the grapes are stored, He hath loosed the fateful lightning of His terrible swift sword; His truth is marching on. He has sounded forth the trumpet that shall never call retreat; He is sifting out the hearts of men before His judgement seat; O, be swift my soul, to answer Him; be jubilant my feet! Our God is marching on . . . . glory glory Hallelujah!"

of

wrath

Julia Ward Howe

4. Worship Service in a chapel on a mountain top 16th May 2004 : 9.25 P.M. Isa. 2:2,3 “...... The mountain of the house of the Lord shall be established as the highest of the mountains, and shall be raised above the hills; and all the nations shall flow to it and many people shall come and say : "come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; that He may teach us His ways and that we may walk in His paths". David : Amma, we had been to a wonderful worship service. We walked along the road in our front towards the right side of our mansions and turned left and then sailed along the river in the front, towards the left. We passed the worship complex and then came to the place where the river branched towards the right to reach the palm grove island. We didn't enter that branch but sailed straight which passed through beautiful forest with tall overhanging flowering trees on both sides. We enjoyed the scenery and sailed quite a long distance. The river then flowed in between two high, very big mountains, which continued as a range. Over the mountain slopes we saw beautiful path ways and lovely mansions shone here and there through the green of the drooping branches of the trees laden with flowers on the right side of the river. We saw roads and mansions and also a beautiful huge chapel on the top. So, as soon as we got near the road, which touched the river, we left our boat and walked along that road, Amma there were broad steps which led directly to the mountain top, but there was a winding road, going around the mountain slope. Since we had ample time at our disposal, we decided to walk around the mountain through that beautiful road, which was gradualy leading up. After walking around 1/3 rd of the mountain, we saw a very deep and wide valley which covered almost 2/3rd of the mountain. There were very beautiful wild flowers of many different colours at different sections of the mountain slope, as well as the slope of the valley. We saw shining streams and small golden falls, flowing into the valley from the nearby mountains. It was a beautiful sight as seen from the road, which was laid with different coloured marble tiles with golden edges. On the outer side of the road there were parapet walls with golden tops and in between two parapet walls, there were steps leading down into the deep valley. Then we walked slowly along the road. On the right we saw very beautiful two or three storeyed mansions here and there at different levels, embedded in the foliage of the flower-laden trees and lovely gardens. Like that we walked around the mountain, along the road which led us higher and higher. In many places, touching the road, we saw, wild flowers on the slope. It looked like different coloured carpets of exquisite beauty covering the mountain slope. In some places we saw small streams of crystal-clear water flowing down from the top of the mountain, rippling along the road and reaching the valley below. When we went almost to the top, we sat on a parapet wall. As we were on that height, enjoying the breath-taking beauty below, mountains with shining streams and falls and the vast beautiful valley at a distance, the mountain slope below studded with mansions amidst over hanging trees laden with lovely blossoms and sparkling streams, we started singing. As our

voices, vibrated and floated in the air, we saw people coming to the top-floor of their mansions and waving to us in great joy. In some house-tops we saw youth coming up with their musical instruments and they also started singing. After sometime we walked further up and reached the very top of the mountain where stood a huge chapel of exquisite beauty with gracious golden domes and towers surrounded by gardens of beautiful white blossoms of very sweet perfume. (Like our jasmin in long stalks, which we saw around a chapel in our worship complex) Over the parapet walls, here and there, we saw beautiful different types of white flowers in golden pots. Then we went to the back side of the chapel. There were beautiful marble rocks of different gold-tinged hues, with wild flowers around them and in several places, springs of water coming from their Clefts were flowing down the mountain in thin streams. Then we went to the front. The chapel had two wings. The front portion and the wings were in oval shapes with tall windows with glass shutters. So from outside we saw a large human choir singing from the right wing. We went inside the chapel through the left wing, so that we could way My powerful Father could have saved Me from death (Sacrifice) on the cross. But He didn't do it, because then the purpose of saving human race could not have been fulfilled. Now My message to the world is as follows. Through sacrifices, mental and physical agonies only, My children can save souls for ME. But I am with them to comfort them and guide them in their tribulations. This message will be passed on to My Children on earth through many channels. May the glory and honour be to My Father for ever. Amen. David : As soon as Jesus finished His wonderful message, the angel choir started singing and we all shouted praises in joyful adoration. Then the whole angel choir and Jesus started ascending singing all along the way. To our great surprise, we saw the baby angels with their chiming bells in front of Jesus, during His ascension. We were looking up with great joy and deep adoration and we heard the music slowly fading away in the distance and finally stopped. When we looked around us, there were no angels inside and around the chapel. They must have gone with Jesus without our knowledge. Then the human choir started singing anthems and the people started dispersing. We wanted to collect the music notes for the beautiful anthems they sang. So we went near them and listened to their singing. When they finished, John introduced us to the choir-director and others. They welcomed us joyfully. We praised their wonderful performance. They asked us to sing. I gave the starting notes in the golden piano and sang an anthem 'Jesus is our shepherd.' It had many variations with solos for the different parts. I stood near the tenor so that I could sing along with them. As soon as we finished, there was a loud shout of appreciation and they asked us to sing another song. We sang our favourite song "Praise the king of glory". Again they greatly appreciated our singing. My other friends went up and talked with the choir members. There were many white people along with people from different races of the earth. John and I talked with the choir director. He told me, "David, you look very young for leading such a wonderful choir". John told him that I was a medical student on earth and

still learning medical subjects in the medical study centre here, He was much surprised. Amma, I am so happy that our choir sang so beautifully. Then we asked for music notes for the anthems. He took us near the wall shelf where he had a large collection of music books. He selected many books with anthems, saying that those would be ideal for our group and that he had many copies of those books. He put them in a shoulder carry-bag and gave it to me . We had pleasant conversations with others as well. They invited us to go there often. They all belonged to the mansions on the mountains on either side of the river. John told them that some of us had other works too. But anyway we would try to go over there sometime. Finally all of us parted from them with a fond farewell and started going down through the steps at the back of the chapel. To my great surprise, my teenage friends got my bag with books from me to carry it home. Then we walked in two rows, one behind the other. so that we could glide down singing together. We asked our teenagers to go in the front, but they compelled me also to go with them in the front row. So we all glided down enjoying the beautiful scenery. Then we sailed back home. I don't think that anyone from here attended the service and so I am going down to explain everything to ammamma. Amma : David, what happened.when you came home after visiting king David’s city of gold, light and music? David : Amma, ammamma was greatly surprised. She said that they used to think that the old testament kings and others must be here in Heaven. But they never saw them. She said, "David, Jesus has given you a great mission of revealing such wonders to the earth. That is why He is arranging for you to visit such places". Ammamma was very happy to hear the news. Mamu, as usual divided the things, I brought, into two and put one share in a bag to carry that to Palliyadi grandma. I also visited her on my way back home from my study centre and explained about king David’s palace. She was also greatly surprised. I asked grandma whether she kept the things Mamu had brought to her. She replied, "Mamu is a very sweet boy. I used to wait for him and I keep everything he brings in a big wall-shelf with name-tags. When he comes, he used to go there and inspect them and enjoy the sight. So I always keep everything, except a few things in duplicate, which i give to my friends and relatives. I keep them for Mamu as his own treasure here. Bye amma !

" On the margin of the river, Washing up its silver spray, We will walk and worship ever, All the happy, golden day Yes we’ll gather at the river; The beautiful,the beautiful the river; Gather with the saints at the river

That flows by the throne of God. - R. Lowry

5. Worship service at a golden chapel by the river side 22nd May 2004 : 9.40 P.M. Is. 49:15 " can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should have no compassion on the son of her womb ? Even these may forget, yet I will not forget you." Is. 66:13 you."

"As one whom his mother comforts, so I will comfort

David : Amma, I just came back after attending a wonderful worship service in a chapel near a river, We all walked along the road in the front , towards the right side of our mansions and reached the river which flows in the front of our mansions. We then sailed along the river and reached the palm grove island and sailed farther crossing all the different worship places of which I had told you earlier. Then the river flowed along a plain ground without any mountains. We saw mansions along the river side. Since it was plain, we could'nt, see anything beyond the first row of mansions. We sailed towards the right and landed there, when we saw a broad road leading from the river bank. There was a single row of mansions along the river with beautiful flower gardens around them, Each mansion had its own unique charateristic features like architecture, building style etc. We cannot say whether they faced the river or not, since both sides looked alike with porticos facing the gardens of equal beauty. As we crossed this row of mansions we saw many pathways going in circles, encircling a round chapel of exquisite beauty at the centre. It shone through the green of the over hanging trees intermingled with lovely blossoms. Along each pathway, on both sides, there was a single row of beautiful flowering trees. Each row had the same coloured flowers. In between two concentric pathways, there was a beautiful green lawn out of which grew those two rows of wonderful trees touching the two pathways and whose drooping branches were laden with exquisite blossoms of the same colour, but of different varieties. We saw red, pink, yellow, white, violet flowers on the various rows. Through the main road we reached the chapel at the centre. The huge round chapel was made of white glazed marble tiles decorated and edged with gold. So the whole structure looked golden in appearance. The sloping roof also was made of the same golden jewelled white marble tiles. The nearest row of trees surrounding the chapel had golden yellow flowers matching the golden structure of the chapel. We joined the flow of humans entering the chapel. One fourth (1/4th) of the entire space within was filled by a huge stage in the shape of half moon. On the two ends of the stage were hosts of angels with beautiful golden musical instruments. They remained silent when we entered the chapel. All seats looked golden and they were arranged in galleries. There were only two doors on opposite sides. There was a human choir consisting of about one hundred members on the left side below the stage facing sideways and was singing many songs. The angels were silent.

Then suddenly we heard the lovely music of the angels on the top of the chapel. Then a host of singing angels descended along with Jesus on the stage. Immediately the angel orchestra started playing their musical instruments as accompaniment for loving you all the time. Now you are in My presence, enveloped by My perfect love. I know each and everyone of you here. I want you to love Me and My Father more and more, and also you must love one another, Now I give a message to My children on the earth, I love them deeply with great compassion. I give them deliverance from sufferings according to the perfect will of My Father. Sometimes there is no deliverance coming forth. My children feel lonely and desperate. No, I will never forsake them. I am with them, closer to them than before, like a mother who is closer to a sick suffering child than with her other normal children. Sometime deliverance doesn't come as they expect. Deliverance is given according to the perfect will of My Father. Sometime I have to tell them, as I told My dear apostle Paul-"My grace is sufficient for Thee; for My strength is made perfect in weakness." [II cor 12: 9] That may be due to several reasons. My Father’s will may be to draw them closer to Me or they may be better witnesses and more souls will be saved through their sufferings. But they must always remember that I am with them all the time, closer to them, comforting them. My sole aim is to bring them Home to Me and bring other souls also into this Heavenly Home and into this blessing. May the love of My Father and My love abide with you for ever and ever, Amen. David: Amma, what a wonderful comforting message to the whole world !!. Then the angel choir started singing along with the angel orchestra. I think, that though all angels used to sing, this was a perfect angel choir. We were thrilled to hear their wonderful music and songs. All of a sudden, they started ascending, singing and playing their instruments all along the way with , Jesus who was ascending, extending His two hands over us. We all shouted with joy and we were praising Him all the time. After they all floated above, when we looked around, we couldn't see any angel standing along the walls of the chapel and we didn't see them gliding away. I don't know when they left. The children in the front streamed out of the chapel first, shouting with joy. Then groups and groups of people followed them singing in different languages as they were going home along those lovely paths. Their mansions must be around that chapel in different directions. We also went along the pathways around the chapel, singing all the time with great joy. Then we came home singing as we sailed along the river. Now I am talking from my room. There is no one at home. I am sure that ammamma and grandpa had attended the service, with their groups. Now I must go down to see whether ammamma has arrived. Mamu is not to be seen any where, He must be playing with his friends. I don't think that our children group attended the service. Bye Amma !

" I sing the song of perfect love, It casteth out all fear ! O breadth, O length, O depth O height !

O Love so full of cheer ! His praises I will sing, He is my Lord and king; And now with all my ransomed powers, His praises I will sing." - J.B. Atchinson

6. A wonderful worship service inside a forest 28th May 2004 : 9.50 P.M. Ps. 89 : 5,8 "Let the Heavens praise Thy wonders O lord, Thy faithfulness in the assembly of the Holy ones ! O lord God of hosts, Who is mighty as Thou art O Lord, With Thy faithfulness round Thee?” David : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service. We walked along the road in front towards the right of our mansions and then got into a launch and sailed towards the left of the river. We crossed the worship complex, then the palm grove island and travelled along that river for a long time, crossing many places, where we attended worship services on previous occasions. Finally the river seemed to end , but when we went nearer, we found, that the river turned at right angles and flowed towards the right. We didn't turn in it, but landed near a road, which led us into a very dense forest. From the road we could discern the thick green foliage of the forest with very tall trees along the bank of the river as far as the eye could see. We walked along the road and we saw many streams flowing from left to the right, crossing the road, where we saw beautiful bridges on the road over the streams. Every where we could see scenery of serene and breath-taking natural beauty. We could hear only the melodious songs of lovely birds perching on the green branches of the trees. Also we saw animals along the banks of the streams. We saw very tall trees which grew close to each other and wild flower-beds of various lovely and delicate colours of exquisite beauty along the banks of the streams and also under the trees. We stood on the bridges and enjoyed these beautiful sights. We then walked further on the road, which ran deep into the forest, After quite sometime, along the banks of the streams, we caught faint glimpses of mansions here and there deep within the forest. The mansions were situated between two streams among very thick forest. We could see pathways branching from the main road on both sides along the streams leading to the mansions. Since they were deep inside the forest, we couldn't see the structure of the mansions from the main road. Then we came to a place, where we saw a cross-road cutting across the main road. But we walked straight enjoying the heart-capturing beauty of the natural dense forest studded with sparkling streams, wild flower-beds inhabited by birds, animals except for the roads, bridges, pathways and mansions. All of a sudden, we saw some clearance inside the forest where stood a very tall huge oval-shaped chapel of imposing

grandeur, whose roof became gradually narrower and narrower towards the top, with a very tall tower at the centre. (Almost cone shaped with an oval base). We saw people emerging from all sides of the dense forest surrounding the chapel. Even, that sight of the multitude entering the chapel was beautiful. We also walked inside. The arrangement within, was entirely different from the other chapels. A huge, high oval shaped altar was at the centre of the chapel, with a large vacant space around it, Along the edge of the walls, seats were arranged in oval shape, facing the altar. There were entrances on all the four sides. As we entered through the front portal, we saw a human choir at the opposite side singing songs in English with four parts. We saw people from all races of the earth in that choir, but most of them were whites. We went straight and sat down almost at the front, facing the altar. We enjoyed the music by the choir. The whole chapel was filled up soon and the choir continued their singing. Suddenly we heard baby voices over the tower and the choir stopped singing. We saw a group of tiny baby angels descending with their golden bells and they stood around the altar at the centre, followed by groups and groups of angels with different golden musical instrumente. They all stood around the altar and started singing with their beautiful instruments. After sometime, we heard the sound of trumpet and a group of angels with trumpets along with Jesus descended and Jesus sat on a beautiful throne at the centre of the altar, while the angels with the trumpets stood below the altar and joined the angel choir. Then Jesus stood up with His flowing radiant white garment and started talking. The whole audience went nearer to the altar, including the human choir and all of us stood just behind the angels. Jesus first turned to the human choir and started talking on the topic of “Praisiing our Father”. We could see only the back of Jesus and it was a glorious sight, amma. Usually we will not be able to see His back. We were all thrilled to hear His magnificent voice which filled the whole chapel with power and glory. He said, "You sing the praises of our Father. But you must sing and praise the Father from the bottom of your hearts and minds with real praises, not just from your lips”. Then Jesus turned towards the left and continued His, message on 'Praising our Father'. He said, " You must praise the Father for this beautiful place with mansions of your liking. While on the earth I told you that there were many mansions in my Father's Home. Now you have seen them personally and enjoy living in them. So you praise My Father with all your heart, mind and soul". He was slowly turning around, while speaking. Then he was looking towards our side, continuing His wonderful message. He said, "You give praises to My Father, for your loving homes, loved ones and friends around you and for the work you are doing according to your heart's desire". Then again He slowly turned to the other side saying, " you praise My Father for His love in providing free salvation for you, through Me and bringing you here and it is a continuation of your life on the earth". The whole audience were able to hear the whole message given by our Jesus. choir

Then something wonderful happened amma, Jesus faced the human and raised His hands, as though he was the choir director.

Immediately the choir started singing a 'praising chorus' similar to our 'hallelujah chours'. Then Jesus slowly turned around and raised His hands pointing to the next section of the audience. Immediately they started singing joining the choir. Every one of us knows this song. But a section joined in the singing only after Jesus raised His hands towards that section. Every section joined in the singing, some in four parts, some in unison and in different languages. Then Jesus turned to our side, looking at us, and raised His hands. Amma, with great joy, we joined the audience in four parts. Like that Jesus turned around, raised His hands and the whole audience joined in the wonderful singing of that song. Finally He looked around the angels and raised His hands and the whole angel group burst forth into singing the same song, but in their language (which we don't know) with all their instruments. Amma, I can't explain and express the wonder and thrill we all experienced. The whole chapel was filled with the wonderful song of praises. Again we were fascinated by the next wonderful event. While we all were singing Jesus spoke words of praises to our Father. It some what resembled the sermons given by great preachers on the earth, while a soft background music was played and a choir sang softly. But here we all sang with great enthusiasm and the voice of Jesus rang above our voices. Jesus spoke with His magnificent voice, manifesting His mighty power and His great love for His Father. jesus said, "Praise our Father for His great Love in sending His son to the earth to give you all the wonderful salvation. Praise Him for the glorious Heaven full of wonderful mansions. Praise Him for the singing birds, flowing rivers and shining streams. Praise Him for the beautiful flowers, the deep forests, the tall trees, the golden sea and the meadows. Praise Him for the thunderous sound of the falling water. Praise Him for the beauty and riches of Heaven. Praise Him for having given you all, this glorious and wonderful Heaven. Praise Him for all His creations, the earth, the universe and Heaven of such splendour and exquisite beauty. Praise Him for your loved ones, family and friends. Praise Him for His boundless love, His immense power and His overwhelming glory". As Jesus spoke these words of praises,He slowly turned around, raising His hands whenever He said 'praise Him', we also raised both our hands and were singing the song of praises which came deep from our hearts, minds and souls. We experienced a great special joy, while singing the song. Amma, you must see the awe-inspiring beauty of Jesus and hear His marvellous and powerful voice, which rang above all our voices. His voice was just like the rumble of the thunder. While speaking like this Jesus started ascending slowly followed by the singing angels. We all were singing with great joy and vigour looking at Jesus all the time. Finally the whole heavenly hosts of angels left the chapel and we continued our singing for some more time and the choir director ended the chorus in the usual way and we all stopped. Then all of us praised our beloved Jesus and our mighty Father for quite sometime and then the audience started leaving the chapel. We stood outside for sometime to see the multitude leaving the chapel and walking in different directions and disappearing into the forest. Amma,

even that was a lovely sight. Then we started walking through the road by which we came. On our way, we met a man from Canada. He invited us to his home which was deep inside the forest, but nearer to the main road. The mansion had only one floor with a sloping roof. He invited us into his sitting room. Amma, it looked like a real beautiful flower garden with bunches of flowers (not wild flowers) in very lovely flower vases arranged beautifully inside the spacious room with many comfortable seats. Also we saw a fire place with red glowing bricks. It gave a soothing warmth. Because of the numerous streams, it was cooler outside than the other places in Heaven. He asked us to sing. I gave a note to our girls who started humming the starting note of treble and others took the starting notes of their respective parts and we sang a small anthem. The other members of his family were also there. They all appreciated our singing. The Canadian told us that people who lived among great forests on the earth and people who wished to live amidst such beautiful natural surrounding, were given mansions here by our loving God. Then we parted from them with a fond fare well and started walking and we met a Russian. He took us to his home and he spoke in Russian language. There also we saw beautiful garden inside the sitting room. He said that they used to go to their friends’ places to collect such flowers or their friends used to bring such flowers in boats since they wanted to keep the surrounding area as natural as possible. There also we sang a song and then returned home, enjoying the wild beauty of that place. In the middle of the streams we saw white marble rocks in many places and they resembled the snow white mountains of the earth. Then we got into our boat and came home. Amma I am going down to explain the wonderful experience to ammamma. I don't think they all came to the service. I think we were the only group from outside that place. Amma : David, what happened after you came home from the fruit gardens? David : Amma, I left the small fruits on the table in the portico. Mamu and his friends came in with some big fruits given by our girls. Ammamma cut them into small pieces and we all tasted the different fruits. They were very tasty amma. Mamu collected some cut - pieces and some small uncut fruits to Palliyadi grandma. Now, Mamu is not to be seen. He knew that we went to a worship place and there wouldn't be much to see. But this time our girls collected some new varieties of wild flowers from many places in the forest. Amma, I am going down. Be happy amma. Remember always the wonderful experinces we had in many worship places and what a great privilege we have in this wonderful Heaven! Bye Amma !

"Praise ye the Lord ! He is the king eternal; Glory be to God on High Praise ye the Lord, tell of His loving kindness Join the chorus of the sky” - F.J. Crosby

7. Worship Service to Honour soldiers of the cross 9th June 2004 : 10 P.M. Heb. 12:1,2 "Let us run with perseverance the race that is set before us, looking to Jesus the pioneer and Perfecter of our faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame and is seated at the right hand of the throne of God." David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service in a huge cathedral inside the worship complex. We all walked along the road in the front towards the right side of our mansions. After some distance, we turned left into a broad golden road which led us into the worship complex. We passed the huge open-air worship place and we walked steadily forward. Then we came to a place where the road branched to the right. We turned right and walked along that road and saw beautiful gardens and flowering trees on both sides. After quite some distance, the whole scenery turned into that of wild beauty with clusters of different coloured marble rocks here and there decked with beautiful flowers around it and inbetween the rocks, on both sides of the golden road. Every where we could see beautiful green meadows and also meadows blooming with lovely wild flowers of many delicate shades. Shining streams of crystal clear water were flowing every where on both sides of the road, covering a large area. When we walked farther, we saw a huge beautiful cathedral on a slight elevated ground. When we reached there, we saw a vast ground around it on all sides, laid with beautiful golden tiles glistening in the golden light. The cathedral had a central huge high tower and two towers on both sides over the two wings. The towers looked like having many storeys with balconies, the storeys reducing in size gradually towards the top. There were three huge entrances at the front, with a wide portico. We, then saw angels descending playing their musical instruments. To our great surprise, they landed over the towers, stood there and continued their lovely music. From a distance itself, we saw intense golden light beaming out through the windows and doors of the cathedral. We entered through the front door. The view within the cathedral was marvellous amma. An intense golden light filled the whole interior. The walls and floor were made of pure gold with lovely delicate artistic work. In the front we saw a huge semi circular altar covered by a huge dome, blazing with the same golden light and there was a beautiful golden throne on it. On the left wing of the cathedral there was a large human choir standing in a gallery in a rich uniform. All of them and their dresses looked golden because of the strong golden light. Our teenaged girls couldn’t distinguish the nationalitry of the members because everyone including their hair looked golden. They wore a golden long scarf around their neck and it was glistening in the golden light. The choir director was a tall man and they were singing beautiful hymns and anthems. We occupied the lovely golden seats almost in the front on the right, so that we were able to watch the whole choir singing. Suddenly we heard a wonderful marching tune played by pipe instruments. We saw a group of men, in some thing like a military uniform, with bright shining golden belts, cross belts over their golden

looking uniforms, marching inside the cathedral through the central front entrance. They were playing different types of pipe instruments and marching inside with four men in each row. There might have been around two hundred members in that band. Amma, the very sight of them was grand and wonderful. They marched to the front and stood on either side below the stage at the vacant space in front. We, then saw an intense golden light streaming in from the front door and we turned back to see Jesus coming in with a host of angels playing their musical instruments. Our beloved Jesus, just looked radiant in His flowing golden garment and His hair was shining gold around His glorious, bright, divine face. He walked through the human band, still playing the marching tune, and sat on the golden throne. The angels glided behind Him and arranged themselves at the back of His throne. We all stood up and shouted praises to Him in great joy. The members of the band just backed away and occupied the right wing. All of a sudden, the human choir along with the band started singing 'Crown Him, crown Him, Christ our Lord and King' (S.S. 94). The volume filled the whole cathedral and it was really superb. While we were all standing Jesus stood up and extended His two hands over us and started speaking. Jesus : I take this opportunity to bless and honour the 'soldiers of the Cross' in Heaven. It includes the Martyrs, My apostles like Paul, Peter, John, James and others and all who were ready to die for Me and for the sake of the Gospel, till the end of their lives on the earth. They had great zeal to do My work on the earth. It includes the soldiers who fought in wars for the sake of the gospel and died. Next I am, blessing the 'soldiers of the Cross' who are still on the earth. I am protecting and guiding them while they are fighting against satanic forces and other human forces who are opposing them vehemently. They are ready to die for ME and to do My great work till they breathe their last in the world. I quote the words of my servant Paul which is applicable to the 'soldiers of the Cross' in Heaven as well as on the earth. "I have fought a good fight, I have finished the race, I have kept my faith" [2 Tim. : 4:6]. I bless every one of them. David : Amma, it was so wonderful to listen to the lovely message of Jesus, who spoke these words of blessing with great love. As soon as He finished His message the human choir along with the 'Band' started singing "Am I a soldier of the Cross" (S.S.672), while we all raised our hands and praised the Lord. They sang another similar song which I don't know. While they were singing that song, Jesus started ascending with his host of angels. As He was ascending with extended hands we saw the nail prints on His palms and we all shouted with adoration, " Praise to Jesus, the supreme First soldier of the cross". We don't know how we all said the same words of praise and we were looking up to see Him disappearing along with the angel orchestra. Then the members of the band started playing a marching tune in their pipe instruments and started marching out in rows of four. Amma it was a wonderful sight. They were followed by the human choir members. We all came out and stood on the front portico to watch them going out. They marched upto the edge of the huge ground in the front and then divided into two groups and went along the two sides of the cathedral and were going back. We followed them and stood at the back of the cathedral to watch them going along the two beautiful golden roads parallel to each other with a central row of huge

golden globes of light fixed over high golden stands. We couldn't find out the nature of the light coming out of those globes. But the two roads shone with golden light diffused from those globes. We, the whole audience stood there and watched them marching away from the catherdral. The sound of their music was slowly fading and finally they disappeared from our sight. With great wonder and amazement the audience dispersed and went along the three roads, leading from the front and the two sides of the cathedral. It was a wonderful experience amma. We took the front road, singing 'Am I a soldier of the Cross and also 'Onward christian soldiers’, along our way back home. Nobody knows the identity of the members of that band, marching inside the cathedral. We discussed and thought that they might have been a part of the 'soldiers of the Cross' from a distant place in Heaven about whom Jesus spoke. Amma, it was a thrilling experience. I don't know whether my grand parents attended the service. I must go down and talk with ammamma. Amma, Steve told me that we may have to give some musical items in some musical concert. We don't know whether it comes next in our programme or later. Anyway I must go to Steve's room for music practice along with the other members. Bye amma!

"Strong to meet the foe, Marching on we go, While our cause we know must prevail; Shield and banner bright Gleaming in the light, Battling for the right, we ne'er can fail! Rouse then soldiers! rally round the banner! Ready, steady, pass the word along, Onward! forward! shout aloud Hosanna! Christ is captain of the mighty throng! - W.F. Sherwin

8. Worship Service in an Island inside the worship complex 21st June 2004 : 10.40 P.M. John 3:16,17 "For God so loved the world that He gave His only Son, that whoever believes in Him, should not perish, but have eternal life. For God sent the Son into the world, not to condemn the world, but that the world might be saved through Him." David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service. We walked along the road in the front, towards the right of our mansions and turned left to reach the river. We then took a boat and sailed towards the right and we passed on the familiar huge chapel on the left and the mansions on our right. We visited this chapel once. As we sailed farther, singing all along the way, we noticed a left branch to this main river and we turned in it, and sailed for quite some distance. This branch was flowing right across the vast lovely stretches of land of the magnificent worship complex. The river then divided itself into two branches surrounding a very beautiful island, in the centre of which stood an immense oval shaped auditorium of imposing grandeur. We landed at the frontside of the island and we saw beautiful fine white sand which spread over the entire bank of the river. This strip of land was surrounded by a row of lovely green palm trees, bearing bunches of coconut like nuts. But the bunches were longer and the leaves were different from those of our coconut palms. The nuts were of different colours, yellow, orange, green, pale red etc. There was a broad golden road, leading from the river bank straight to the auditorium. There were several such roads from the river to the building from many directions. Next to the row of palm trees, we saw a broad golden road running parallel to that row of trees. We walked through that road, turning to our left. Towards our right, we saw beautiful gardens of flowers in bloom, in between this road and the auditorium. We enjoyed ourselves, walking along that broad road, holding our hands and singing many songs and choruses. Lu, the new member was also with us. We saw many people coming in several boats and reaching the island from different directions. We walked almost half way along this road and then we also joined the crowd and went inside the beautiful auditorium. The stage within was in the shape of a half moon and the seats were arranged in the form of semi circles facing the stage. We sat in the front, facing the stage directly. When we were walking outside, we saw hosts of angels descending on the island. But we didn't see any of them inside, When the auditorium was almost full, we heard the wonderful music of a singing choir, entering the auditorium through the front entrance and occupying the seats on the left side and they continued their singing. Lu recognised them to be the choir from her colony of music lovers which we visited lately. Suddenly we heard the melodious music of an orchestra, following the same path playing all types of musical instruments. We recognised them as the members of the orchestra, we met recently in the music lover's colony. They joined the singing choir and the effect was superb. After sometime again we heard lovely music coming from behind through the main entrance. We saw a host of angels with music

instruments singing and gliding in. They occupied the stage in a semi circle and continued their singing. At once the human choir stopped their music. Then all of a sudden Jesus descended from the top with angels and golden red light was radiating from Jesus and the whole auditorium shone with that radiant light. All the angels and the white robes of the redeemed souls became golden red by that intense glorious light. Amma, I was overwhelmed by this new experience. Immediately we all stood up, raised our hands and praised Jesus. The choir along with the orchestra started singing 'All hail the power of Jesus'name', with full parts. We also joined them with our full parts and the voices of the vast multitude took up this grand triumphant song. The singing and playing of the angels though different were in complete harmony with our singing. Jesus then stood up and said, "Peace be unto you" and He gave the following message. Jesus : This time I want all of you to remember the day you received salvation or the incident and circumstances in your life which led you to long for the redeeming love of your Lord and got Salvation when you were on the earth. I want you to remember with your whole heart, the great and incomprehensible love of My Father, in providing salvation for you through Me. Among you, there are many parents and others who know the love of your parents. Now you try to realise the great depth of love of My Father who planned every detail of the process of salvation even before. I was born on the earth, so that He could bestow His great love on the whole human race according to His perfect will. I want you to realise solemnly the channel of love which flowed from My Father to Me on the cross which sustained Me to bear the agony of the cross and that channel of love flowed from Me on the cross to the whole human race to provide salvation for them. Let that love fill your hearts. David : As soon as Jesus said 'cross' we saw a huge magnificent cross, ablaze with golden red light behind Jesus who was speaking with stretched hands, the radiance of this golden red light from the cross intensified the already existing golden red light in the entire auditoruim. At that moment our hearts were filled with the fathomless love of the loving Father and our wonderful saviour Jesus Christ, who suffered for us on the cross. We were standing silently with great adoration and rapture realising the wonderful flow of love from the Father, through Jesus to us. Amma, I cannot express fully my feeling at that moment. My heart was flooded with joy when I realised the immense and boundless love of My Father and Jesus, Time stood still. After sometime, the choir along with the orchestra sang the first verse of the song “Just as I am” very softly and melodiously from the depth of their hearts.

"Just as I am-without one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for me, And that Thou bidd'st me come to Thee O Lamb of God, I come ! I co me!" Amma, the effect of the silence, the soft strains of the music and the soft singing of the whole redeemed souls, who accepted Jesus as their personal Saviour, was so intense and overwhelming, that I am unable to

explain that in words. You pray to Jesus for guiding you to find words to explain the effect while writing. Then Jesus continued His message. Jesus : I want my children on the earth to remember this wonderful channel of love flowing from My Father, through Me on the cross, to all the members, both redeemed and unredeemed, who gather to worship Me and My Father. Along with the shouts of joy in praising the Triune God, I wish they spend a few moments in silence, remembering this wonderful message of love. David : Then, while the orchestra was playing softly, the music of the song ‘Just as I am’ Jesus started ascending along with the angels, who were singing softly the songs of praise with their musical instruments. We were all thanking Jesus with great love, reverence and adoration saying, "Thank you Father for your great love for us, Thank you Jesus for redeeming us through your love on the cross”. We were saying this for a long time with the soft background music of that great redemption song. Our hearts were filled with joy and unspeakabe love for our Holy Father and His holy Son since we are enjoying the Fruit of our redemption in Heaven which is a realm of indescribable beauty and glory. After a long time we started coming out and our group sailed back home singing softly many songs of love and praises, with great reverence. Amma, please tell this experience to appa and ask him to tell this wish of Jesus to our churches when he visits them and ask him to tell the congregation to kneel down for a few minutes and repeat what Jesus told us. This will give them a great inner joy and peace and make them realise the fathomless and boundless love of the Father and Jesus towards us. It will be a great experience for the saved people and will have a tremendous inpact on the unsaved, so that they will accept Jesus as their personal saviour. Amma, please tell periamma also. You try to spend sometime atleast once a day realising fully with all your heart and mind the infinite love of our Holy Father and the intense love of our saviour, who bore the pain, agony and humiliation on the cross. It will fill your soul with great inner joy, which the world cannot give and which nobody can take away from you. Amma, Lu and her family are staying in our colony with our friends. We had a choir practice with Lu. I introduced her five year old sister Jene to Mamu, who took her to his group of play-mates. All the time they are playing in the river with small toy-boats and also in our portico, their usual games. I am sure my grandparents had attended this service. They would have come through the opposite side, that is through the back of the auditorium along with their friends and relatives. Amma, I am going down to discuss this wonderful experience with ammamma. Bye amma!

"Praise our creator and saviour eternal Him who redeem’d us from death and the grave Sing of His greatness, oh, hail and adore him Strong to deliver and mighty to save.! - F. J. Crosby

9. Worship service at the doctor's colony 27th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Is. 35 : 4,5,6 "Say to those who are of a fearful heart", “Be strong, fear not! behold your God will come with vengeance, with the recompense of God. He will come and save you." “Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf unstopped; then shall the lame man leap like a hart, and the tongue of the dumb sing for joy." David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service in the chapel near the residential area of the doctors and the medical study centre. We walked along our road towards the left of our mansions. Before reaching the brook, there is a road branching towards the right and we turned in it. I know that this road would lead us to our medical complex. After reaching the complex, we walked along that road which was going around the left of the complex. From that road we could see doctors mansions on our left at different levels on the mountain range and on our right a river, far away beyond the medical complex. As we walked farther steadily enjoying the scenery of beautiful gardens, flowering trees and flowing streams from the mountain, the mountain range ended and another range started. In between those two mountain ranges, was a beautiful valley and at its centre rose up an enormous golden coloured marble rock, over which stood an imposing beautiful golden chapel. When we went nearer, we saw wide steps leading from the bottom to the top of the rock. There was a broad road going around the bottom of the rock. Over the entire slope of the marble rock, small platforms were hewn out of the solid rock at equal intervals from the bottom to the top. Beautiful golden flower pots with gorgeous flowers were kept on those platforms surrounding the rock. Natural flowers intermingled with golden ones were embedded in the marble slopes seen in between the platforms. The whole rock shone with indescribable rich beauty. We didn't go around that rock, but we got the beautiful view from. the steps. We then reached the top. The chapel stood over a wide platform. Around the platform, there were small pools of crystal-clear water. Water was coming from the clusters of rocks here and there. Around the pools and also at some other places, we saw beautiful golden flower pots with lovely flowers. While we were walking around the chapel, we met a lady doctor from the department of pathology. She showed us the mansions around the mountains nearby and she pointed out one of those mansions as her own. She then took us to the

back of the chapel, from where we saw picturesque stretches of land surrounding a wide lovely lake at the back of the mountain range. Also we saw many boats sailing on its sparkling waters. Our doctor friend said, " While the medical study centre is at the front of the mountain range, our recreation spot is at the back . I love swimming so also many of my friends. All of us used to go for swimming in the lake or we sail across the lake in boats and enter the nearby rivers and we enjoy such trips. We have music centres and other recreation centres for our youth and children". I introduced all my friends to her individually and she shook hands with each and every one of them and told them, " David should have been with us being a medical student. But now he is living with his grand parents and so he is with you all". I immediately my friends said, "David is our great friend and our choir director. Though he is a medical student, he belongs to our place only". All of us had a good laugh over this Comment. We then saw many people going into the chapel and we also went in . It was an oval shaped building with two short wings and a beautiful altar in the front. We sat in the front seats. From there we could see a choir on the left wing in a gallery. To my great surprise, one of our chief surgeons was the choir director. I could recognise only a few of the choir members. Others might have been their family members. They were singing beautifully. Soon the chapel was full. Suddenly we heard wonderful music and we saw a host of angels descending on the right wing playing their musical instruments and they continued their lovely music. Then all of a sudden, we heard the sound of mighty wind over the chapel and our, beloved jesus with his full glory descended with a host of angels on the altar and occupied the beautiful golden throne. His radiant garment was flowing gracefully over the throne. We all stood up raised our hands shouted with joy and praised Him Then the human doctor choir and all of us sang a song of praise to the accompaniment of angel orchestra. (Amma, you don't know that song.) The singing with the angel orchestra was marvellous and our hearts were filled with rapture. When the singing ceased, Jesus stood up extending His hands and we could see the nail prints on His palms and we all praised Him again in joy. He then started talking with His blessing "peace be unto you". Jesus : I wish you all doctors great success in your endeavour in the medical field, which is a training for the millennium rule on the earth. You must realise that the great healing power is part of the immense love of My Father from whom it flowed to the human race, along with their salvation. The healing touch is a great gift given to the redeemed souls on the earth according to the perfect will of My Father. I wish to convey the following message to My redeemed doctors on the earth. They do a wonderful work of healing on the earth to relieve people from their pain, suffering and physical ailments. But the physical death is inevitalble at one time or the other. So I want my redeemed doctors of the world to realise the importance and to work for their patient’s spiritual healing along with the physical healing. The spiritual healing will save them from the eternal death and give them

eternal life. I want all the doctors on the earth to receive the free salvation from Me and pass it on to the patients they treat". David : Amma, we were thrilled by the wonderful message of Jesus who spoke with great love and power. As the angel orchestra started playing, all of us shouted praises to Jesus for His great gift of salvation and healing touch by His pierced hands. Jesus, then started ascending with the host of angels surrounding Him. After they disappeared, we looked at the angel orchestra. To our great surprise that wing was empty. With great joy, all of us started leaving the chapel. Many doctors waved to me saying, "Hello David". and I greeted them as well. My friends were telling me, "David, you are popular every where! and we are proud of you". We then slowly descended looking at the beautiful view around the chapel and we bade farewell to our doctor friend and left for home. Amma, I wish that this message of Jesus is conveyed to all the doctors on the earth. I am going down to see ammamma and tell her about our wonderful worship service. Bye amma!

"If I walk in the path way of duty, If I work till the close of the day; I shall see the great king in His beauty, When I've gone the last mile of the way. If for Christ I proclaim the glad story, If I seek for His sheep gone astray I am sure He will show me His glory, When I’ve gone the last mile of the way. - Johnson Oatman. Jr

10. Worship service in a green lawn honouring angels 3rd July 2004 : 9.55 P.M. Rev. 7:11,12 “....... All the angels stood round the throne... and they fell on their faces before the throne and worshipped God saying "Amen! blessing and glory and wisdom and thanks giving and honour and power and might be to our God for ever and ever! Amen." “While I was busy making up my bed, I heard David's voice calling me "Amma amma." David : Amma, I came home earlier today and I am speaking from my room. We attended a wonderful worship service. We walked along the road in the front towards the right of my mansion. After some distance, we turned left and reached the river, from there we sailed towards the left, crossed the worship complex, passed the palm grove island on our right and sailed on and on. We crossed the huge

mountain range on both sides. The river then passed over stretches of lowlying plain ground. On our left we saw a broad road running along the river. A lovely green lawn of vast area, fringing the road, was backed by beautiful woods far, with pathways leading to this lawn. We landed there, crossed the road and climbed down the wide steps into that green lawn which was very soft and fine. At the centre of the lawn, we saw many seats arranged in galleries in two thirds( 2/3 )of an immense circle touching a huge open stage, which occupied the other one third ( 1/3) portion. This had a capacity for the seating of many thousands. We saw people coming from all directions. A multitude was emerging from the woods. Also people started arriving from both sides of the river as well as the road. We saw thousnds and thousands of angels descending around the gallery and also amidst the woods, which started to shine with a white radiance. Amma, we always prefer front seats so that we could be closer to Jesus. Here also we occupied the seats just in front of the stage. Looking at the tremendous crowd of angels, we were wondering, whether our mighty Father also would be coming along with Jesus. After sometime the galleries became full and the front space was filled with children. When we saw the children, we were sure that only Jesus would be coming to this service. Wherever we looked, we saw angels and angels only, except a huge empty space in the lawn at the back of the stage. There was a very large human choir, occupying the left side of the stage in that gallery and they were singing . Suddenly we heard the lovely music of an orchestra, high above us and also we saw a round space filled with radiant silver-light. Since it was an open space, we saw the spectacular sight of such great splendour. When God, the Father used to come in open space, we would be struck down by the dazzling brilliance of lightning and also the mighty roar of thunder and so we would not be able to see the descent of our Lord. But on this occasion, we were able to see the whole glorious descent of our beloved Jesus. Slowly the shining ring became larger and larger and the brilliance of its glory and radiance increased more and more. The soft sweet strains of the music became louder and louder. Finally when they came down, the immense glory covered the top of the entire worship place and we all stood up and our hearts flooded with such great thrilling joy that we shouted praises unto our Lord. After coming nearer, we found that Jesus was sitting on a glorious throne and descending, surrounded by several thousands of angels playing their different types of musical instruments. Amma, I cannot explain the divine glory unveiled in its fulness and the splendour of the scene of our beloved Jesus descending on the stage with His infinite glory, and the brilliant radiance surrounding Him. Behind the throne of jesus stood the angel orchestra. covering the entire back, portion of the lawn, as though standing on a gallery, so that the audience could see the whole multitude of the angels with their glittering musical instruments, Amma. I always used to say that the angel orchestra is the best (compared to the human one) and also this time the orchestra had innumerable members and we were captivated by their ethereal music. This is the first time that I had seen such a huge angel orchestra. we all started praising Jesus, by raising our hands. Then all of us sang a praising song led by the human choir with the accompaniment of the immense angel orchestra. Amma the superb grandeur of our singing cannot be explained by words. It was tremendously

wonderful and we were thrilled by its overwhelming richness. stood up, extended His hands and gave His wonderful message.

Jesus then

Jesus : This is a special occasion in which I would like to thank and appreciate the whole multitude of angels who are occupying both the Heaven and the earth, for their great sincerity in performing the service assigned to them by our Holy Father. I appreciate them for showing such great Love, honour and reverence and also for giving praises to their Lord and serving Him with implicit obedience and faithfulness. [While saying the above words, Jesus was turning and extending his hands towards the angels surrounding Him. Then He extended His hands towards us and continued His divine wonderful speech.] Now, you, the redeemed souls remember the history given in the Holy Bible from the beginning till the end, where the angels performed and fulfilled the will of My Father in the lives of My children while they were on the earth. Remember the incidents of saving lives of Lot and his family, Elisha, Daniel and my disciple Peter and those who fought wars for my chosen people-the Israel and also many other incidents in your lives and also in the lives of My saints and missionaries involved in My ministry. During the time of wars, the angels were great warriors, helping My people. They can serve My people only according to the perfect will of My Father. There are millions of angels on the earth now fulfilling the will of My Father, under the direct control of the Holy spirit. The angels are constantly moving between Heaven and the earth, bringing thousands of my redeemed souls to Heaven according to the perfect will of My Father. I want you to remember all those incidents of the great services rendered by our angels. Now my message is to My children on the earth. Remember you are surrounded by thousands of angels, ready to serve you, according to the will of My Father under the control of the Holy Ghost,the great Comforter who is always with you all, throughout your whole life time on the earth and bring you Home to Heaven when the time comes according to the perfect will of My Father. So remember to pray fervently so that our mighty Father sanctions deliverances and the Holy Spirit, who controls the host of angels, executes them. He guides you and helps you with these angels, wherever their help is needed, They are always ready to help you any time anywhere and in any circumstances, according to the perfect will of our Father. So you must be always in good cheer. Now let us all thank the angels for the great services rendered. (We all stood up and thanked them). Now thank our Father who created them, assigned the work to them and controls them with great love. David : Amma, the human language is inadequate to describe the shouts of praises which followed the message of Jesus. Amma, you must hear personally, to know the 'great shouts of praises' which poured from the whole redeemed crowd and also from the great multitude of angels. The angels were jubilant and they were filled with great joy and the volume of their shouts was so tremendous that it filled the whole open space with an enormous impact. As the angels and we were shouting praises. Jesus ascended gracefully accompanied by the angel orchestra, and the whole host of angels. Amma, we were overwhelmed by the wonderful message

and also by the amazing sight of the Divine ascent, from that open lawn. We were looking up, still praising Jesus till they disappeared from our sight. Then with great joy we started dispersing. and we sailed back home, joy fully. Amma, I told you that I gave Mamu a small Indian drum which I brought from the work shop in the musical instruments assembling colony . Now, I can always hear Mamu playing that drum. He used to put it round his neck, (since I tied a tape around the drum ) and beat it with a small stick. So now it is easier to know the where abouts of Mamu, while he is around the house or inside the garden from the sound of that drum. Amma, what a wonderful message Jesus gave in the worship service. Please tell appa, periamma and others about this. So there are hundreds of angels around you all and around all the children of Jesus. But they can act only according to the perfect will of our Father, which you have to get sanctioned by fervent prayer through our beloved Jesus. Bye amma!

"Oh when shall I be dwelling where angel voices swelling In truimphant hallelujahs, make the vaulted heav'ns ring where the pearly gates are gleaming, And the morning-star is beaming Oh, when shall I be yonder In the presence of the king". - Florence C. Armstrong

11. Worship service with Disciples and apostles of Jesus 9th July 2004 : 11 P.M. Rev. 21 : 23 “And the city has no need of sun Or moon to shine upon it, for the glory of God is its light and its lamp is the lamb, By its light Shall the nalions walk....." David : Amma, we had a most amazing and wonderful experience. All of us sang till we reached home and that is why I could'nt talk to you earlier. We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the left. We passed the brook, turned to the right branch of the road and reached the river. We sailed towards the left of the river. After passing all the familiar places, we came to a point where the river had a right side branch and we entered it. That river flowed amidst thick forest with tall green trees laden with flowers. When we sailed for sometime we noticed a very spectacular sight over the woods at our left. We saw shafts of very glorious radiant white light beaming deep inside the forest and ascending over the trees. We sailed on and on looking at that wonderful light and when we just came straight to that light, we saw a broad road leading from the bank of the river into that forest. That road led us straight to the place from where the glowing white light was emanating. We saw an immense wall encircling a very huge magnificent cathedral. The whole structure was made up of some

material which was giving out that intense white light. So the white light not only was spreading over the surrounding area, but also was ascending upwards above the trees. The cathedral was like a shining white flower having four petals. the front portion was longer than the other three sides. We found it difficult to behold the interior of the cathedral due to the high intensity of the white light which was radiating from the walls and also from the roof. Amma I cannot possibly explain the wonder of it. We left our shoes outside and entered since we felt some kind of awe and reverence in that holy place. The cathedral was almost full. The two wings were packed with angels and they were singing very softly. Another spectacular sight on the stage attracted our attention. There was a magnificent radiant white throne at the centre. Also there were two rows of low white cushioned seats without backs on the stage-the first row on either side of the throne and the second row behind it. The whole cathedral was filled with such seats only. On the stage some people occupied those seats. We couldn't see their faces, because ot the dazzling light radiating from them. Another amazing thing was that our faces and dresses also became dazzling white and so we found it diffecult to recognise one another. Angels were singing softly first and suddenly they increased their volume. At that instant our beloved Jesus descended on the stage with a host of angels singing songs of praises. The intensity of the white radiance was increased many fold by the presence of our Jesus surrounded by thousands of angels. All of us knelt and bowed down low, touching our heads over the white cushions in front of us. The holy people seated on the stage also shouted praises and worshipped Jesus who was sitting on the throne. We all remained in that posture for a long time. At that time we heard the voice of an angel shouting as follows : "Praise the Lord, our beloved Jesus, praise the Lord for His great disciples. Praise the Lord for his great apostles". These praises were repeated by all the angels with great shouts of joy and enthusiasm and all the time we remained in our worshipping posture only. Then Jesus stood up with extended hands and spoke as follows : Jesus : I bless and honour My beloved disciples and apostles who suffered for Me and for the spread of My gospel around the world. I also remember the last supper I had with My disciples on the earth. David : Amma, we could hardly believe our ears. We raised our heads to see the disciples and apostles. Due to the intense white radiant light, we couldn't differentiate the disciples and the apostles of Jesus one from the other. All looked, alike. The angels then started singing songs of praises and we all shouted praises to Jesus. Then Jesus started ascending along with the thousands of angels. The singing angels from outside started ascending along with Jesus, surrounding Him on all sides. After all of them ascended, to our great surprise, we found the stage to be empty. We don't know, whether the disciples and apostles ascended along with Jesus or left the place through some door at the back of the stage. We were all dazed by this wonderful experience. After the volume. of the singing of the angels became fainter and fainter and finally stopped, there was a perfect silence within the cathedral and we dispersed in great silence. We walked along the front road and reached our boat. Only after leaving the dazzling white light we became normal. What glory amma! All along the way we sang songs, of

praises like 'holy! holy ! holy!', ‘All hail the power of Jesus name’ etc. Also we discussed that service. We are sure that all the disciples of Jesus and also the apostles like st. Paul were there. Amma our hearts flooded with joy and rapture by this wonderful and rewarding experience, within the cathedral and we sang all along the way till we reached home. Be happy amma, Bye!

"Apostles, martyrs, prophets there Around my Saviour stand; And soon my friends in Christ below, Will join the glorious band" - F. B. P.

12. Worship service - Jesus gave message of happiness, joy & peace in Heaven 15th July 2004 : 11 P.M. Is. 51:11 " And the ransomed of the Lord shall return and come to Zion with singing; everlasting joy shall be upon their heads;they shall obtain joy and gladness and sorrow and sighing shall flee away." David :

Amma, we had a wonderful worship service.

We sailed along the front river-encircling the vast picturesque stretches of landscape of the worship complex towards the left. After passing the auditoriums on our right, the river splits into two branches. The left branch would lead us to the palm grove island. But we sailed along the right branch which was going around the huge worship complex. After sailing a long distance, we saw a very beautiful green lawn at our left. The lawn was divided into many sections by green plants which were blooming with blossoms of different colours. Beyond the lovely lawn, a beautiful mountain range was seen and its slopes were covered with green trees filled with lovely flowers of various colours, which made the mountains extremely beautiful. On the opposite side of the river, that is at our right side, a very huge rectangular auditorium with a single tall tower stood in imposing splendour facing this splendid scenery. We landed just infront of the immense structure and we entered within its portals. The entire walls and windows of the building were made of a transparent glass-like material. A large number of seats were arranged in galleries facing the wide stage in the front. Below the stage, at the left side we saw a large human choir and a large human orchestra on the right. We occupied the front seats near the orchestra and we recognised its members. They were from the music lover's colony, which we visited once. They invited us to participate in a musical concert which would be organised in their auditorium to give an

item if we would be free at that time. All this time the choir (which also belonged to that music lover's colony) was singing. The orchestra then joined them with their musical instruments. By that time the auditorium was completely filled with people - around two thousand redeemed souls. Suddenly everybody stood up and looked at the back through the transparent windows and walls. We also turned back to see the mountain heights resplendent in magnificent beauty. A very brilliant white light emerged over the mountains. We then saw a large host of glittering angels arising from the other side of the mountain range and gliding horizontally towards the auditorium. The angels within the auditorium at once went to the front to welcome the divine group. When they landed, we saw Jesus in the front and He entered the auditorium gloriously, followed by the angels. Jesus extended His hands on both sides, walked gracefully along the aisle, looking on both sides and greeting the people with a brilliant smile on His face. Amma our Jesus is a person of extraordinary beauty and we were thrilled to see His magnificent smile. We all stood up, raised our hands and burst into shouts of praises to Jesus with tremendous joy. Jesus slowly moved to the front along with the angels, stood on the stage with extended hands surrounded by the angels at the back. We continued our shouts of praise for sometime. Then the choir, orchestra and we all sang a song 'Praise the Lord' with great joy. The volume was so tremendous that the auditorium seemed to vibrate with that joyful song. Jesus then started to give His message with His blessing "Peace be unto you" and gave a sign with His hands for us to be seated. Jesus : I want you to compare your joy and happiness in the world with that, you are now enjoying in Heaven. On the cross, I died for your sins and also I bore your sorrows, pain and sickness. I also told My children, "In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." (John 16 : 33). But satan is there to depress My children. Though they have tribulations, I want them to have an inner joy because I am always with them, so also the comforter, the Holy Spirit. But My servant Paul says, "I have a desire to depart and to be with Christ which is far better." (Phil. 1 : 23). You have the perfect undiluted happiness, joy and peace only in Heaven. Is it not? David : Amma, immediately we all stood up, raised our hands and shouted, "Yes Lord, yes Lord. Thank you Jesus, thank you Jesus." I cannot explain our ecstacy and we all jumped with joy. Jesus was smiling at us. That made us even more happy and our hearts flooded with indescribable jubilant joy. Then the choir started singing joyful songs like "Praise Him, praise Him. Jesus our blessed Redeemer. ..... Praise Him ever in joyful songs." Amma, Jesus became a great choir director, extending one hand towards the choir and the other towards the orchestra and moving His hands up and down rhythmically, with a radiant smile on His glorious face. I don't know whether the audience sang or just shouted with great joy praising Jesus. Our group just jumped in joy, raising our hands with shouts of praises. We didn't know what we were doing. Amma, I cannot explain our wonderful and marvellous feeling of joy in words. The choir sang many choruses like "I have a joy, joy, joy down in my heart." All the time Jesus was standing there with a radiant smile extending His hands. Jesus then started ascending with the host of

angels who also raised their hands in abundant joy uttering praises. We were shouting praises even after Jesus ascended gloriously out of the auditorium. We then joined the flow of people that surged through the threshold still shouting with joy. Finally, we sailed along the river surrounding the other side of the worship complex and reached home singing all along the way. Amma, it was such a joyful and wonderful worship service. "Rejoice, rejoice believer Press on to join the hapy, happy throng; Where soon thy Lord will call thee To realms of joy and everlasting song." - Grace J. Frances 13. Worship service - Jesus blessed His children 2nd August 2004 : (David's birthday) 11.05 P.M. Num. 6 : 24 - 26 " The Lord bless you and keep you: The Lord make His face to shine upon you and be gracious to you. The Lord lift up His countenance upon you and give you peace." David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service, in which Jesus blessed the entire audience. We sailed along the river touching our gardens, towards the right of our mansions. Before the river joined a large lake, there was a right side branch and we entered it, which flowed in between two mountain ranges. After sometime, our boat sailed through a country of vast plains which was exceedingly beautiful. On both sides, stretched lovely green lawns, on which we saw small elevated places like sand dunes completely covered with wild flowers in bloom and the blossoms were blazing with different beautiful colours. It was like a well arranged garden with flowerpots here and there with different coloured flowers of exquisite beauty. Amma in Heaven,each place has its own unique charm. After a long way we saw a road, leading from the bank of the river towards our right. we landed there and walked along that road and on its both sides, the same beautiful view was visible. At a distance we saw a beautiful chapel with two tall towers, one in the front and the other at the back. This road led us straight to the chapel. There were pathways on both sides of the building leading to mansions deep within the woods, which encompassed the lovely green lawn, studded with small flower-hills. When we went nearer, we saw hosts of angels drifting from different directions and descending at the back of the chapel. Also we were surprised to see a human choir standing on the balcony of the first floor of the tower and they were singing beautifully. We stood in the open ground at the front of the chapel and enjoyed their lovely songs. After sometime they descended through the steps on both sides of the tower and entered the chapel in a procession, singing. People were coming from all directions to the chapel and we also went in and sat at the front row. The human choir was on the left side and a large number of children were seated on the right

side of the chapel. In the front, there was a semicircular immense stage. Beautiful and long draperies were hanging in shining folds around the stage behind the platform. The human choir was singing all the time. Suddenly the draperies shimmered and moved on towards the two sides at the back of the stage and through the opening a radiant whitelight emerged and a huge host of angels streamed in on the stage. Then the white radiance slowly changed into a bright golden one and Jesus came in, encircled by a host of angels. We all stood up. raised our hands and shouted with joy and praised Him. Jesus sat on a golden throne at the centre. Angels stood around Jesus and also along the walls of the chapel within and also outside the building all over the place. Then all of us sang a chorus 'Praise the Lord', raising our hands. Amma,it was a blessing ceremony. The children went first with their flowers and stood before Him. Jesus blessed them and said "You all are making Heaven a joyful place". Then the members of the choir went and knelt before Him. Jesus blessed them and said "By your songs you bring glory to Heaven”. Then many adult groups went and worshipped Jesus, who blessed them and said, "By your love, you bring happiness to the inmates of Heaven". Like that many groups went up and got blessings from our beloved Jesus. Almost in the end, our group went up and knelt before Jesus. He smiled at us, blessed us saying, "I am happy that you are involved in My ministry and fruitful service". Amma, we felt extremely happy since we got an opportunity to go near our beloved Jesus. Then, while we were all singing a praising song joyfully, Jesus disappeared from the stage along with the multitude of angels in a moment. We didn't see them ascending. They must have gone through the back of the stage. We all then came out and walked along the road singing joyfully. we sat on the beautiful lawn, in a circle and my friends celebrated my birth day anniversary singing "Happy birthday to you". Amma, so far, we haven't celebrated birthdays of my friends since it is difficult to remember days here in Heaven. Since you told me about my birthday and the celebration you are going to have in Puthalam worship place, I was able to tell them about my birthday. As I told you earlier, I explained the scene of our Puthalam worship place, the beautiful sea view in the front and the size of the building. Also I told them about our small choir, sunday school children, the members of our congregation who are poor and also the oppositions, we had to face there. Then we sang a few songs imagining that we all were there on the stage with our musical instruments- I, at the key board and others with their guitars, violins and pipe instrumens. We also planned that everybody should explain about their churches-each one at a time and then we would sing a few songs for the congregation, thinking that we were facing the dear ones in the audience. Finally we reached home. My friends promised to come back and join me in celebrating my birthday with ammamma and grandpa. Ammamma would cut different fruits and mix them to prepare a delicious fruit salad for all of us. I am sure Mamu will bring his friends too. (Then I, kamazh told

David about his birthday service at Puthalam and how happy we felt when we sang the song, “All hail the power of Jesus name” by raising our hands and thinking that we had joined the great redeemed crowd of Heaven with our beloved son David, his frineds and other dear ones in the presence of Jesus). David : Amma, now you'll know to some extent our happiness in Heaven. So be happy amma ! Bye! "Oh, when shall I be yonder? The longing groweth stronger To join in all the praises the redeemed ones do sing, Within those Heavenly places, Where the angels veil their faces, In awe and adoration, in the presence of the king!" - Miss. Florence C. Armstrong 14. Worship service in a huge cathedral with nuns and priests 18th June 2005 : 10.55 P.M. Mat. 25:40 "Verly I say unto you, in as much as ye have done unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me." David : Amma, just now we came home after attending a wonderful worship service. We walked along our mansions, towards right, turned on the left road and reached the river. From there we sailed in a boat towards the right. The river curved towards the left. After passing that curve we sailed steadily forward, a long way. Then we saw a broad road, starting from the right bank of the river and going into the interior. We left our boat there and started walking along that road which was fenced in on both sides by very tall flowering trees. There were many left and right branches to that road. Tall flowering trees lined the edges of all those branch roads. We saw gardens, meadows carpeted with wild flowers, green lawns etc. On the side road, we saw few people walking towards the main road. But we could'nt see any mansion either beside the main road or beside those side roads. Later on we learnt that huge and grand mansions were studded along the side roads amidst very beautiful gardens and flowering trees far away from the main road. That was why we couldn't see them from there. We walked steadily forward and reached an immense cathedral which stood in imposing grandeur and splendour over a large rectangular platform which was surrounded by a number of steps. The entire building was outlaid with white marble tiles decorated with gold and precious stones. Many tall towers of different sizes made of gold, adorned the building. Amma, the cathedral looked like the ancient cathedrals in Rome and other European countries which I saw in pictures. But this one far surpassed them in grandeur, beauty and elegance. Ascending those steps, we reached the platform. Then we saw three more roads coming towards the cathedral from the other three directions. As we were standing there and watching, we saw a group of women both youth and adults approaching us through the same road in

which we walked. When they came near us, they greeted us warmly and introduced them as nuns from different parts of the world. Nuns : We had been catholic nuns,and we have found out that Jesus was the only Saviour and He was the only way to eternal life. On the earth we were involved in many types of social work to uplift the down trodden and we did such works for Jesus. Now in Heaven Jesus has given us individual mansions of wondrous beauty. Also We have community mansions where we can live together if we desire. We gather there for Bible study. Around this cathedral. there are hundreds of mansions. These are occupied mostly by people who had been nuns, Fathers and Bishops of catholic denomination on the earth. But in Heaven there is no difference between the different denominations. Our family members are also here . Other families also reside along with us. David : We, then introduced ourselves and all of us started walking towards the cathedral. There we saw beautiful crosses on the top of all those towers. We saw hosts of angels descending, over those towers, playing their musical instruments. By the way we brought a guitar with us. I don't know why we did that. Then we all went within the cathedral with the multitude. Seats were arranged in galleries facing a beautiful altar. On the wall of that altar, was a huge cross which was ablaze with a brilliant white light. I think that the material of the cross (diamond?) was giving out such a light. There were wings on both sides, of the building. Left side wing was occupied by a large human choir. They looked beatiful in their choir uniform dress. They were singing songs which were like chanting and the language was not English. Soon angels started descending playing their musical instruments. Suddenly Jesus descended with a host of angels and was seated on a glorious throne on the altar. Amma, I am sure that the throne was not there before, the arrival of Jesus. The throne was also blazing out the same brilliant white light. From Jesus, dazzling white light was radiating in all directions. The whole audience atonce stood up, raised their hands and sang a praising song which was like chanting. We also raised our hands and praised Jesus. Then Jesus stood up and enthralled the audience by His short and sweet message. Jesus : On the earth I told my followers, "As you did to one of the least of these My brethren you did it for Me". [Math. 25 : 40] I know each and everyone of you present here and also what you had done to the poor, the down trodden, the old and the sick while you were on the earth. You did that because you loved Me, because you know that I loved you and I died on the cross to save you from that horrible eternal death. Those who accepted Me as their Saviour only could help the poor with a sincere heart, because you knew that you were doing it for your Saviour. I want to honour you for all the good you have done to help the downtrodden in My name and now you are here with Me for ever. David : Jesus then ascended gloriously along with the angels. Then the choir members came out in a procession followed by the audience. As usual we stood outside watching the multitude walking along the roads. Suddenly we got an urge to sing with our guitar. So we stood at the platform near the front road and started singing many songs and choruses. The first chorus we sang, was " I have decided to follow Jesus".

We used to sing it with actions. Soon many people started gathering around us and we continued our singing. Finally a large crowd was sitting in front of us and listening to our songs joyfully. We sang only choruses and some hymns with four parts or with two parts. As soon as we finished one song, they raised their hands with shouts of joy. Finally we bid them a fond farewell and started to depart. One person stood up, thanked us and asked us to go there again when we could find time. The nuns were also in that group and they waved their hands. Some of them started walking with us along the main road. While walking also we started singing with the guitar. Some of the inhabitants stood near the cross roads to listen to us. When we passed them, they waved their hands. Then only we knew why we had the urge to take our guitar while starting this trip. Then we sailed back home joyfully singing all along the way. Bye amma ! "Bear the cup of loving service To the weary and the sad; For the draught held out to others Makes the giver more than glad Tendered in His loving spirit Blessed will the mission be; E'en the smallest cup that's offered, Christ, our gracious Lord, will see.

Chapter III PALACES OF KINGS, DUKES AND LORDS IN HEAVEN

1. Castles of Dukes And Lords 26th April 2004 : 10 P.M. II Peter 1:11 “.... There will be richly provided for you an entrance into the eternal Kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now I reached home. Our group sailed in a boat along our usual route towards the left of our mansions and reached the sea. From there we didn’t turn left or right, but travelled straight towards deep waters. After a longtime we saw at a distance a very beautiful flower garden floating on the sea. when we went nearer we found that it was part of an immense island. We landed near the flower-bed where there was a huge beautiful golden gate. When we entered it, a marvellous sight of beauty awaited us there. There was a golden road (not in the middle of the island) leading from the gate to the other end of the island. On both sides there were golden round pathways, surrounding circles of flower-beds of exquisite beauty. The flower pots were made of shining gold. On both sides, the flower pots were arranged in circular galleries in marvellous splendour. In one section, we saw one variety of flower (say roses). There were different beautiful shades and different sizes

of roses, all mixed up so that it gave the gentle beauty of the rainbow colours. There were sparkling fountains around the circular flower-beds with such fine spray that it almost looked like a transparent golden cloud enfolding all the flower pots. We passed on to the next sections of different varieties of lovely blossoms. Some of them were completely new to us. We saw seats here and there around the flower-beds and we saw a few people siting there and reading books. We saw some people planting tender plants in pots at the extreme right of the flower-beds. They told us that the English Lords and Dukes of mostly 17th to 19th century lived in castles on the other side of the island. Then we walked straight through the main golden road between the flower-beds and reached the back end of the island. From there we came to the parallel road which was going through the middle of the island. Then we walked from the back towards the front of the island. That road was laid with beautiful jewelled white marble tiles edged with gold. On our left we saw beautiful tall flowering trees, very closely planted and it looked like a beautiful thick forest of flowers, saw a path-way going on our left. As we walked through that, we heard children’s voices somewhere. We found, at the left of the path way a beautiful golden swimming pool with full of children playing and shouting with joy surrounded by the same type of fine spraying fountains, amidst the thick flowering trees. Our teenagers just rushed to them, joined the joyful crowd talking and laughing with them. There were beautiful green lawns and flowerbeds around the pool. Then again we came to the road and walked further and there we saw a clearance amidst the thick wood. Surrounded by beautiful wide gardens, on an elevated place stood a magnificent castle complex with several towers, long windows and balconies all around. Amma I cannot explain the golden beauty of the castle. This resembled the grand castles of olden centuries in structure which I must have seen in pictures on the earth. But this was much bigger and surpassed in beauty and grandeur. Its beauty cannot be compared with any building on the earth. We walked through the golden path-way amidst the English gardens of flowers of exquisite beauty. The pathway contained golden steps in different places and we reached the elevated place. We saw several people inside the garden and also in front of the castle. One guide took us inside. He said that several castles were built into one single unit and people of many generations belonging to the same huge family were living together in this castle complex. I cannot explain the richness and beauty of the huge halls and their artistic decorations in gold and precious stones. He led us deep into the castle and we found a huge hall with full of luxurious seats arranged in semicircles. A family worship service was in progress. One person was talking about the love of Jesus. The audience smiled at us and signalled us to be seated. We all sat on the left side where seats were vacant. As soon as he finished speaking he welcomed us. Then John told about us and introduced us to the audience. While John talked, he told, “If this is the earth, we can never dream of entering into a castle where Lords and Dukes live.” For that the Duke (I think) replied, “In Heaven we all are one united by the wonderful bond of love of our beloved saviour Jesus and we all are His Children”. Then we had a get-together meeting. One teenager around eighteen gave her witness. Amma you must see the beauty of that girl! With long golden hair and blue eyes, she looked like an angel. With a sweet voice, she told us how she was touched by the compassionate love of Jesus and how

she accepted Jesus as her personal Saviour. Another younger girl also gave her wonderful testimony. Then different groups sang. There was a grand piano and some one played on it. Then they asked us to give a few items. Amma, I gave the starting note in the piano and we sang some small anthem like songs with many variations. They were really good and they burst into applause by raising their hands and shouting with joy. John introduced me as a medical student on the earth and now a medical student cum a choir director and they appreciated me and our songs very much. Then they gave us delicious fruit juice in beautiful golden cups. Before leaving they gave us lovely golden apples decorated with precious stones as present. I took three and others took two or three from the basket in which they brought them. Our girls told about our museum. They told us that they were having a museum at the back of their castles and they askd us to collect from their store house whatever we wanted for our museum. Finally, we parted from them with a fond farewell and came out with a guide who took us to the museum, which was wonderful with many things in gold, silver and wood similar to ones belonging to the 17th to 19th century of England with tags attached to them explaining the details. There were many paintings and portraits too. The guide said that there were many painters and artists even among the family members. He gave the girls whatever they wanted from their store-houses with tags giving all the details we needed and packed them in huge carry bags for us. Then we said good bye and walked along the road at the back of the many castles. We didn’t go into all of them. At the left side we saw very beautiful wide green lawns with a number of horses of different sizes and also we saw people riding on them. Children were riding on ponies and some were teaching them. We saw children playing with pet animals and also some children were enjoying themselves in swimming pools situated at different places. There was a net-work of pathways inside the forest at the back of the castles. As we were passing, we saw ladies sitting in balconies and they waved to us and we also greeted them. We saw youth groups playing some games in many places. Finally we reached our boat and we saw many luxurious boats on the sea. We were told that there were many huge islands in an enormous circle on the ocean with castles similar to this one, where Lords and Dukes of other European countires were living. Also they had a huge beautiful cathedral in an island, almost at the centre of all those islands. There, they used to have wonderful worship services, when Jesus visited them with angels. Then we sailed on and reached home. I left my three golden apples downstairs and came up. I must go down now. Also Steve told me that we might have a music programme soon and I am going to his house for practice, so bye Amma.

“Growing in the upper garden Flow’rs the earth too rudely pressed, In that land shall reach perfection, By the heav’nly Gard’ner dressed.

There the flowers bloom for ever, Death can find no entrance there, There is life and light eternal, There is joy beyond compare.” - C. Austin Milet

2. Palace of King David 14th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M. Ezekiel 34:24 “I the Lord, willbe their God and my servant David shall be prince among them, I the Lord, have spoken.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful and marvellous experience and I feel over joyed when I think of that. We went by our river at the back. We took our usual route and reached the sea and then turned towards the left. After passing the children’s home at the beach we turned at right angles and sailed towards deep waters for a long time. From a distance we saw a shining city of light. When we went nearer, we saw a very beautiful wall of fine gold. Edges of the wall were ornamented with lovely precious stones. Over the walls, there were golden stands and on the top were transparent golden coloured globes givings out golden light. (Like our sodium lamp, but the light emanating from it was of golden colour). The sight of the glittering golden wall with sparkling gems and the golden light diffused by those glowing globes was enchanting and marvellous Amma. We felt that it must be the abode of some rich King. It was a very huge island when compared to the other islands we visited till now. Then we, entered the island through a golden gate which also had the same type of lights over it. We walked along a golden road made of golden tiles edged with precious stones, but covered with transparent golden coloured marble. It gave the road a luminous and rich appearance of exquisite beauty and also the roads were extremely smooth, because of those glazed tiles. On both sides, we saw very beautiful gardens with gorgeous flowers in golden pots. In some sections of the garden fine spray of water was springing up from the edges soaring up high and then falling into the garden as a glistening golden cloud. In some gardens we saw lovely children playing and in many of those delightful gardens, groups of men and women were playing harps and small drums and were singing beautifully in unison. It was almost like chanting. As we walked amidst these enchanted gardens of flowers music and light we saw a huge road branching towards the left. This road looked more charming than others and we turned and walked along this lovely road. We then saw an exquisitely magnificent golden palace of imposing grandeur with a number of golden domes and a fabulous facade of gracious beauty, with an immense lighted garden blooming with gorgeous blossoms in the front. The garden stretched on either side of a golden central pathway of fascinating beauty. Along the edges of the pathway, there were golden railings decorated with sparkling gems and over the railings we saw glowing golden globes radiating golden light. There were many sections in the garden with lovely golden pathways inbetween. The beautiful sounds of music coming from different groups of

people in those elegant gardens pervaded the whole place. In many sections of the garden we noticed children with very sweet faces. As we approached the palace, a guide told us that it was the palace of King David. We were stunned and we couldn’t believe our own ears. At the same time we were thrilled and it was beyond our wildest dreams Amma. We thought that it was the palace of some great King, but we never expected that to belong to the great and mightly King David. The guide led us into the palace. The walls and floors were made of gold decorated with precious stones. We passed many huge halls glittering with gems and artistic work of elegant beauty. The walls and floor of one hall were strewn and ornamented with radiant red rulies, another hall with sparkling diamonds, another with shining green emerald stones and yet another hall with bright blue sapphire stones etc. Beautiful winding golden staircases were going up in those central halls. Delicate and enchanting curtains were hanging in shining folds. On the two sides of each hall, there were music rooms. We just looked into them. There were men, women separately or together singing with harps, flutes like instruments and with small drums. With their musical instruments, their singing was melodious. We remembered that King David himself was a great musician and he had written hundreds of psalms. He was the earth’s greatest songster. Then the guide took us to a huge hall in the first floor. There we saw the King, seated on a shining golden throne, with delicate artistic work, in a sparkling fine garment of rich. golden brocade with gems, with a golden crown of splendour, fit for the greatest Jewish King, loved by God. His throne was on a huge platform and there were some people with him and we saw many empty beautiful seats there. The hall reflected the splendour of its rich Jewish royal heritage. In the front, there was a huge choir, both men and women singing beautifully with their musical instruments. The guide led us to the stage and the King with a friendly smile directed us to be seated. Then the choir stopped singing. John introduced us collectively and started talking about the great King David. John said, “We used to love and memorize many Psalms when we were children. We can hardly find any Christian without knowing Psalm 23 “The Lord is my Shepherd” by heart. Also the first Bible story we studied was David and Goliath’ with our picture books”. King David was much pleased to hear this. He looked like a middle aged man, very handsome with curly hair. Actually he looked like a real King and a great warrior. He asked his choir to sing the song “The Lord is my Shepherd”. They sang in their language with a chanting like tune. Since we knew that Psalm, we were able to understand the verses easily. Then he asked us to sing. We decided to sing the same song “The Lord is my Shepherd” in our usual tune with four parts. Amma we sang beautifully. As soon as we finished he rose up from his throne and showed his great appreciation along with his choir who shouted in joy. King David said, “Wonderful! Wonderful! You sing very beautifully. Who is your music-director?”. At once John pointed me and said “David is our music-director”. To my great surprise and wonder, he came to me, hugged me and said, “I am so happy that there is another David like me who loves music”, Amma I felt so happy and I was touched by his love and admiration. Then John introduced every one of our group and explained about our music system of four parts - bass, tenor,

treble and alto. We raised our hands to show him who all sang the different parts. He asked us to sing the same song once more and we sang with great enthusiasm with our small golden guitar. (one we picked up from the shopping complex) Though the king spoke in his native language, he spoke very clearly and slowly and we were able to undersand each and every word. Then he started telling about himself. King David : I was the youngest son in my family and I was very close to my father, who loved our God. So from my childhood he used to tell me about our Great and mighty God, Jehovah who led the Israel through the wilderness with His powerful Hands. So from my childhood I used to love my God, the Father. I had very great love and affection for Him. I also loved music from my childhood. So when I was a shepherd boy, I used to compose and sing songs of praises to my beloved God and Father playing my harp. When I killed wild animals, you would have thought that I was a great warrior. No. Not at all. I was only a boy then. But I used to pray fervently and I used to feel the great power of God descending on me. So it was not me, but my God, the Father gave me victories, over the animals and my enemies. While killing the great Goliath also, who gave me the wisdom to do, what I did? Who helped me to kill the great giant? It was my God, the Father. He was with me always throughout my life. Though I sinned against Him, when I repented and asked His forgiveness, He forgave me, the greatest sinner, and I loved my Father with such great love which I cannot express even now in words. (Then he explained many of his battles, like stories and how God helped him with his wonderful power and wisdom). So naturally I used to praise Him with my songs, since I was a great lover of music. Here in Heaven some time our God, the Father and Jesus visit us with their angel choirs with harps. We used to fall before them and worship, since their presence used to be so very glorious. David : Then ladies brought us very delicious fruit juice in big golden cups with handles on both sides, kept on individual trays. Each lady carried only one tray with one cup and so a long row of ladies came up to the stage to serve us. Then king David invited us to go there again with all our musical instruments and entertain all the residents in their huge temple. (John told him about our band). He asked us to visit his treasure house and pick up whatever things we liked. He asked us whether he should come personally to give us presents. We said a definite ‘No’ and thanked him profusely and left him. He is a humble man Amma not at all proud. The guide then took us to his treasure house. What a fascinating sight Amma! There were beautiful things in gold, used during their time on the earth. We saw crowns, staff, swords, harps, other musical instruments and jewels in all sizes - from large to small tiny ones. I took two small pieces of harps, swords, staff etc and put them in my pockets. Others also took things, they wanted. The guide gave our girls huge long carry- bags to collect things for our museum and the guide asked a few men to keep those filled- up ones near the front gate near our boat. We then walked along the main road looking at the magnificent mansions on either side of the sreets branching from this main road. The guide showed us the mansion of Jonathan, the great friend of king David.

There were mansions of king David’s father, brothers, family, friends and his contemporaries. There were more than hundred mansions. Then he showed us a huge central garden with lovely flowers, sweet children and singing groups. The beautiful sound of music pervaded the whole island typical of king David’s city of music with golden lights. He then showed us a huge temple similar to that of king solomon’s temple. We then walked along the main road, finally reached the entrance, kept all our gifts in our boat and sailed back home singing all along the way. Amma I am going down to explain everything to ammamma. Bye amma! “His children so sweetly are singing Up there by the beautiful sea. Sweet chords from their goldharps are ringing How beautiful Heaven must be Sweet home of the happy and free” - Mrs. A.S. Bridgewater

3. Palace of Emperor Constantine 5th June 2004 : 10.15 P.M. Proverb 21:30,31 “No wisdom, no understanding no counsel, can avail against the Lord. The horse is made ready for the day of battle, but the victory belongs to the Lord.” David: Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a golden city in an island. We reached the sea by our usual route. At the sea, we turned left and from the mansions near the back waters, we turned at right angles to the shore line, towards deep waters. The sea spread out far before us as a beautiful shining golden glass and we sailed on and on. On the way we saw the ship mansions. As we sailed farther, from a distance we saw something glittering. When we went nearer, we saw huge shining walls, made of pure fine gold edged with precious stones, around the island. The golden light of Heaven which was reflected from the walls made the island more glorious and golden. We sailed along the edge of this massive wall. Since the water was very transparent, to our great amazement, we found the wall erected from the deep bed of the sea. The golden wall was crowned with the drooping branches of trees laden with, gorgeous flowers and fruits of many colours intermingled with the green of the leaves. What a fascinating beautiful sight amma! we couldn’t see. anything within the island. As we sailed around the huge island, we saw a few golden gates, but they were closed. Finally, we reached an open gate, with a very wide golden road leading from it. At the gate we were warmly welcomed by small children with flowers in their hands and there was a band with various types of drums and other instruments. The men were dressed in some kind of uniform with belts, cross-belts, with a high hat and we also found some medal-like ornaments over their coats. To our great surprise, they played some kind of marching tunes and led us into the city of gold. We followed the children who walked behind the band. After walking for some distance, we found a huge ovalshaped ground laid with golden tiles edged with precious stones. Around that plain ground we saw beautiful golden palaces with very lovely gardens in the

front, Since the ground was plain, we caught glimpses of all those palaces, encircling the ground. The band led us straight into a magnificent palace at the opposite side of the entrance. There was a huge ornamental golden gate in the front. Precious stones were embedded in it. Near that gate, the children took leave of us after giving their flowers to us. They waved their hands and walked off. We fixed the flowers in our coats. The band then led us into the garden. On the two sides of the road, we saw men in uniform and they gave us a guard of honour, to our great amazement. The band led us upto the entrance of the huge golden palace. At its portal, an announcer (Who was also in a grand uniform) shouted, “welcome to the palace of the first Christian Roman Emperor, the honourable Emperor Constantine, the great,” Amma we were strunned to hear that name and also we felt so honoured about the way they welcomed us. The announcer then led us into the magnificent halls of immense grandeur. The first hall looked golden and shone with a reddish tinge, since rubies were embedded in the golden walls and floor. We passed on to the next hall which shone with a greenish tinge since it had green gems emerald, embedded in the golden walls and floor. Then we reached a beautiful hall which glittered with brilliant white light since it was ornamented with sparkling diamonds. Amma I have no words to express the beauty and splendour of that very grand and huge hall with a huge golden throne in which the great christian Roman emperor Constantine the great was seated. Behind the throne, we saw two huge flags made of gold mounted on two golden stands. In one flag, there was a beautiful lustrous white cross made with sparkling diamonds and the cross on the next flag was red made with shining rubies. The emperor looked handsome and majestic. There were other thrones near by and some men were seated there. There were many grand seats arranged in half circle facing him. John introduced us collectively and the emperor asked us to occupy those seats, with a smile on his face. Then he started to tell about the great victories he won and how he captured the Roman empire with the flag bearing the cross and also he told about the sign of the cross he had seen on the sky with the word “With this sign you win.” Emperor Constantine : When I saw the sign of the cross, I accepted Jesus as my personal saviour. I learnt from other Christians, how Jesus was sentenced to death by the Roman governor Pontius Pilate and how the Roman soldiers crucified my saviour Jesus Christ so cruelly on the cross and also about the many Roman Emperors after that who killed the great Apostles and Christians later on! That time I took a vow in the name of Jesus that I would conquer the Roman Empire by all means with the help of my saviour Jesus Christ. I had a zeal to do that for the sake of my Jesus, the Apostles and Christians killed so cruelly by the Roman Emperors. With the help of my great leader Jesus Christ and bearing a white flag with a red cross, I marched into Rome and after severe battles. I won and became the first Christian Roman Emperor. Because of my great zeal for Jesus, I wanted all my soldiers and my country people to become Christians and gave orders to that- effect. It might have been wrong, because a number of them became ‘name- sake’. Christians because of my order, but many of my soldiers became real Christians and hundreds and hundreds of them are with me in this city. You can see a row of many golden mansions behind the first row of

palaces. There the soldiers and my army officers and their families live in great harmony. Then I built very grand and glorious Cathedrals in Rome and sent Missionaries to other countries to spread the Gospel. David : Amma, we were spell-bound to hear his wonderful narration. Since I had studied church history, I was able to follow him. For my teenage friends, the story was completely new, though his name was familiar to them. Jane, our history graduate friend, asked many doubts and he cleared them. Then John praised him for his great zeal for Jesus and also for his wonderful vicotry over the evil Roman Emperor of that time. Then we all went near the Emperor and told him that we would sing two songs, one in praise of Jesus and another one a great marching song of soldiers. First we sang ‘All, hail the power of Jesus name’ with four parts in the tune, where ‘Crown Him’ was repeated by Bass and Tenor. Then we got ready to sing ‘Onward Christian soldiers marching as towar’. Before we started singing, John slowly and clearly narrated the lines, of the first stanza of that wonderful song. Amma, since we had practised this song thoroughly for our music concert we sang it beautifully. As soon as we finished singing the first stanza and the chorus, John recited the second stanza, so that the words would become clear to them before we sang the second stanza. Like that we sang the five stanzas with great enthusiasm, since the words of the zealous Emperor were ringing in our ears. As soon as we finished, there was a great shout of joy from everybody present there. The emperor thanked us profusely for the wonderful song and again we were seated. They served us fruit juice in beautiful jewelled golden cups. Then they brought us huge trays full of miniature golden flags with crosses made of diamonds and rubies. John sat first in the line and I was seated next and then followed the others. So when they brought us the presents, we wanted to take the minimum number. I took two, one with diamond cross and another one with rubies. In the end, the servers gave all the flags left, to our girls. (Later on girls gave me two more). In the same way they brought a tray full of golden chains with golden crosses. Beautiful sparkling gems were embedded in those crosses. I took only one chain and girls in the end got more so that we were able to give one to each of our friends. Then we went nearer to the Emperor to bid him farewell. At that time he gave us two huge golden flags (about 11/2 feet tall) with stands having a white cross of diamonds and a red cross of rubies. He also asked us to visit a grand cathedral next to his palace. He said, “When Jesus used to visit us, the whole army of our city used to march behind Jesus with our band and also we used to give Him a very grand guard of honour at the central ground and also at another ground in front of the Cathedral”. Then he shook hands with each and every one of us and we left the palace in great excitement amma. To our great surprise, the same army band accompanied us with two golden flags, one with a diamond cross and the other with a cross made of rubies, in front of them. The soldiers on the two sides of the palace road gave us a grand farewell. We requested the band not to accompany us farther than the palace since we wanted to see the Cathedral and other mansions, before leaving the city. We thanked them also profusely and went to the Cathedral. Amma, it was so grand that I have no words to explain its awesome structure and the artistic work done around the building. You must have seen some pictures of grand Cathedrals in Rome. It is similar in their

structure, but completely made of gold. Over every tower we could see the beautiful golden flags with white or red crosses. We went inside. It was so huge that we had an awe-inspiring feeling. There were no seats and in the front there was a huge, highly decorated altar. At the centre of the altar, there was a huge golden cross, with full of sparkling diamonds, fixed on the wall. At the two extreme ends of the altar, there were two golden flags, one with a white radiant diamond cross and the other with a shining red cross made of lovely rubies. We, then came out and from the huge ground at the front, we saw a beautiful golden road leading to the back of the island. We, walked through that and it joined a golden road in between the golden palaces in the front and a row of beautiful golden mansions at the back. We just had a view of them. There were more than one hundred mansions in that row. We, then turned back, reached the front gate and sailed back, singing ‘Onward Christian soldiers’ with great enthusiasm, remembering the wonderful story of the Emperor Constantine. When we reached home children were following the girls to hear the wonderful stories. Amma we have decided to tell stories of Jesus, His miracles and His parables, to the children during these times. I came home amma. Ammamma is not to be seen. Amma I am really excited to tell the story to ammamma and others. I am going down. Be happy amma! Bye! “On ward Christian soldiersMarching as to war, With the cross of Jesus, going on before, Christ the royal Master, Leads agaisnt the foe, Forward into battle, see the banners go.” - S. Baring gould

4. Meeting a German Lord 17th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M. II Timothy 1 : 8 “Do not be ashamed then of Testifying to our Lord, nor of me His prisoner, but take your share of suffering for the gospel in the power of God.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and after coming home, I met grandpa Bensam and I was talking with him. That is why I am late. Amma we sailed along the river touching our gardens, towards the left of our mansions. We took the usual route river - lake - river. If we go in one particular left branch of this river, we reach the sea. But we sailed straight without turning. We passed the island of Botanical gardens and sailed for a long time. The river flowed along the fringes of the mountain ranges on both sides. The slopes of the mountains were covered with flowering trees and flowing streams. Then we came to a point where there was a branch of the river towards the right and when we turned in the branch, we were fascinated by a magnificent panorama. On both sides of the river, there were beautiful mountains (not very high) just covered with flowering trees. From a distance

all we could see was the flowers and each mountain seemed to be covered with a mantle of blossoms of the same vivid colour. So from a distance, the sight was similar to heaps and heaps of different coloured flowers. Lovely valleys, through which streams rolled in silvery winding streaks, were separated from each other by those huge heaps of flowers. Those shining streams plunged into our river, which became wider and wider. We, then saw mountains at a distance, which loomed up higher and higher, as our boat approached closer and closer and finally this river joined an enormous lake, shimmering in the golden light and surrounded by about six mighty mountains (not a continuous range) with valleys inbetween. All the mountains also seemed to be covered with flowers. On the top we could see clusters of mansions of different sizes. The river then left the shores of the lake and plunged once more into the unknown through a gap between two mountains. We sailed straight across the lake and started gliding along a broad winding road leading to the heights above of one mountain. On the way we saw short trees laden with flowers of different colours and varieties. Also we saw numerous shining streams flowing along its slopes. When we reached the top, the view was fantastic. There were several broad peaks on the mountain edge and one at the centre. We saw valleys in between the peaks and also small pools of crystal-clear water in many places. The main road went along the bottom of the peaks with broad beautiful steps leading from the road to the top of each of the peaks. In some peaks, we saw very huge castles and in some others a few beautiful mansions. At the central peak, we saw a huge beautiful and magnificent castle and we went to the top by climbing through the broad steps. On the top there were well-arranged gardens, springs and small water pools. We saw people working there. Some were seated in those lovely gardens and were immersed in reading books. Children were swimming and playing in those pleasant pools. A guide met us and took us inside the castle. He said that the castle belonged to a German Lord who was a great friend of Martin Luther and all those who lived on the mountain top belonged to 15th and 16th centuries. We were surprised and excited hearing that news. The castle was immense with many towers and hundreds of rooms. Without the help of the guide, we would not have been able to find our way into the castle. He took us in a zig zag manner crossing many rooms decorated with gold and finally we reached almost the top of one of the towers and we landed in a huge balcony. He took us to a beautiful round conference hall at the centre surrounded on all sides by the balcony. On the balcony we saw a few people sitting in different places, reading books and taking down notes. The view from the balcony was breath-taking amma. We could see the buildings on the other peaks of that mountain, the other mountains around the lake and some parts of the lake too glistening in the golden light. The guide led us to the conference hall (not very huge) where single tables with seats were arranged in circles. About ten men were seated on the inner circle. As we entered, one man (He was introduced as the German Lord later) welcomed us and invited us to occupy the seats in the next concentric circle. He was speaking in German, which we could understand in English. He then said, “I am one of the intimate friends of the great man Martin Luther. He had many friends like me and he used to teach the real

gospel from the Bible. We were involved in many wars and fights. But the great Martin Luther and his friends stood very firm for the true Gospel and we all helped them in their endeavour. Most of the people living in this mountain and other mountains around the lake were involved in that struggle. Martin Luther and others used to come here and address large gathering in my huge auditorium in the ground floor. Now we are collecting the effects of reformation in later centruies in all the countries of the world. For that we collect many books. We have a huge library. Also we try to get informations from enlightened persons and many of our great writers are writing books on that. We have many correspondents who visit people around Heaven and collect such informations. We enjoy the work very much. Jesus used to come to a huge chapel over another mountain and all of us used to gather there and worship Him.” John then introduced himself and others collectively. Jane (History garduate) discussed with him some points. Then we told them that we would sing two songs which would be appropriate for that period. We stood up and sang “stand up, stand up for Jesus” and also “Faith of our father’s Holy Faith”. John used to recite the words of each stanza and then we sang the song, so that the words would be clearer, since they would not have known these songs in those early centuries. As soon as we finished singing, they raised their hands and shouted their appreciation. They asked us earnestly to select more such wonderful songs and they requested us to go over there again to teach those songs to their youth, children and adults. We promised to do that. They asked about me. I said. “I came from the southern tip of India. A German Missionary named ‘Ringeltaube’ of the London Missionary Society was the one who brought the light of the Gospel to our place in the beginning of the 19th century. Now we have about thousand churches in our district. At that time, the lower caste people in our area were much oppressed by the upper caste people. In India, we have the evil of caste system. The early Missionaries lifted us up spiritually, educationally and socially.” Amma, they were very much interested to know about it, since they didn’t have much information from India. I told them about grandpa Bensam. I said that he knew more details about our Church History. Immediately they were much interested, asking us direction to come to our place and the German Lord told us that he would send a messenger to grandpa to collect information and also that he would invite grandpa, when Martin Luther and others visit their place. We then parted from them with a fond farwell and the German Lord instructed the guide to show us the auditorium and their library. Also he offered us to take a copy of any book (They had many copies of the same book) we wanted from the library. The guide took us to the auditorium, which was huge and grand, filled with seats for the audience. He then took us to a very large library. There were thousands of books. There was no need to refer to catalogues or computers since the librarians were like livecomputers to give the information one needed. Jane took some copies of the books, they had. We then thanked the guide and started for home. On the way; I told my friends to collect the songs, go over there and teach them. But they flatly refused to go there without me amma. They

said, “David, you only can teach the songs in a systematic way. We can teach choruses and not these regular Hymns.” Amma, I don’t know how I am going to find the time. Anyway. I must do it, since they were very earnest in their request. When I reached home, I met grandpa Bensam and I told him the whole story. He was greatly excited and he was even willing to go over there before a messenger came from there to meet him. He may go over there with his father. (Ahimaz Nayagam) Amma I am going down to talk again to grandpa. Bye amma! “I’ve enlisted for life in the army of the Lord, Tho’ the fight may be long and the struggle fierce and hard; With the armour of God and the spirit’s trusty sword. At the front of the battle you will find me” - Mrs. C.H. Morris

5. Castles of English Lords 7th July 2004 : 10.45 P.M. 2 Kings 6:17 “Elisha prayed and said “O Lord, I pray Thee, open his eyes that he may see” So the Lord opened the eyes of the young man, and he saw; and behold the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed through the river at the back, towards the right of our mansions. We passed all the familiar branches of the river towards the left and right and sailed on straight. We then saw a branch going towards the left and we turned in it. After sailing a short distance in between beautiful flowering trees on both sides, we reached a large lake, shimmering and surrounded by a very vast lovely park which extended as far as our eyes could see, with rows and rows of trees laden with beautiful flowers of different colours. A net work of pathways was laid with white marble tiles, decorated and edged with gold within the park. Along the pathways and inside the park, there were beautiful golden edged pots with flowering plants. In some places, there were beautiful fountains and in many other places, there were splendid seats-either single ones or in clusters. There were many broad roads touching the lake and leading away from it and we entered one such road and we walked on and on and finally we saw a beautiful enormous castle deep within the park. But we couldn’t see anybody around it. So we went inside the park and occupied the seats arranged in a circle around a beautiful fountain, which adorned the park. All the sections of the lawn were looking soft and lovely with different shades of green and also in other delicate attractive colours. We sat there and started singing. After sometime we saw many people both young and old advancing towards us riding on white horses, from deep inside the park, from the back of the castle. The sight was beautiful. Small children were riding on ponies, clinging on to their necks and lying over them. One couple came and received us. They said that they were the owners of that castle and they belonged to the English royal families on the earth. John then introduced us and they took us to

the back of their castle. There we saw a beautiful velvety green lawn of vast area with a large number of white horses. We saw people coming and riding on those horses. The English Lord called a few men and asked them to take us for a horse-ride. Amma you must have seen the joy of our teenagers. Each horse had a broad golden collar around its neck with a handle at the back of its neck, Amma, since I was not at all familiar with horse-riding and though it was not at all a problem in Heaven, still I climbed behind sylvia, one of my young friends. The horses were very friendly. As soon as we went closer the horses came to us as though they wanted us to ride on them. We mounted fifteen horses - Some of us in doubles and some in singles. Two of their men rode in the front to show us the way. We started our thrilling ride, waving our hands at our hosts. There were very beautiful broad winding pathways going round and round amidst lovely flower laden trees. After a long time we reached a broad-based hill, not very high, full of flowering trees and a winding pathway climbing to the top. We rode in rows of four horses in a line. Amma, I just can’t explain my joy and thrill which I experienced on my first pleasure-ride on a horse. It was a wonderful experience. The horses galloped slowly and finally we reached the top, on which there was a rest house - a huge round hall, open on all sides with a sloping roof - and we occupied the seats within. The sight from that summit was just marvellous. We could see many such small hills here and there with winding pathways leading upto the hill. The whole area abounds in flowering trees with a net work of wide pathways in between. This scenery stretched as far as our eyes could see. We caught glimpses of the tops of many such castles far away. This place had the distinctive charm of flowers of different colours which seemed to fill the whole place, because of the innumerable flowering trees. We sang for sometime and then we talked with the two men who accompanied us. They told us that there were a chain of lakes around that area, surrounded with castles belonging to members of royal families of different nations of the world. They were all horse-lovers and they loved to ride on horses. Many horse lovers from other parts of Heaven also used to visit them and go for horse riding. Horses also loved these sessions of riding. By that time our horses roamed all over the top and also along the pathway around the hill and they seemed to enjoy themselves. As soon as we got ready to go down, the two men called them by names and you must see them galloping back to us amma. Even that was a wonderful sight. Then again we galloped back to the castle, enjoying the wonderful sight all along the way. When we reached there, we had a get together in their immense lovely back portico where seats were arranged in semicircles and many members of their family were seated there. They invited us to occupy those seats. They praised Jesus for having given them such a magnificent castle in the midst of picturesque stretches of land of exquisite beauty. They said, “Our God has provided mansions nearby for our friends who helped us on the earth. He has given us abundant facilities to continue our music and other hobbies which we enjoyed on the earth and more”. We then sang a few songs and entertained them and they appreciated our singing. They served us delicious fruit juice. They also brought many trays containing beautiful golden rings, decorated with all sorts of sparkling gems. The rings were of many sizes. They asked us to take as many as we wanted. We all stood around the huge round table where they placed those trays of rings. We started selecting some for each one of us. Amma I took only a few rings of different sizes decorated with gems of various colours. But my friends selected more and dropped them in my pockets as usual and so I don’t know the number of rings I have now. We then thanked our hosts and those who accompanied us on our horse riding trip and left them. They asked us to bring our children and adults sometime to enjoy their horse riding. They invited us to go within their castle, but we promised to visit and spend more time with them sometime later. Finally, we sailed back home.

Amma I am so happy here and you see the different types of pleasures of Heaven which God has provided for His children!! Amma, I hear the sound of Mamu’s drum somewhere around and so he’ll be here soon and I am going down. Be happy amma! Bye! “In the christian’s Home in Glory, There remains a land of rest There my Saviour’s gone before me To fulfil my soul’s request There is rest for the weary, On the other side of Jordan, In the sweet fields of Eden, Where the tree of life is blooming There is rest for You.” - S.Y. HARMER

Chapter IV YOUTH AND MUSIC

1. Music Concert At An Open-Air Stadium 28th April 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Ps. 81:1-3 “Sing aloud to God our strength; shout for joy to the God of Jacob! Raise a song, sound the timbrel, the sweet lyre with the harp Blow the trumpet............”. David : Amma just now I returned home from a music concert in an open-air stadium, which was near our musical complex. It had a large stage at the front and seats were arranged in galleries. We had a very good music practice at steve’s mansion. This time we had to play and sing. We selected the song “Onward Christian Soldiers” with some other interludes. We all started for the stadium with our drums, guitars, violins, flutes and pipe instruments. There was a huge crowd on the galleries and it was filled up soon. Our item was almost at the beginning. Our whole band first played a prelude wonderfully and immediately after that we started singing with full parts playing our instruments softly. Even in between two lines we were playing interludes with pipe instruments. There were a lot of variations girls sang (treble and alto) one stanza with violins and flutes followed by chorus with full choir and instruments. Amma I played my drums wonderfully. At the end of the chorus and every stanza, I played my end drums with a marvellous ringing sound of many bells and it was very grand. Our bass was really powerful and everyone sang their parts well. Between stanzas we sang other choruses also. Steve conducted it wonderfully and we received a tremendous appreciation from the audience at the end. Amma, what a privilege to play and sing before such a huge crowd of redeemed souls and music lovers!.

Many choirs with their instruments came from different parts around that area. Bob (American) and his choir gave a wonderful item with Bob giving beautiful solos in between, with his powerful baritone voice with soft back ground music. His solo was immediately followed by the full choir with all their instruments. Their item was almost similar to ours. Only their drums were different. I was thrilled with delight to hear his remarkable baritone voice which cannot be compared to any one’s voice in Heaven which I heard so far - that is something special, a God-given talent to him. Small children with their drums marched on to the stage. They marched while playing the drums marching sideways, towards the front and the back. It was very charming and they did it uniformly. Also very small kids (3-5) sang in their beautiful baby voices, while bigger children (6-7) played guitar and violin. You must hear it Amma to realise the wonder of it. They sang in unison, but it was uniform and melodious. Several European choirs, African and Indian choirs sang with their different types of drums and instruments in different languages. Margret aunty, her band and her choir also gave an item. It was a long programme, but we thoroughly enjoyed it and it was very fascinating. After the programme, I met Bob and congratulated him. Amma, he just hugged me and kept me like that for a long time telling, “David I wish you were my son”. Amma, the bond of love and friendship is strong and wonderful between us. He asked me to go over to his mansion so that he could teach me to sing solo. I told him, “Bob, I don’t have your wonderful baritone voice to sing like you, even if you teach me”. Finally, we started back home. Frank, my American friend carried the 24 piece drum set, while I carried the two individual drums and also Frank’s pipe instrument and flute. The girls carried their guitars and violins. I expected that our teenagers would make a fuss to carry my drums from my house to steve’s place. so I walked ahead of them, thinking that I could keep them at home and then take them to steve’s room after talking to you. But to my great surprise, they called me and said, “David, David , give your drums. we’ll drop them in steve’s house.” I patted them and thanked them and gave my drums. Now I am at home. I’ll talk to you later. Bye Amma! Kamazh : I read in a book the following incident which took place in world war II. On 10th August 1941, there was a war-ship, (battle- Ship) named ‘Prince of Wales’ near the island Newfoundland which is on the eastern side of Canada. It was a sunday morning. The British Prime Minister Mr. Winston Churchill and the American President, Roosevelt got ready to conduct the morning worship service on the deck of the ship with all the naval forces. At the request of Prime Minister Churchill, the song ‘Onward Christian soliders” was sung by all with great joy and enthusiam. Prime Minister had a wonderful revelation when they were singing that song. He felt asthough, he heard a trumpet sound from Heaven, asking the two Christian nations to save the world which was deteriorating and also to fulfil God’s purpose on the earth. “At the name of Jesus, Satan’s host doth flee; On then, Christian Soldiers, onto victory Hell’s foundations quiver at the shout of praise

Brothers, lift your voices, Loud your anthems raise! Onward, Christian Soldiers! Marching as to war, Looking unto Jesus, Who is gone before”. - S. Baring Gould

2. A Sing-song Worship Service in an auditorium inside a huge Garden 15th June 2004 Isa. 35:10 “The ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come to Zion with singing, everlasting joy shall be upon their heads; they shall obtain joy and gladness and sorrow and sighing shall flee away.” David : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service. We walked along the road infront towards the right of our mansions. After a long way we came across a road, towards our right. We turned in it and walked on a bridge, over the river flowing at the back of our mansions. As we walked along this road we came to a point which was almost at the middle of this river and the lake. At that point, there was another road branching towards our left and we turned in it. We were told later that this road was passing through a colony in between the river and the lake. One row of mansions was facing the river and another row was facing the lake. Each mansion was within a huge area full of beautiful gardens. From the main road we could see the pathways leading into the gardens on both sides. We walked on and on. Then in the front, deep inside a very huge beautiful garden, we saw an enormous, magnificent auditorium. We walked along the main path way and entered those gardens. There were a lot of sub-pathways leading into the different sections of the garden, which had different kinds of beautiful well-arranged flowering plants. Along the edge of all pathways there were fountains soaring up and coming down into a very fine spray of water falling in the sections of the garden and it was a beautiful sight. Then we walked straight and left our musical instruments on the huge platform around the auditorium and went into the gardens surrounding the four sides. On all sides the garden extended as far as the eye could see. We couldn’t see anything else but the flowers of so many lovely shades and of exquisite beauty. At the back of the auditorium, beyond the flowering gardens, we were told, that there was another colony. The mansions there also either faced the river or the lake. After going through the gardens, we came back, took our musical instruments and went inside the auditorium. We went through the extreme left entrance and there, the seats were arranged diagonally, facing the very huge platform. Similarly, the seats were arranged this way on the extreme right as well. In between, the seats were directly facing the stage. There was a huge empty space in the front, below the stage. We sat on the left side seats almost in the front. On the right, there was a large human choir on one side and a human orchestra on the other side. They were singing beautifully with the accompaniment of the

orchestra. People started coming in including many choirs, some with their musical instruments. Suddenly we heard the lovely music of the angel-voices, just above the stage and a very large host of angels descended. The angel choir occupied the left side of the stage and the angel orchestra on the right, leaving the front portion empty. They continued their singing with the accompaniment of the angel orchestra. Then a very glorious radiant white light flashed over the stage and Jesus, accompained by a host of angels descended on the stage. Jesus sat on a bright white throne. It was a glorious sight and the whole auditorium shone with the white radiance. We all stood up and praised the Lord raising our hands, while the angels continued their singing. Then the whole audience sang a praising song, along with the human choir and their orchestra. After the praising song, our programme of singing session started. While one group was singing standing on one side at the front, the next group stood waiting on the other side. Small children groups also sang in their beautiful baby voices. Our group stood on the left side of the front space and sang the anthem “Praise the Lord” with our musical instruments except the drums. Steve couldn’t accompany us. Our orchestra played a prelude first and then we started our anthem. Amma I was extremely happy to conduct the choir. At the middle of the anthem, the girls alone sang ‘Praise the Lord’ twice decreasing the volume gradually and then the whole group played an intertude with all their violins, guitars and pipe instruments. Then again we continued our singing and finally ended with a lovely music by our orchestra. After each item, the whole audience shouted with joy and also praised Jesus. Aunt Margaret and many other choirs gave items. Finally the human choir with their orchestra gave a beautiful item. Jesus, then stood up, raised His hands and blessed us. He appreciated all our items and gave the following message. Jesus : You sing beautifully with great joy and happiness. You must sing your songs of praise, realising the deep meaning of the words with great love and adoration for the Lord. Now I am giving a message to My children on the earth. They also should sing their songs of praises to the Lord, realising the deep meaning of the words with great Love and adoration for their Lord. Then their hearts also will be filled with great joy and happines of the Lord, whatever may be their circumstances. David: As soon as Jesus finished His short and wonderful message, the angel choir sang a song of praise with the accompaniment of their orchestra. Then Jesus, along with the host of angels started ascending. The angels continued their singing as they all ascended slowly with Jesus, who was extending His Hands towards us. Amma we all gazed in wonder as the whole celestial group disappeared from our sight with their sound of music becoming softer and softer and finally stopped. We all stood up, raising our hands and praised Jesus. Our, hearts were filled with great joy and happiness. The audience, then started dispersing. John knows the director of that local choir and also he has many friends and relatives living in that area. So we all went and met them. The choir-director was a tall white man, while the members of the choir and the orchestra were from different races of the world including white people. John introduced each and every one of us. The

choir-director shook hands with me, telling that our item was really wonderful especially because, we sang as well as we played our instruments. He said, “David, you directed your choir wonderfully, and you look very young for your profession”. Many of the choir members also expressed the same remarks about me and I felt so very happy to hear their appreciation. We all had a good time talking with members of that choir. We, then left the auditorium. The sight of people, the white robed throng, going in all the four directions amidst the flowers of many hues, was a wonderful sight. we then took the path way, which directly led us to the river. We walked a long way through the beautiful gardens reached our river and sailed back home by a boat. Amma, you follow the message given by our beloved Jesus to His children on the earth. You try to sing all the praising songs from our hymn books, which you know by realising the deep meaning of each and every word, with great love and adoration for the Lord. Then your heart will be filled with joy and happiness, which the world cannot give. Amma: David, when will you come and take me Home to Heaven? David: Amma, the time is in the Hands of our Lord. Before that you have to fulfil all the works that Jesus has assigned to you. You must write the books and also you must be there to assist appa in his church activities to save souls. Amma, try to be happy, thinking about my happiness in Heaven. Think about my super- brain. I have to learn all branches of medical study. My teachers always say that their knowledge has greatly increased, though they were great experts in their fields on the earth. Because, all their doubts were cleared by the Great Creator, through the still small voice, speaking in their inner soul, whenever they ask for guidance. Amma : David how long will you talk to me my dear son? David : Amma, in our ‘Lord’s prayer’ we say “Give us this day our daily bread” By daily bread, we mean not only physical food, but also spiritual bread. Now our beloved Jesus is giving regular spiritual bread by revealing the wonders of Heaven to you. So, as long as you get physical bread, you will get this ‘Heavenly bread’ too. That is what I think. so be happy amma! Amma : David, periamma has asked me to convey her love to you. Also, please convey our love to both your grand parents and Mamu. David : Amma, please tell periamma that I love her. I love you my dear amma. I’ll convey your love to them . Be happy amma! Bye! “Songs of gladness, never sadness, Sing the ransomed ones in Heaven; Anthem swelling, ever telling, Of the joy of souls forgiven.” - Horatius Bonar

3. Visiting Music Lover’s Colony 19th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Isa. 38:20 “The Lord will save me, and we will sing to stringed instruments all the days of our life at the house of the Lord.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a colony of music lovers. We sailed through our river touching our gardens, towards the right of our mansions. After passing a branch towards our right, which led us to the palm gardens, we saw another branch of the river towards our right. We entered it and after some distance, we saw a branch of this river on our left and we turned in it. This river passed through the familiar surrounding of tall flowining trees for sometime. Then suddenly, the scenery changed to vast stretches of plain ground with green meadows. At the same time, the river entered a beautiful round lake and ended there. We landed at the junction of the river and the lake and walked through a broad road which ran parallel to the lake towards our left. From that road we could see many pathways, leading to the mansions here and there. Those palatial houses were surrounded by picturesque stretches of lake land with green lawns or beds of beautiful flowers blooming in different colours. Those flowers resembled our different varieties of table roses of many colours. We went along the first pathway and reached the first house which was a two storeyed beautiful building. At the ground floor, there was a huge music hall with a stage and many seats were arranged along the walls. There were about hundred people, with different musical instuments. They were playing them with a music director on the stage. Amma, the music was just superb. We went in through the back door and sat on the seats at the back. As soon as a piece of music was over, they turned around waved their hands and they sat on the chairs along the two sides of the hall. John went to the front and shook hands with the music director, introduced us collectively and told them, that we were all great music lovers and we were captivated by their music. The music director said, “The inmates of all the mansions around this lake are great lovers of music. we have a huge choir and we used to practice in the auditorium nearby. Whenever an orchestra or a human choir was needed for worship services in the worship complex, they used to invite us. Our children too used to go to the music complex to learn to play musical instruments and also practise vocal singing. Also we give them training here.” He seemed to know Steve. Then he requested all of us to go to the stage and sing a song for them. There was a piano on the stage. Amma, as usual we sang the, anthem, ‘ The Lord is my shepherd”. It was just wonderful amma. You must hear the shout of appreciation we got from them. I felt the strong bond of music between us the music lovers. They asked for one more song and we sang our, favourite anthem ‘Praise the Lord’. Again there was a great shout of joy. John introduced each and everyone of us. The music director asked me to say a few words about me. I said, “I am David, a medical student from India. I used to teach songs to a very small group of village children who had no taste for music and I used to sing tenor in that small beach village sunday service. My long time ambition was to sing in a big choir and my Lord gave me that chance in Heaven. The music director said, “your choir is wonderful, well-organised and you have given them a perfect training and you all sing with a perfect harmony”. He, then quoted the verse “His Lord said unto him, well done, thou good and faithful

servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord”. (Mathew 25:21) in the parable of talents. Amma, I was so happy to hear his comments, so also the members of our choir. He also invited us to become the members of their orchestra or the choir. At the same time, he told us, that it was better to keep our identity as an ‘excellent small choir’. Amma, we also felt the same way. Finally, we said ‘good bye’ and left them. They gave us directions to go to the auditorium. At that time a girl called ‘Lu’ (An American) volunteered to come with us to show the way. So we all started walking. Lu held my hand and asked me, “David, your choir is just wonderful and perfect. Will you please allow me to become a member of your choir”. Amma, we all were greatly surprised and warmly welcomed her to join us by all means. She was very happy and then, she took us to a grand auditorium with a very large stage and full of comfortable seats. The choir practice was going on with hundreds of members. We sat at the back, watched them for sometime and then left. Lu, then took us to the woods at the back of their mansions, where we saw small small groups of boys and girls practising their musical instruments. We sat on the chairs over a lovely lawn and sang some choruses. Lu, then took us to her own mansion. She said that in every mansion, there would be a music room. In her mansion too, we sat inside their music room. There we met her mother, her five year old sister “Jene” and her aunt. We then sang two anthems, to their great joy and appreciation. We invited the whole family to come and stay with us as our guests, so that Lu could join in our choir practice. They discussed it and promised to come and stay with us immediately, so that we could have a music practice as soon as I came back from my study centre. That used to be our usual time of practice. They gave us some delicious fruit juice. Lu said, “Even after coming back home, I can take a speed boat and reach your place, whenever you go on trips to various places in Heaven.” She was very much excited and we all were glad to have her in our group. My teenage friends jokinlgy told me later, “David, we are jealous of you, since everybody is attracted to you. Some how you have a special charm and attraction for every one-may be your sweet smile and your music talent.”. We, then reached home happily. Lu and her sister accompanied us upto our boat and said ‘good bye’. Amma I am going down to tell ammamma about our trip. Bye amma! “Oh how sweet it willbe in that beautiful land, So free from all sorrow and pain; With songs on our lips and with harps in our hands, To meet one another again.” - Ellen H. Gates

4. Visiting the Office of Music Composers and Poets 25th June 2004 : 10.50 P.M. Ps. 27:4 “One thing have I asked of the Lord that will I seek after; That I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of my life to behold the beauty of the Lord and to inquire in His temple.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a lake near the sea. We sailed through the river touching our gardens towards the right side of our mansions. After a long distance we came to a point, where there was a right branch to this river and we turned in it. After some distance the river joined a vast lake. As our boat entered that long golden waterway which stretched on both sides of the river, a splendid view was seen and we were struck with the beauty of the place. On our side, the river flowed into the lake and on the opposite side, we could see the vast ocean glistening in the golden light. Water from one side of the lake was moving mildly in ripples and flowing into the sea and nearby we could see many small lovely sand dunes with flowering trees. Mighty green woods rose from the other sides of the lake to stretch away right upto the shores of the sea. In those woods we saw trees laden with flowers as well. We sailed towards the left bank of the lake and we saw a wide road touching the lake, and leading into the woods and we started walking along that road, leaving our boat there. We then saw another road crossing this road at right angels and we turned on that cross road to our right. That road ran parallel to the lake. We could see very huge beautiful mansions on both sides of that road deep within the woods with pathways leading from the road. But scarcely a sound of human activity disturbed the silence of nature. On our left, beyond the mansions, we saw lofty mountains covered with trees and small sparkling streams running down along its slopes and forming small pools here and there and we didn’t see any children near the pools. We walked along the road and we couldn’t resist marvelling at the very beautiful scenery and we were thrilled to hear the lovely songs of the birds. We didn’t go near any of those mansion. The road curved slightly towards our right, so that it ran parallel to the curve of that lake. We walked further and further and almost reached the sea where we saw some people getting out of the boats and coming towards us. On our way, we met a middle aged couple and they invited us to go with them to the nearby mansion which was nearer to the sea on one side and to the lake on the next side. It was a three storeyed building, very huge and beautiful with a small garden around it. Otherwise it was surrounded by short trees laden with gorgeous flowers. As we entered the ground floor, we saw many large rooms. They led us into a beautiful music room, with a grand piano in the front and they asked us to occupy the seats arranged there. They introduced themselves as a couple and they were music composers. They said, “This colony of mansions is a guest resort for great writers, poets, song writers and music composers. There are huge halls in all the mansions for conducting conferences for such people and there are many empty, furnished mansions for the guests who come to attend such conferences. All of us have our own mansions at different places in Heaven and many of us

come here regularly to do our work in these beautiful mansions which are situated in a very quiet place of lingering loveliness. In many of the mansions including this you can see great writers, music composers, poets who write on many topices like ‘Messages of Jesus’, ‘Different people in Heaven’, ‘Wonderful places in Heaven’. When we have conferences in music, great music composers like Beethoven and Handel used to participate and a large number of music composers and music lovers used to attend. (Beethoven (1770-1827) German composer. George Frederick Handel (1685-1759) English Composer, born in Germany, German). Our hosts were French people and they were great experts in composing music to the songs written by great authors. They had a huge library with full of music books. The French lady then played beautiful pieces on the piano and they both sang duets at our request. We enjoyed their music very much. John introduced each and everyone of us. They asked us to sing a song. As usual I gave the starting note in the piano and we sang our favourite anthem ‘Praise the Lord’. It was really good. As soon as we finished singing, they appreciated us very much and the lady came to me and pattd on my cheek saying “Wonderful David, wonderful”. John told her, “David is a medical student, but he takes great effort in teaching music to our choir members, since David always tries to attain perfection in everything”. Amma, I don’t deserve such praise. The French lady then said, “I always used to think that doctors are not usually much interested in other activities like music etc. Now I am greatly surprised and I am sure that David is an exception”. Amma I felt so happy since an expert music composer congratulated us. She then asked me to sit near her in front of the piano, while others were talking and laughing with the French man who talked humourously. The lady selected some of the anthems she composed and said, “David, these are small pieces, well suited for a small choir like yours of nearly thirty members”. Also she played some of them and gave me some instructions. She asked me to take those music books to teach my choir members. Since we would not be able to go over there often, she asked me to do the practice at home and after finihsing the first round of practice, she asked us to go over there, so that she could do the final touches to our singing. Amma I felt very glad to sit near her, learn many new things and hear her playing so beautifully. She gave me many music note books and asked John to take more copies for our members (since he is in the information centre) so that it would be easy for us for the first round of singing. We thanked them profusely and climbed to the first and second floors of that mansion. We saw a few men and women sitting here and there on the beautiful balcony overlooking the sea or the lake and writing. We didn’t disturb them, but the view from there was wonderful. When we went to the top of the second floor, we were fascinated by the charming view visible on every side. We then parted from our French music composers with a fond farewell and started for home. On the way we saw many people sitting in one conference hall in the first floor of a huge mansion, which was open on all sides. We silently went in, sat at the back seats and heard many poets reading their poems in different languages and we realised that it was a conference of great poets. As we walked further, in some places, we saw men and women sitting alone and writing something. We didn’t want to

disturb them and so we got into our boat and sailed along the bank of the lake. On the beach side also, we saw people sitting under the flowering trees, over the sand dunes and writing. We saw mansions on the other side of the lake too, deep within the woods. We then returned home singing all along the way. We brought home different varieties of wild fruits which we plucked from the woods. Amma : David what happened to the articles you brought from the goldsmith’s colony the other day? David : Amma, when I came down from my room, I saw Mamu along with his friends running into our home. He divided the crosses and the stars and took one share to Palliyadi grandma. I accompanied him and his friends this time and explained about my trip to grandma. Amma, be happy remembering all my great privileges here in Heaven and my happiness. Bye Amma!

“Jesus, the very tho’t of Thee With sweetness fills my breast; But sweeter far Thy face to see And in Thy presence rest. Nor voice can sing, nor heart can frame, Nor can the mem’ry find A sweeter sound than Thy blest name, O Saviour of mankind. And those who find Thee, find a bliss Nor tongue nor pen can show; The love of Jesus what it is None but His loved ones know.” - E. Caswall

5. Singing in Music Lover’s Colony 17th July 2004 : 11.05 P.M. Is. 38 : 20 “The Lord will save me, and we will sing to stringed instruments all the days of our life, at the house of the Lord.” David : Amma as I told you before, we participated in a music concert in the Music Lover’s Colony, which we visited once. As soon as I reached home form my study centre, my friends said that the music concert would be our next programme. John had asked them to inform me as well as Steve. Immediately we all went to Steve’s mansion and we selected the song ‘Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord’. Amma do you know this song? (I said, “Yes”). It is a beautiful song with wonderful meaning and also it has a marvellous marching tune, which was grand when we played it in our band. First I taught the different parts to my choir members. Since they know this song already it didnt take much time for them to learn their parts. Then it was Steve’s work to introduce the instrumental parts which he did beautifully. The whole piece of music was very grand and superb. First a prelude was played by trumpets alone, which gave an impression of the mighty, sound of the trumpets which will be played

by the angels, during the second coming of our Jesus to the earth. (Later on I (Kamazh) tried to imagine the effect of our Lord’s second coming over the earth with the tremendous sound of the trumpet played by the angels. The mighty power and glory that will be revealed at that time according to the Bible verses in Mathew 24:30, 31 as “...... They will see the son of Man coming on the clouds of Heaven with power and great glory and He will send out His angels with a loud trumpet call”). As soon as the playing of trumpets was over, the whole band including my drums played the tune of the stanza. Immediately after that we all sang the chorus “Glory glory Hallelujah! ...” with tremendous volume and enthusiasm realising the full meaning of the words, with the accompaniment of drums and guitars only. After that we sang the first stanza, which was followed by an interlude by our full band. Like that singing was followed by interludes. Amma it was perfectly organised by our great band director Steve who conducted the whole music piece wonderfully. Our singing with all the four parts was perfect and we blended beautifully. We practised thewhole piece several times. Our new friends Lu and Lynd also joined us. Lu can play violin and flute. Lynd can play a pipe instrument. Amma we enjoyed the practice very much. We then started for that place in our boat with all our musical instruments and we reached the Music Lover’s colony encircling a lovely lake. Our friends’ (Lu and Lynd) relatives were waiting for us near the lake and they took us to lynd’s mansion where she lived with her aunt. In the first floor of their mansion, there was a huge music hall and we had our final practice there. After that we left for the auditorium which was near the mansions of Lynd and Lu. The building was surrounded by a vast ground laid with golden tiles. Beyond the ground were beautiful flower gardens. On both sides of the auditorium small shining streams were flowing, starting from the woods at the back. Even from a distance we saw many choir members standing on the open ground and I recognised my great American friend Bob, the music director of the American choir and orchestra. As soon as he saw me he walked fast to wards me, hugged me and kissed me saying, “What is my precious son David doing all this time hiding from me for such a long time! How I wished to see you, my dear David!” Amma, I was immensely touched by his sincere and great affection for me. Even my friends were surprised at the great friendship between us. Later Steve told me, “David, Bob is a very great and famous music director. He often visits our music complex and gives instructions to other music directors. Only now I know, that you are such a great friend of such a great man. Usually, Bob is somewhat a reserved man. I had never seen him openly expressing his friendship to anybody in the music complex. So you are popular among a lot of people here, apart from our own choir members who adore you”. Amma I am thrilled and very happy to learn about my friend Bob who is such a great musician and director. Then I introduced all my friends to Bob though he met them, when we all went to the American colony once. We then went inside the auditorium. It was an immense building with seats arranged in galleries, facing a huge stage. There were balconics on the three sides with many seats. We went to the front where seats were reserved for all the choirs who participated in that concert. The local large choir occupied the left side of the stage and the local orchestra whom we

met before, were seated on the left side below the stage. Our choir members sat next to the American choir and their orchestra, so that I was able talk with Bob all the time. Bob invited me to go to the music complex so that he could teach me more about conducting a choir. My teenage friends later on told me jokingly, “David we are afraid that the great Bob would rob away our friend David from us”. For that Bob replied jokingly, “In the ten commandments the Lord instructed us not to covet our neighbour’s house, wife, servants, ox, ass etc. But in that group He has not mentioned friends.” We all had a hearty laugh together. Finally, the programme started. First item was given by the local choir and their orchestra which was superb. Then the American choir and their orchestra under the leadership of my great friend Bob, gave their item. Amma, I cannot explain the wonderful powerful baritone voice of Bob, who sang solos in between the music of their choir and with a prelude and interludes by their orchestra. Each note of Bob was flowing on a wave of vitality that the whole auditorium seemed to vibrate. As usual, after each item the whole audience stood up, raised their hands and shouted with joy in appreciation of the item. Ours was the fifth item. As I explained to you earlier, we started our item with the sound of the trumpet and when we finished, we got a great shout of appreciation. When I went back to my seat Bob congratulated me saying “I never thought that my doctor son is such a great musician. You played your drums perfectly and also your choir sings in perfect harmony. I know that Steve would do it perfectly since he is a great band director”. I told Bob, “I enjoyed your item tremendously. I have no words to express the grandeur of your wonderful voice and also the way you sang”. We thanked each other profusely. There were many choir items and also many sang solos and duets. Many orchestras played beautiful musical pieces alone. Though it was a long programme, we enjoyed it thoroughly. They told us that next they would organise a very grand programme and would invite Jesus. After the programme, we all bid a fond farewell to Bob and his choir members. We came out and I promised Bob, that I would some how find the time to meet him in the music complex. Outside we met the French lady, whom we met at the colony of music composers, poets and great writers. She shook hands with me and said, “David your choir item was superb and you played the drums in a marvellous manner and it was just wonderful”. She congratulated Steve and all other members. My friends were telling. “David we can’t understand the secret of your magnetic attraction to everybody both young and old”. Finally, we bid a fond farewell to our friends Lynd and Lu and their family members and started back home singing all along the way. At home I met ammamma. She said that they all went for a worship service in another place and just arrived. Then only I came to talk to you. Do you know what Mamu is doing now? Another small boy also got a drum from somebody. Now Mamu and his friend used to play drums and other small kids often make a ‘Grand march’ in our front road. ‘Amma they play their drums rhythmically and also the smaller kids do their marching

perfectly according to the beat of the drums. I think that somebody is giving them training. Any way it is a wonderful sight amma. I am going down to tell about our programme. Bye amma!

“We lift our eyes by faith and see Glory Land, bright glory Land! Where Christ himself the light shall be, Glory Land, bright glory Land! There songs of praise glad hearts shall sing; The radiant air with music ring; Each voice proclaim our saviour king, Glory Land, bright glory Land”. - Ida G. Tremaine

6. Sing-song Worship Service with Jesus 21th July 2004 : 11.10 P.M. Ps. 105:2, 3 “Sing to Him, sing praises to Him tell of all His wonderful works! Glory in His holy name: let the hearts of those who seek the Lord rejoice!” David : Amma, we had a wonderful singsong worship service with Jesus. We sailed in our river at the back, towards the right side of our mansions. We crossed all the familiar branches of the river and sailed steadily forward. To our great amazement, that river joined an immense lake encircled by lofty mountains. Before joining the lake, the river passed through huge mountain ranges on both sides with streams rippling down along their slopes. As our boat entered the broad golden water way, a splendid view unfolded before us. Across the lake stood an immense magnificent golden auditorium, poised on an elevated place on a mountain. It was oval in shape and it glittered in the goldenlight. On the right side corner of the lovely waterway the river left the shores of the lake and plunged once more into the unknown realm of Heaven. On all the other sides of the lake there were enormous mountains with valleys in between. Numerous streams were pouring into this great water way and we caught glimpses of one row of manions around the lake deep within the beautiful flowering trees. There were mansions on the mountain slopes as well which we could see only from a higher level. Our boat swept across the lake and we reached the mountain on which stood the auditorium in imposing grandeur. From that point, there was a flight of very wide golden steps, leading to the top. The steps were not continuous, but broken by plain grounds at different levels. Almost at the middle, the steps were broken by a very broad road going at right angles with two long and beautiful bridges on its either side. The right bridge was over the river flowing farther away from the lake, connecting this mountain and the next across the river. The left bridge was over a deep valley, through which water was flowing into the lake. After enjoying these beautiful sights, we reached the top. There we heard the refreshing murmuring sound

of rushing water on our left. So we went to the left side of the auditorium, and saw a tremendous falls. The sight of falling water foam and spray backed by the green of the trees was of wondrous beauty. The flowing water then split into two branches. The left branch rushed along the left of the auditorium, flowed beautifully below the bridge and poured into the lake in the front. The other branch ran rapidly along the back of the auditorium and joined the river on the right side of the auditorium. So the auditorium stood on a small island of its own, surrounded by water on all sides. Amma please imagine a large area and the auditorium itself was of tremendous dimensions which had a capacity for the seating of more than three thousand people. We then went within the building. In the front, there was an immense stage occupying 1/3rd of the total space. On the left side of the stage we saw a very large human choir and the right side was occupied by a large human orchestra, which was playing some music. We went and sat almost at the front. On the stage we saw a beautiful throne and behind it, the stage was empty. While we were watching the human orchestra, suddenly we saw an immense angel orchestra at the back of the throne. As soon as they started playing, the human orchestra stopped their performance. All of a sudden Jesus descended on the stage from the top with an angel choir, singing all the way down. They continued their singing which perfectly blended with the angel orchestra. The multitude of the audience atonce rose to their feet, raised their hands and shouted praises to Jesus with great joy. The angels with their orchestra continued their singing for some more time. Then the music programme started. Jesus was sitting on the throne, smiling at all of us. He then extended His right hand pointing towards the human choir. At once the director turned to Jesus, bowed low and and started his choir. They sang a wonderful anthem which was completaly new to us. Later on we learnt that they were all world famous choirs and ochestras conducted by world famous directors and the music was composed by world famous composers like Handel, Beethoven who belonged to the seventeenth century onwards. Amma we were entranced by their magnificent and wonderful performance and we were carried away by its splendour. Before that, when David told me that it was a sing song worship service, I asked him whether their choir gave any item. For that David laughed and said, “Amma don’t forget that I am the director of puthalam village choir in the world and can we go near such great world famous choirs conducted by world famous directors? But I consider that the chance of listening to this programme-in which we heard many of the world famous choirs and orchestras was one of the greatest privileges of Heaven bestowed on us by our beloved Jesus. As soon as the choir ceased singing, the director again turned to Jesus bowed low. Jesus then extended His left hand towards the orchestra. Immediately the director bowed to Jesus and then started his wonderful performance. While they were playing, a new choir appeared on the left side of the stage. Thus the programme was going on. Almost ten choirs and ten orchestras participated in that heart-capturing delightful programme. After each item the audience stood up, raised their hands and shouted their appreciation. Finally the angel choir along with their orchestra gave a wonderful item. Jesus then stood up, extended His hands and we all praised HIm and shouted with joy. He gave a short wonderful message.

Jesus : My Father and Myself love music very much. We have music in nature and My Father created man with a wonderful voice and He gave talents to many human beings to compose music, to sing beautifully and to play musical intruments. Here we heard great musical pieces conducted by great directors. All the talents I gave to My children, while on the earth continue to grow after coming to Heaven. Also I give new talents to my redeemed children in Heaven according to their wish. Our great love for music was shown to the world, by the lovely song of angels at My birth. That sweet strains of joyful music was the very first incident that happened on the earth after My birth. I bless all My children here and I bestow on them more talents in music and also in other fields! David : Amma Jesus then extended His hands and blessed us all. We praised Him in great joy. He then ascended with some angels and others were playing their musical instruments. We were looking up at Jesus. Then when we looked down, the angel orchestra was not seen on the stage. They must have gone through the back. Then the multitude of human souls started leaving the auditorium. As usual we enjoyed watching them going down and dispersing in different directions. They were walking along the roads and bridges on both sides and many sailed on boats. While we were looking at the crowd moving away, we met the French couple, the music composers, whom we met at a colony of mansions within a forest near a lake and the sea, where they have their offices. They only told us that there were about two hundred mansions around the lake and all the world famous music composers and directors were living there. Some of the members of the orchestra and choir were residing there, but many came from other parts of Heaven. Also all the items given in that programme, were composed by the composers after they came to Heaven. The French lady said that she was a member of a French choir, which gave an item. They invited us to their mansion. But we promised to visit them some other time and we parted from them with a fond farewell. Also we recognised some of the members of the music lovers colony among the members of those choirs and orchestra. We then sailed back home, singing all along the way. Amma, we are extremely happy since God has given us such a wonderful opportunity of listening to the items of world famous music artists. Amma, do you know one thing? I told you about the marching of our very small children along our front road shouting with joy to the accompaniment of drums played by Mamu and another small boy. Our girls told us that they were the ones who trained them. They used to teach them choruses with actions and also marching. But it was difficult for me to differentiate their singing from their shouts of joy. Next time, I must listen carefully to know whether they sing any of our choruses. Our girls only gave the additional drum to the other boy and trained them to play the drums rhythmically. Amma, I am going down. I saw ammamma when I came up and I just told her where we went and now only I am going to give her the full details. Bye Amma!

“Where the saints of all ages in harmony meet, Their Saviour and brethren transported to greet; While the anthems of rapture unceasingly roll, And the smile of the Lord is the feast of the soul.” - W.A. Munlenberg

7. Visiting Mansions near huge falls 29th July 2004 : 11.05 P.M. Ps. 104:10 “Thou makest springs gush forth in the valleys: they flow between the hills.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed towards the left of our mansions in the river touching our gardens and reached the lake. From there we turned towards the left and sailed in the same lake. On its rightside, rose a mountain range and we passed the mansions on three levels on those mountains, where we went to sing carols during christmas time. We sailed farther along the right bank and came to a place where we saw another huge mountain range and a magnificent falls flowing from a mountain of very great height. (The height was tremendous as that of a tall radio transmitting tower on the earth). We lingered on our boat for quite sometime to see the falls of wondrous beauty. Then we landed there and climbed over the steps on the right side of the falls and reached a beautiful white marble road which was going around the mountain. On our left we saw elegant mansions studded on the mountain slope, surrounded by lovely gardens. Some of them seemed unoccupied and in some mansions we saw children playing and youth singing within their beautiful gardens. When we reached the opposite side of the mountain, we saw a lovely valley around which mountain ranges with mansions perched on their slopes here and there, rose in inspiring grandeur and beauty. Along the left edge of the road, there were a few people occupying beautiful seats here and there, overlooking the valley and the mountains. Some were writing and a few were painting since it was a glorious place for artists. We just waved to them and walked farther. We wanted to reach the top of the mountain first. When we came to the end of the road near the falls, we saw another flight of steps leading us to the upper road, which again went around the mountain till it reached the falls. From there another flight of steps took us farther up and so on. At one stage we saw the origin of the majestic falls. Water was gushing out from the clefts of the rocks and it was similar to water rushing our from a dam when the shutters were opened. It was a magnificent sight. All along the way, we saw many mansions on the slope of the mountain surrounded by beautiful gardens. Small streams were rippling down along the sides of those mansions. Finally, we reached the top and we were struck with the beauty of the place. There was an immense circular hall, open on all the sides with gold railings and a very high golden tower emerged from that hall. Along the edge of the ground on this summit, there was a row of beautiful flowering trees and the hall was encircled by a very lovely flower garden which stretched upto the flowering trees. We sat there and sang some songs and our voices mingled with the roaring sound of the falls. We spent a long time there enjoying the delightful scenery as seen from the top the majestic falls, the lovely valley and the other mighty mountain ranges.

Then we slowley came down. In the first mansion, we saw small children playing with tiny toy boats by leaving them on the top of a small stream which flowed over a rock. The water carried their boats down to the road from their garden above. We climbed up a few steps and went near the mansion. A man came out of the building and received us and took us inside. The mansion had one floor with a beautiful open veranda on all sides and a sloping roof. We were seated within a round, large music hall, encircled by rooms on all sides, which might have been their bedrooms, dining room, nursery etc. There were more than seventy seats around that hall with a grand piano on one side. That man said, “Many professionals like musicians writers, poets, painters are living in these mountain ranges and our offices are in other parts of Heaven. Most of the residents are great lovers of music. There are many choirs and musical bands around this area and their members are all over the mountains”. Then he went outside and called somebody. A group of youth, both boys and girls came in with their various musical instruments. They were practising music within their garden at the back and we requested them to sing for us. A middle aged lady conducted that choir. There would have been about forty five members. They played prelude and interludes in their instruments and sang very beautifully. We appreciated them with great joy. John, then introduced all of us and told them that we were members of a small choir organised by David, a medical student. As usual, we sang two anthems. We stood up in two rows, treble in the front and others behind them and I gave the starting note in the piano, and we sang our favourite anthem ‘Praise the Lord’, followed by a new anthem ‘King of Kings’. In the second anthem, when two parts sang, others repeated ‘King of Kings’. Like that there were many variations. But all the time some of the parts would be repeating ‘King of Kings’ and it is a very beautiful anthem amma. As soon as we finished, the other choir members shouted with joy and the choir director came and hugged me and said, “your choir is wonderful David wonderful”. She congratulated all our members. Immediately she said, “we’ll be very happy if your choir becomes a member of our musical association called, ‘Deep valley musical association’ in which all the choirs around these mountains are members. We used to conduct music concerts in one large music hall on another mountain. We will inform you about our next concert and you must take part in that. Also there are many guest mansion here and you and your families can use them”. Amma, we were so happy to become members of their association and we gladly accepted their offer. We felt that it was a great honour, because many of their members are members of the famous choirs organised by world famous choir directors. (Amma, do you remember that we attended a sing song worship service in a chapel over a mountain top near a huge lake, where world famous choirs took part) Many of these people are members of those choirs. Then we parted from them with a fond farewell and left their mansion. Outside, our teenagers joined the children in their boat-play. It was difficult for us to make them move from that place. All along the way, children were playing in the thin streams of water flowing along the side of the road with boats and also with beautiful coloured marble pebbles which lay within the beds of those streams. Our girls could not stop their temptation of collecting those pebbles, but they were very naughty girls. Instead of putting them in their own pockets they used to fill my pockets first and then only fill their

pockets. When we came to the end of the road, instead of going round and round along the road, we climbed down through the steep steps near the falls from the top to the bottom. We stood on those steps and it was an awe inspiring experience for us. We stood there and sang choruses, though our voices were drowned by the roaring sound of the falls. Then we glided down and sailed back home joyfully. I stepped out of the boat at the back of my mansion, told about our trip briefly to ammamma and came up to my room to talk to you amma. (When I (Kamazh) conveyed my deep love for my darling boy David, he said as follows.) David : Amma, I know how much you love me. But amma, you must love Jesus the most, since He is the one who gave His life for us and opened the gate of Heaven for us. Amma, I am going down now. Bye Amma! “Pilgrim, in that golden city, Seated in the Jasper throne, Zion’s King, arrayed in beauty, Reigns in peace from zone to zone; There, on verdant hills and mountains, Where the goldon sun beams play, Purling streams, and crystal fountains, Sparkle in the eternal day.” - Sidney S. Brewer

Chapter V CHILDREN IN HEAVEN

1. Children Playing With Animals 20th April 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Isaiah 11:6,7,9 “The wolf shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall be down with the kid, and the calf and the lion and the fatling together and a little child shall lead them. The cow and the bear shall feed; their young shall lie down together; and the lion shall eat straw like an ox. They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountains.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful new experience. We all went by a boat along the river touching our gardens, towards the right side of our mansions. After sailing a long distance, passing mansions of artists etc we came across a branch of the river towards the left. We sailed in it. We were delighted to see many rocks inside the river here and there as well as mysterious tunnels and we enjoyed travelling in a zig-zag manner and sometime through tunnels as well. On both sides of the river there were beautiful flowering trees, mountains with streams flowing into the river. After we travelled a long way we were surprised to see a number of small islands here and there in the middle of the broad river and those

stretched out as far as the eye could see. In each island there was only one beautiful mansion surrounded by a lovely flower garden and the space was just sufficient for that single mansion. They had two floors - ground floor and the first floor. We went to the terrace of one such mansion. People were silting there to watch groups and groups of different kinds of animals on both sides of the river. The trees on the banks were blooming with flowers of different colours and the vast green lawn was inhabited by many groups of small animals. The animals were slightly different from those on the earth. They were similar to our dogs, sheep and even wolves – but shorter with long bushy tails. Many of the mansions were empty. Some of them were occupied by moving populations. They told us that it was a picnic spot for children. First we went along the left bank of the river and we passed 15 to 20 beautiful mansions. As we turned to the other side of the river, an enchanting scene came into view. On the beautiful lawns there were groups and groups of animals playing along with children both very small and big. Amma we used to see two cats playing together with all their four legs entangling with each other. In the same way, small children were lying down near the animals and playing with them with their hands and legs with such shouts of joy! What a lovely sight amma! Our teenagers just jumped out of our boat and they also joined the group. They were sitting near the animals and started playing with them. The animals were not at all afraid of us. We also sat near them and patted them on their back. The sight and this experience of mingling with the small animals of Heaven was wonderful. They said that groups of children used to go there one after the other and this place was one of their most enjoyable picnic spots. What a fascinating sight amma! Also there were beautiful shining streams flowing down into the river, starting from the far off mountains and children were enjoying themselves by splashing water every where and shouting with joy. Amma just think of children’s happiness and joy in Heaven. I think Mamu and his group must have visited this place. Often he used to say that they went for picnics and played with animals. After a long time we returned. In some of the mansions they were making beautiful mats in different colours with colourful reeds growing along the banks of the river. They gave us some of those mats as presents. Our girls collected them gladly for our museum. Finally we said goodbye to those playing children and also adults from those mansions and came back home. Amma I am talking from my room and somebody is calling me. am going down amma. Bye! “Joy bells ringing, Children singing, Heard their Voices loud and clear, Breaking o’er us, like a chorus, From a purer, happier sphere”. 2. A Worship Service Where Jesus Blessed The Children

So I

24th April 2004 Mark 10:14,15 “Let the children come to Me, do not hinder them; for to such belongs the kingdom of God. Truly, I say to you, who ever does not receive the kingdom of God like a child shall not enter it. And He took them up in this arms laid His hands on them and blessed them.” 8.45 P.M. David : Amma our group is returning from a wonderful worship service. We are walking along the road singing and a group of our children are walking in the front shouting with joy. I’ll talk to you as soon as I reach home. 9.15 P.M. Amma just now I got home after attending a wonderful blessing ceremony for children. We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards right and then sailed along the front river in three boats - our youth group in one, children in another and some adults in the third. We crossed the palm grove island, saw the two towns on either side of the river and passed the huge lake with the golden cathedral. We sailed on for some more time and reached a huge colony where the mansions spread out on both sides of the river. On our left side we saw mansions on different levels around the slope of a beautiful hill. When we saw a broad golden road leading from the river to the hill, we stopped our boat and started climbing that road. There were broad golden roads passing at right angles to this main road at different levels connecting the mansions and going around the hill to the back side as well. We learnt that there were mansions there too. The mansions had two floors (ground floor and first floor), with sloping roofs and they looked beautiful. The main road had steps at some places and then we had to walk along a plain road and climb the next steps and thus it was going to the top. The steps and the whole road were made of shining gold and water was rippling down in a thin transparent stream along the road, the golden steps and along the sides over the golden slopes as well. On the way we saw large number of children in groups coming up with flowers in their hands and shouting with joy. Also we saw hosts of angels floating over and descending into the chapel. When we reached the top, there was a huge plain ground, the floor of which was completely laid with gold. We saw flowering plants well-arranged in beautiful golden edged white marble flower-pots. At the centre there was a huge grand chapel – oval in shape with an awe – inspiring oval - shaped dome above in blazing gold and at its center there was a huge and very high tower, (like a radio tower on the earth) which was also made of gold. The walls of the chapel were outlaid with white glazed marble tiles edged and decorated with gold. It was very beautiful. A sparkling stream was flowing along the two sides of the chapel and it was running down along the golden slope.

Finally we entered the chapel. The view of the interior was exquisitely lovely. Seats were arranged in the form of a gallery. We saw within more children than adults. There was a very beautiful high altar in front. We saw a big human choir on the left and an angel orchestra with various golden musical instruments on the right – both groups below the altar. In the front there was a host of tiny baby angels with golden bells in their hands. The human choir was singing with the accompaniment of the angel orchestra. The children in the front were shouting with joy. Then suddenly a bright light flashed on the altar. Jesus, with a host of angels descended with a tender smile on His radiant face looking down at the children with great love and affection. We all stood up and praised Jesus. But the children’s baby voices dominated. We all sang together a praising song. Amma I cannot explain in words the great volume of the superb music filling the whole chapel. When Jesus extended His two hands over the children in the front, a glorious radiant light flowed from His hands and its glow covered all the children who raised their hands with flowers and shouted in great joy. Then Jesus gave His message. Jesus : I loved children while I was on the earth. Always there used to be a great crowd of children around me. Here also I love children very much and I am happy that we have a great crowd of children in Heaven. I love them for their pure innocent love, simple all-believing (child – like) faith and their abundant marvellous happiness. In the world I want my followers to have such love, faith and happiness. Here in Heaven you must give more importance to children, love them and make them more and more happy! David : As soon as Jesus gave His glorious message, all the children shouted with joy, while the baby angels rang their golden bells. We were filled with a jubilant joy and we saw a great tender joyful smile on the glorious face of our beloved Jesus. As we all sang songs of praises, Jesus ascended followed first by the host of tiny angels with their glittering golden bells. Then all the other angels followed them and finally the angel orchestra ascended. We were delighted to see the ascension of Jesus. Then our children streamed out of the chapel shouting with joy and holding their lovely flowers. We saw many adults patting them and hugging them with great love. Then all of us came out and saw the children going down. They were enjoying themselves over the golden roads and the steps by splashing water everywhere. It was a wonderful sight to see them in groups holding the colourful blossoms and going along the different roads branching out from the main one. Many of them were climbing down and getting into their boats – all the way shouting with joy! Finally we also got into our boat and sailed on. On the way many boats turned to the right and left in different branches of this river, to reach their respective homes. Only a few boats went straight along the river. When we reached our place we got down and walked along the road singing joyfully. Amma all our members love music and so we sing whenever we can possibly do so. Now I am in my room. Mamu is speaking with ammamma joyfully downstairs. I am also going down. Amma this message of Jesus should be

very meaningful to you also. You also must special privilege Jesus has given you.

have a child like faith in the

When I went down after talking to you last time, I saw Mamu spreading all the things on the table and dividing them to give a share to Palliyadi grandma. He kept a bangle and a bracelet too saying that it was for samples to show her and she might give them to others, After showing me the articles be put (almost half) them in one bag and got ready to go to Palliyadi grandma. He told me, “David, you go to your study centre and come. I am taking these to grand ma” Then he ran away with the bag, with his friends. When I came back from my study centre, I saw Mamu playing with the golden play – boats with his friends. The boats were sailing along the river one with fruits, another with flowers and another boat containing precious stones and gold nuggets. Mamu and his friends were floating behind them. What a wonderful life!. Be happy amma! Bye! “Little children I see standing close by their King, And He smiles as their song of salvation they sing.” - P.P. Bliss

3. Playing with children Ist June 2004 : 9.50 P.M. Ps. 84:1,4 “How lovely is Thy dwelling place O Lord of hosts! Blessed are those who dwell in Thy house, ever singing Thy Praise.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful time with children in an island surrounded by a river. We sailed towards the right of our mansions in our river at the back. We passed many branches of the river and finally passed the spot from where the river branched, which led us into the Horticulturists colony. We sailed farther and found a branch at the left and entered it. Amma the sight was wonderful. On both sides of the river an infinity of sand, marble rocks and hills of different colours, stretched as far as the eye could see. (Similar to Muttom beach) we were fascinated to see numerous falls, of which some directly flowed into the river and some were a little bit away from the edge of the river. So they were flowing over the rocks at the bottom, bouncing beautifully in all directions and the frothing water was flowing into the river. Since the water was transparent and was flowing over marble rocks of different colours, we had the enchanted view of water rippling down in different colours in different sections on both sides of the river. This beautiful picture as well as the sound of the falling, and rushing waters was just marvellous. We enjoyed this lovely view for a long distance. We then saw the branching of the river on both sides. leaving a huge island in between. At the same time the beautiful falls from rocks and hills continued. The island was looking beautiful with flowering trees which were both tall and short and so we couldn’t see much from the river. But we caught glimpses of mansions through the green of the drooping branches of the trees laden with blossoms of exquisite beauty. We went along the left

branch of the river and saw many children climbing up and down over the steps, leading from the garden into the river. They waved their hands and we also greeted them. We wanted first to go round the island and so we went around and entered the right branch of the river and there we saw beautiful wide marble steps leading up into the island. We left our boat there and went inside. There was one layer of flowering trees along the edge of the island touching the river. Also we saw reeds of different colours along the banks of the river and there was a broad road next to the flowering trees going around the island. we saw very beautiful mansions deep within huge gardens. We went into the first garden, which had a row of trees laden with flowers of golden hue and the garden was full of flowering plants and beds of flowers of the same colour intermingled with green ferns of different types with very beautiful leaves. Also there were golden coloured reeds in that lovely garden. We were fascinated to see water flowing from clusters of different coloured marble rocks, which was a natural water resource for the garden. Water was gushing out of the clefts of those rocks and filling the whole place. The plants were within one to two inches of water. The overflowing water joined the river from all over the place. Though the whole area was filled with water, it was not marshy. The whole ground of the island was glowing with coarse white sand and marble pebbles of different colours. There was a net work of pathways, one leading to the mansion in the middle and others leading into the flower-beds. We stood there for sometime and watched the wonderful beauty of the whole place. By that time a white man came out of the beautiful mansion to receive us. The walls, roof and floor of that mansion were laid with glazed marble tiles of golden colour. It had a sloping roof and a very wide veranda. There were many cane chairs and men and women were sitting on them and also on the floor and they were making very beautiful flower – baskets using the reeds from their gardens and they were arranging the flowers and ferns in those baskets. The flowers were completely new to us, since they were growing in water-filled beds. They were all skilled workers in arranging flowers. Even the baskets were completely different. They made them with green and golden coloured reeds. The upper ends of the reeds were projecting and they were interwoven with thin golden ribbons. Also at the top edge, they slightly curled the reeds and the golden ones looked like natural flowers and the green looked like green leaves. They made the flower baskets in different sizes. They were making very small baskets with flowers, fixing heavy marble stones at the bottom. They could be used as beautiful paper weights. Some were very huge baskets decorated with different types of flowers – some with handles and some without handles. The whole place looked like a beautiful garden with these flower laden baskets. They offered those cane chairs for us to sit and we enjoyed looking at their way of making baskets and arranging the flowers. They promised to keep some samples of different kinds of baskets with different flowers for us, so that we could collect them on our way back home. They said, “If you go straight through the river, you will arrive at a big lake around which is a town with a chapel, mansions and shopping complex mainly for baskets with flowers. We used to carry the finished products in our boats to the shopping complex, leave them there and get back other articles like gold for our use. Also we attend the worship service when Jesus comes to the chapel”.

We sang a few choruses which they enjoyed and appreciated us for singing those songs. We then left them and started visiting other mansions along the road. The next mansion had a garden of pink flowers and it was made of pink marble tiles. In other mansions, we saw flowers of all colours in their gardens. But everywhere, the plants were growing in water-filled beds and water was gushing out from marble rocks here and there. On our way we met a Korean family and then we met a black American. The American said, “The inhabitants of this island are from different countries of the world and from different back ground. Some of them are skilled workers and professionals in arranging flowers and some are not. But they learn flower arrangement from the skilled workers. There are all kinds of people, both rich and poor, educated and uneducated. So our island is really a cosmopolitan one and we live in peace and all our children play together. People from the empty mansions must have gone to the shopping complex with their children and neighbours, to deposit their finished products. They enjoy such trips. All the inhabitants whom we visited offered us samples of their products and we promised to collect them on, our way back home. Then we went around the other side of the island where we saw children playing along the river banks. As soon as they saw us all the children gathered around us, including some adults. They all took us to a beautiful ground laid with marble tiles. There were many seats both big and small arranged in circles. We were all seated there and the children sat on the small chairs. On that side also there were many mansions deep within very beautiful gardens filled with water from the marble rocks. We didn’t go inside all those mansions. But people came out and joined us in their meeting place. Seeing the great number of children, our teenage girls were very much excited and they started their usual entertainment which was specially meant for children. Amma, as I told you, our girls are really talented in entertaining the children with their wonderful stories which they tell them dramatically and make them laugh, Also there are some special songs in which they make noises like birds and animals similar to the song like “old Macdonald had a farm”. Here also our girls taught them some action songs, arranging them in a huge circle. When our girls made noises like that of animals and birds it was so natural that everyone was surprised by their real talent and the children laughed loudly. Then they taught the children also to sing those songs with similar sounds. The children couldn’t exactly do like our girls and the sounds, the children produced made all of us to burst into laughter so loudly. We all enjoyed that session to the maximum. We couldn’t help laughing loudly and continuously. So the whole island was filled with the happy sound of children laughing as well as all the adults present there. They didn’t want us to leave. They asked us to stay for a longer time with them. Then our girls told them that some of the senior members of our group had other works. They pointed me and said that I was medical student all the time doing some kind of action, putting their two fingers into their ears as though using a stethoscope. So also they told that John would be busy in the information centre and others in their respective jobs. Thus they explained with actions our works and said that we could not spend more time with them. Before we left, adults brought many beautiful different types of flower baskets with different coloured flowers. The children and

some adults carried them and followed us to the opposite side of the island where we left our boat. All along the way the children shouted with joy singing in a funny way, the funny songs, our girls taught them, making us laugh all the way. Finally we collected more baskets from the first few mansions, we visited and kept all their presents in our boat. Then we parted from them, with a fond farewell. The children shouted at the top of their voices. We sailed back home slowly enjoying the beautiful falls over the coloured marble rocks, all along the way. Near our mansions, adults and all our children gathered around, hearing our joyous sounds of singing and laughter. Children were jubliant seeing the different kinds of baskets with beautiful flowers which were completely new to us. Amma, my friends are so considerate. In the boat itself, they filled two baskets for me with smaller flower baskets with various types of flowers and baskets. John and other girls took one such big basket filled with different smaller pots each. So I came home directly while our children followed the girls carrying the many flower filled baskets. I don’t think that Mamu would return home now, because there would be lots of stories to hear about the children of that island and how they taught them action songs and how they sang them. Our teenage girls are the best actors especially to act for the children. Amma, we really had a wonderful time laughing all the time. Now I am in my room. I’ll rest for sometime and then go down. I already kept the two baskets down at the back portico. Be happy amma! Bye amma! “There is a land of pure delight, Where saints immortal reign; Eternal day excludes the night, And pleasure banish pain. There everlasting spring abide, And never with‘ring flowers’, Death like a narrow sea, divides. This Heavenly land from ours”. - Isaac watts

4. Worship Service For The Children 3rd June 2004 : 10.10 P.M. Dueter. 4:10 “Gather the people to me, that I may let them hear my words, So that they may learn to fear me all the days that they live upon the earth and that they may teach their children so.” David : Amma, we had a very wonderful experience in a worship service. We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the right and turned left into another broad road which was at right angles to our road. We walked along that road, enjoying the beautiful gardens all along the way. We, then passed the open – air worship place with galleries and walked straight. After a long distance, we came to a very beautiful round chapel with a lovely garden around it. The sides of the chapel were open surrounded by short golden railings. The roof was shaped like that of a tent (cone shaped) on delicate pillars – very high at the centre and sloping on all sides. The roof and floor were made of shining white marble tiles with more of gold decorations. The interior of the chapel was bathed in an intense golden light coming from the top. The stage was in a semicircle with very beautiful and delicate golden curtains,hanging in shining folds from the top to the bottom. A rich intense golden light pervaded the stage. There were no seats. A human choir of about 150 members were standing at the left below the stage, facing sideways and singing many beautiful anthems. The gardens surrounding the chapel were made of different sections leading like a ray of light projecting from the chapel. They were narrow near the chapel and as they spread out their areas increased. They were almost like the shape of triangles (isosceles) with pathways in between, which were made of the same type of white marble tiles decorated with gold. Since the sides of the chapel were open, we were able to see the beautiful garden while sitting inside the chapel. The sight of people coming along the many pathways was beautiful to look at. After sometime when we looked around we saw rows and rows of angels standing along the sides of all the pathways. There was a large crowd of children in the front holding flowers in their hands. Then all of a sudden an angel orchestra with all their musical instruments burst into view at the two sides of the stage. We didn’t know from where they came. Immediately they started playing their instruments and the human choir stopped singing. As we were enjoying their performance we saw an intense golden light coming from the main entrance and falling on the stage. Jesus came in with a host of angels from the main entrance and we all stood up praising Him with loud shouts of joy. He glided over the stage and sat on the golden throne in the front and the angels who accompanied Him occupied the back portion of the stage. We all were praising Him including the children. Then suddenly the angel orchestra started playing a beautiful prelude for the song “All hail the power of Jesus name”. Though the angels did not play the tune, it perfectly matched for starting the song. At the end of the prelude, the human choir and the whole audience started singing that song

in the tune where ‘crown Him’ was repeated. The volume was tremendous and the effect of the singing along with the angel orchestra was perfect. After each stanza, the angel orchestra played an interlude. We were thrilled by the effect. As soon as we ended the song, Jesus stood up with extended Hands and we all praised Him raising our hands. Then Jesus started His message, first talking with the children in the front. Jesus: I used to love children while I was on the earth and now I am so happy to see the smiling faces of the big crowd of children in Heaven, David: Amma, Jesus asked several wonderful questions to the children like, “You are holding beautiful flowers, who made them all?” The children shouted “Jesus! Jesus!”. Then Jesus asked “Who made the beautiful gardens, birds, rivers and mountains?”. Again they shouted “Jesus! Jesus!”. Amma, children seem to know only Jesus and they have no idea of ‘ The Almighty Father. Then Jesus blessed them. Afterwards He addressed the audience at the back and talked wonderfully with a smiling face and I can say jovially. He first asked the parents of those children present, to raise their hands. Along with them, He asked the grand parents, brothers, sisters aunts and uncles to raise their hands. Almost half the audience raised their hands, including some of our friends. Amma, I didn’t raise my hand since I was not sure whether Mamu was there or not. Jesus: You, parents are free from the tedious task of looking after your children in Heaven – no more babysitting – no more sleepless nights – no more nursing the sick children as you used to do on the earth. (All of us laughed when Jesus made those comments.) So you are very happy now. But do you care for their spiritual growth in Heaven? Do you find out whether your children know about My life on the earth, the miracles performed by Me, the parables I told while I was on the earth? Since Satan is not here in Heaven, your children do not have the bad characters of telling lies disobedience, stealing, using bad words etc. They are having the Heavenly characters, since they are in Heaven. But do you care for their spiritual growth? I want them to attain all the ‘Fruits of the spirit and to attain perfection in those characters. What are you doing for that? I appreciate now, all my Missionaries here for going to many places in Heaven and teach the children of non-Christian parents and un-believers, about Me and the scripture. Many of you visit children of uneducated parents who had no chance of getting such training on the earth. I bless such people. But what about your own children and children in your neighbourhood? I want you to start such children ministry from now onwards. Jesus asked all of us to stand and to raise our hands to promise Him to start such work among our children. David: We all stood up raised our hands and said, “ Amen, amen.” Jesus then said, “I am also conveying this message to earth to concentrate more on children ministry”. Then immediately the angel orchestra started playing and after the prelude, the choir along with the audience sang, “Jesus loves the little children” (Gospel hymns: No.166) Amma, please look into the hymn books

for words. You may not know this song. As we were about to close the song, Jesus along with the angel orchestra and other angels ascended and left the stage. The angels along the pathways also disappeared. After that, the children streamed out with a shout of joy and then the adults left. Atlast we also came out. On our way back home we discussed how to implement the request made by Jesus for teaching our children. We felt, that everybody should do something on our part. I told our teenagers to start this work by gathering them on our lawn near the museum or on the small island surrounded by stream and to teach them action songs and to tell them stories in their own dramatic way. That would make them laugh and they would start enjoying these sessions – not very long ones. Then we could collect picture story books from our friends and other shopping complex and could start telling stories. Some girls said that they were willing to teach choruses and musical instruments. They wanted me to tell stories to children since they said that I was good in doing that wonderfully. Anyway we decided to start these sessions during the time we all meet for our usual get together. Then they will continue to do that by and by. Amma, you also try to do something among our Sunday school children at Puthalam and other small churches with very small children. First you start collecting Bible story pictures and start the work. I think ammamma tells stories to Mamu and I must ask him how much he knows, when I meet him next. Bye amma!. “Jesus lives forever and ever In His Home with children sweet, Oh how happy we shall be From sad heart forever free, Jesus with His little children joyfully”. - Unknown

5. Children And Missionaries 5th July 2004 : 10.45 P.M. John 21:15 “Jesus said to Simon Peter “Simon, son of John, do you love me more than these?”. He said to Him “Yes Lord; you know that I love you”. He said to him “Feed my Lambs.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to an island forest surrounded by sea. We reached the sea by our usual route. From the sea we turned left and sailed upto the children’s mansions near the shore. From that point we turned at right angles to the shore line and sailed away from the shore. From a distance, we saw a huge forest floating over the sea, around which the sea was studded with small islands of beautiful rocks and flowering trees. Only when we sailed around the forest, we found that it was a huge island forest completely covered with tall green trees and not land across the sea. The dense veil of the forest was torn aside to reveal a beautiful broad road leading into the forest. we left our boat there and walked along the road, which was laid amidst green trees flowering bushes and meadows carpeted with wild flowers. The silence of the forest was broken by the sweet songs of birds, swarming around the trees. We walked a long distance before coming to a cross road and we turned left in the road, and we saw mansions here and there on both sides of this road, deep within the forest. We then saw a pathway on our left and we walked along it and the first mansion was a huge, building with one floor, a sloping roof and a wide veranda surrounding the whole structure. We saw there many children in the age groups of nine to thirteen, sitting on the veranda and looking through picture books. We saw a young white lady, sitting near the children in a low chair and talking with them. As soon as she saw us, she rose up from her chair and welcomed us with a smile on her face. She explained about the inhabitants of that island. She said, “There are many mansions on both sides of the road where more than one hundred tribal children from different parts of the world are living. These children came from very back ward tribal areas and so their. I Q was very low and they haven’t heard about Jesus at all. Now they are living in the midst of about thirty very young Missionaries both men and women who were either dedicated to go as Missionaries or were working as Missionaries among very backward tribes, only for a short time on the earth. We were called to our Heavenly Home at a young age to the great shock of our parents, friends and other Missionaries. Some of us died of infectious diseases while working or death was caused by poisonous creatures like snakes. Naturally our parents, relatives and friends could not have understood the will of the Father in calling us Home, in the midst of our missionary work, which we were doing with so much enthusiasm and zeal. But now you see the purpose of our Father, which is to teach thousands of such tribal children in Heaven about Jesus. Even the very name of Jesus was unknown to them on the earth. Here we teach them about Jesus with the help of picture books and charts about Jesus. We also teach them music, handicrafts etc. we stay in our own mansions here and most of our parents and relatives are living at other parts of Heaven and we often go to them, spend sometime with them and come back here to continue our missionary

work. We enjoy this work very enthusiasm. So our Father’s will which we were committed while extremely happy to do that work Missionary on the earth”.

much and we are doing it with great is to continue our missionary work for we were on the earth. Now we are without the danger and sufferings of a

She, then took us inside that building, where there were huge halls, where young Missionaries were teaching children with the aid of huge charts, fixed on the walls of the rooms. All the Missionaries, then took us to their mansions. Along the way, we saw children in groups, playing with great joy. Among the children we could see all the races of the world. In one of the mansions of those Missionaries, we saw a huge central conference hall with many seats. The hall was surrounded by their bed rooms. In that conference hall, we saw many young Missionaries seated and involved in discussions. Most of them were white people. They welcomed us gladly and we all occupied the seats there. John then introduced all of us. He introduced me as a dedicated Missionary doctor who was willing to work as a doctor in a very backward area in India. They were very happy to hear about me and said that I belonged to their group of Missionaries and they would be glad to welcome me to join them. My younger friends whispered to me, “David please don’t leave us to join them”. John then told them, “David has other works to do in Heaven. He is continuing his medical education in Heaven, he teaches us music and we have a choir and musical band. Also we visit many places in Heaven and David is revealing about them to his Mom on the earth and she is writing a book. So I am sorry that it will not be possible for David to join you. But we’ll try to come here often”. My friends were greatly relieved to know that I was not joining that great Missionary group. They then sent word to other Missionaries and children to join us in their auditorium at the end of the road. All of us then went to the auditorium and saw all the tribal children. The Missionaries were about thirty, ten men and twenty women. We had a wonderful get together at the auditorium with a large stage in the front. Different groups of children sang choruses to the accompaniment of instruments played by the Missionaries. We then gave our programme singing and other interesting items like skits and mimicries by our teenagers, which made the children laugh and they enjoyed those items very much. Then the children were sent to play at the huge pool of water, behind the auditorium. We saw the pool later, water was flowing from the nearby rocks, filling the pool and the over flowing water ran as streams and joined the sea. Then all the Missionaries and our group sat on the stage in a big circle and talked about all of us. Their witnesses were wonderful to hear. They invited us to go there with our musical instruments and entertain them. They gave us delicious bunches of grapes like fruits which were of different colours like deep red, yellow, green, violet and orange and we ate them with great relish. We then visited the pool at the back and saw a huge crowd of children playing inside the pool. The Missionaries said, “We used to take these children to the nearby islands by boats. Sometime we all swim across the sea which they enjoy extremely”.

We invited them to our place sometime. They gave us a few baskets full of those grapes like fruits and all of them accompanied us to the boat. We thanked them and parted from them with a fond fare well and sailed back home singing all along the way. Amma, can you realize the will of the Father to call those Missionaries young to Heaven? Since they have more important work in Heaven and also since young people only can do the work with much enthusiasm and energy, they were called Home young. Be happy amma! Bye! “ Little children, little children, Who love their redeemer, Are the jewels, precious jewels, His lov’d and His own Like the stars of the morning, His bright crown adorning, They shall shine in their beauty, Bright gems for His crown”. - W.O. Cushing

6. Children In A Mountain Resort 19th July 2004 : 10.55 P.M. Psalms 72:3 “Let the mountains bear prosperity for the people, and the hills in righteousness.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed along the river touching our gardens, towards the right of our mansions. After passing all the familiar branches, we entered a left branch of this river, which was fenced in on both sides by the usual scenery of flowering trees. Suddenly the river flowed in between ranges of enormous and lofty golden coloured marble mountains and rocks. The slanting rocks standing on both sides almost touched each other at the top with a narrow gap in between. A very fine golden spray of water, which shone beautifully from a distance, enveloped us. Sailing under the fine spray was a thrilling experience for us and everybody shouted with joy. We felt as though we sailed through a tunnel and our teenagers were making all sorts of funny noises and we all laughed and enjoyed the trip. After a long time we saw a flight of beautiful wide golden steps at our left, between two huge mountains, which led us to the heights above. The sight there was breath-taking amma. The area on the top was vast with a broad road running along the edge of the mountains on both sides (left and right) of the steps. Beyond the road we saw a lovely lake which lay in a basln of the same golden coloured marble mountain and so the lake glittered like glassy molten gold. The lake was surrounded by clusters of such golden coloured marble rocks here and there decked with green ferns intermingled with lovely wild flowers. This scenery stretched in a vast area around the lake. We saw such clusters within the lake and also at its centre. There were a large number of one seater golden boats floating on the lake. There was some kind of boat riding entertainment going on, in which many youth sailed in a line one after the other. Suddenly they started

sailing two by two, holding their hands, stretching out their hands uniformly as though they were doing a mass drill. Then suddenly all the boats formed a circle with the sailors holding their hands. Sometime they sang songs as well. They were doing some kind of drill uniformly as they were sailing around the large lake. It was similar to the feats shown by one wheel cyclists in a circus. There were beautiful steps all around the lake and people were sitting on them and also on the central rocks, watching the feats done by the youth, both boys and girls. When one group finished their treat, another group started their feats. It was interesting to look at their acts. While the road ran along one side of the lake, we could see beautiful mansions on the other side of the lake, studded amidst clusters of rocks with lovely flowers. First we thought of visiting the mansions before joining the spectators of the special boat entertainment. We walked some distance and climbed down the beautiful steps and reached the first mansion. All the mansions were also built by the same kind of golden marble stones surrounded by flowering plants in golden pots. In the first two storeyed building we saw a couple. They said that they were very old. But they looked like persons around the age of fifty only. In Heaven nobody looks very old. He told us that he was a German. His language was translated in English and his name sounded as Samuel in English. He took us to the terrace of his first floor. The view of the back side of the mansions was very beautiful. From the main road, there were many side roads turning to the right and there was a network of pathways leading to each mansion and also to the distant clusters of golden marble rocks here and there surrounded by flowering trees. We saw people walking here and there and some of them carried baskets strapped at their backs. Samuel told us that they were bringing blocks of golden marbles to their work-shops to do various articles in them. Small streams of water were starting from the distant rocks, flowing over the pathways and other grounds and finally joining the lake. We saw a large number of children sitting inside the water and playing with golden marble cubes. We then climbed down and Samuel took us to the next mansion through his back yard. There we saw many people belonging to the different races of the world, making very beautiful golden marble tiles in different shapes-square, rectangle and hexagon. They were embedding sparkling gems in those tiles. Also they cut the marble in very small cubes and decorated them with precious stones. Children were waiting near them to collect the cubes for playing. All of us sat near them, watching them doing the wonderful work. They promised to make small tiles of various shapes, embedding different kinds of gems in them, for us to take home. There were many beautiful carry-baskets of different sizes made of golden reeds. They said that they used to collect the baskets and gems from other colonies. They would take the finished products to the shopping complex. We then left them promising to collect their presents on our way back home. Samuel, then took us to the nearby mansions. Some of them were empty. He said that they would have gone either to do their work or to watch the boat entertainment. In one mansion we heard instrumental music and we went in. There, a group of people were practising music with many musical instruments. It was some kind of English music but though the melody was unfamiliar to us, it was very lovely to listen. They told us that they were

going to have a music concert in their community hall and they were practising for that. We got a guitar from them and sang a few choruses. They enjoyed our singing and appreciated us profusely. We then visited such music groups with different kinds of drums and other instruments. We went into another mansion where small girls in the age group of four to six were practising some kind of drill and actions according to the music played by adults. A young lady was teaching them the actions. There we spent some time, since our girls entertained them with their usual funny action songs and mimicries. The children enjoyed it immensely and laughed loudly. When we left, all those children followed us holding the hands of our teenagers. In another mansion, youth, both boys and girls were practising some plays on Bible stories. They were practising for the variety entertainment in their community hall. As a whole there were a large number of children and youth in that mountain place. We realized that people with many children selected that area as their residence because it is a wonderful place for children and youth. Samuel then showed us their community hall. It was open on all sides, with a short parapet wall and a stage in the front. The sloping roof, walls and floor were laid with those lovely golden coloured glassy marble tiles. He said that they used to go to a huge chapel in another colony nearby for worship services with Jesus. Then we went and sat on the steps around the large lake watching the wonderful boat entertainment along with the children who accompanied us. Our teenagers were reluctant to leave the place. Samuel told us to come some other time with all our children who would enjoy the place tremendously. Finally we came back to the working place to collect our presents. I look two small baskets and collected many cubes for Mamu and some sample tiles and a few paper weights. Our younger friends started collecting many things. I told them to be sure of carrying those baskets by themselves. They said, “yes” and collected many baskets full of different beautiful articles. In the end we thanked the workers and Samuel profusely and left for home. On half way itself, our younger ones managed to shift their baskets to older girls and boys. One girl came to me and pleaded, “Sweet darling boy David, please carry my bags for me”. “Amma it would be very difficult to refuse them. Though they were not very heavy, they enjoyed swinging both their hands and collecting wild flowers on the way. They are very clever to call us by very endearing names and any way finally would manage to make us carry their baskets. I carried three more baskets along with my two. Then we climbed down those steps and sailed through the spray of golden water and reached home singing all along the way. At home the children came to receive us and they carried the baskets to the museum. I came home with my two baskets which I left downstairs. Mamu won’t come now. He will be there listening to the stories of our trip and to see the things we brought. Our friends are very generous. Even though they know that I have many things for Mamu and his friends, they would give at least one article to each one of them. Amma I am going down to tell everything to ammamma. Hope she is there.

Amma be happy! Please tell periamma also to be happy, after hearing all the wonderful happiness of Heaven. Bye amma!

“They tell me of a land so fair, unseen by the mortal, eye, Where spring in fadeless beauty blooms, beneath unclouded skies, O Land of light and love and joy, where comes no night of care, What will our song of triumph be, when we shall enter there”. - F.J.Crosby

7. Worship Service For Children 27th July 2004 : 11.10 P.M. Mat. 19:14,15 “Jesus said, Let the children come to me and do not hinder them; for to such belongs the kingdom of Heaven” and He laid His hand on them and went away.” David : Amma we attended a wonderful worship service. We walked along our road in the front towards the right of our mansions. Then we turned on the left road and reached the river and sailed towards the right. After passing the familiar mansions chapel etc, we sailed farther down. After quite sometime, from a distance, we caught glimpses of a wonderful white marble mountain range studded with mansions made of golden coloured marble. The mansions were at different levels, amidst beautiful flowering trees, towards our right. When we went nearer, we saw at our left an immense round chapel, deep within very beautiful gardens. For quite a long distance golden marble steps were rising up from the river to these picturesque stretches of land above the river. We stepped out of our boat, climbed those steps and walked along a broad road leading to the chapel. On both sides of this road, there were circular pathways lined by beautiful flowering trees and lovely gardens. The chapel had a tower of immense height in the shape of a cone. From the whole round bottom of the building, the tower rose up and then reduced in size step by step ending with a spire at the top. It had a distinctive charm since groups and groups of angels with their musical instruments descended at the different levels of the tower, and they continued playing their musical instruments, standing there with their shining garments and instruments. It was a magnificent sight amma. We stood in the front and watched that wonderful sight for a long time and then went within the chapel and occupied the front seats, which were arranged in half circles facing the semicircular stage. There was a human choir at the left and human orchestra at the right and the choir was singing to the accompaniment of the orchestra. There was an immense crowd of children in the front holding flowers. We then realized that it would be children’s worship service. Suddenly a very bright golden light similar to that of a focus light emerged from the back of the stage and at that instant, itself, the whole

stage was filled with a large crowd of angels, surrounding our beloved Jesus, seated on a radiant throne at the centre of the stage. At once, we, along with the multitude of the audience, in thousands, stood up, raised our hands and praised Jesus. Then we all sang the first stanza of the song,’ All glory laud and honour’ (Praising song of children) with great joy. The children – we didn’t know whether they sang or just shouted with joy-raised their hands with flowers. The whole front looked like a beautiful garden of flowers. Jesus then stood up and gave a wonderful message. Jesus: (Looking at the children with a tender smile. He spoke as follows.) I love children immensely because of their pure innocence and implicit faith. I am happy to announce that there are millions of children in Heaven. If a person causes the physical death of a child, the human judges may give him a verdict of physical death sentence. But I say if somebody is the cause for their spiritual death. I give a very grave verdict of death sentence to such people by saying. “It would be better for him to have a great millstone fastened round his neck and to be drowned in the depth of the sea”. People do not give much importance in causing spiritual death to children. When parents lose their children on the earth, they grieve for them beyond consolation. But according to Me, such children enter into the perfect Heavenly happiness for ever and it is like saving drowning children and keeping them on solid ground which is equivalent to saving their souls from possible eternal death, if they are going to be drowned in sin in their later lives. So I want the grieving parents on the earth to realize this tremendous truth and it would be a great consolation for them if they realize that their children are saved from possible eternal death and they have entered the ever lasting life of great joy and happiness in Heaven. (I (Kamazh) read the Bible later on and this meaning is clearly given in the revised standard version of the Bible as follows: Math.18:6. “But who ever causes one of these little ones who believe in Me to sin, it would be better for him to have a great millstone fastened round his neck and to be drowned in the depth of the sea”. In the King James Version it is given as “But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me”. The word offend can have many interpretations. But the meaning is clearer in the former version.) David : It was wonderful to listen to Jesus talking about children. Then the whole crowd of children slowly ascended the stage through the long and low steps and stood before Jesus in several rows, holding the flowers in their hands. Jesus then extended both His hands and blessed the children two by two and the children left their flowers at the feet of Jesus and descended row by row. It took some time for the blessing ceremony to be over. During the whole time, the human orchestra played very softly the music of “All glory, laud and honor”. Our teenagers were whispering, “Oh! How we wish that we were also like those children so that we could have gone nearer to Jesus to get His blessing personally”. The children then sang a beautiful “Hallelujah chorus” in which the bigger children sang the song to the soft accompaniment of the human orchestra, while the little children shouted just ‘Hallelujah’ uniformly. Immediately afterwards, Jesus along with the host of angels started His wonderful ascension, extending His hands and smiling at the children. We all joined the children in their shouts of joy and praises.

After that the children streamed out first still shouting with joy. Many of them jumped into the river, crossing it to go to their mansions. Many were floating and swimming along the river and some sailed by boats with adults. We sat on the beautiful golden steps and watched this lovely sight. Finally we left by our boat and reached home singing all along the way. We decided to meet Jesus somewhere and get His blessing by touching us. Amma, I am going down to explain this wonderful worship service to ammamma. I don’t know whether our Mamu and his friends attended this service. Be happy amma! Bye! “Now these little ones receiving, Fold them in Thy gracious arms; There, we know, Thy word believing, They are all secure from harm. Then within Thy fold eternal, Let them find a resting place; Feed in pastures ever vernal, Drink the rivers of Thy grace”. - W.M.A.Munlenberg

8. Tiny Babies In Heaven 2nd July 2005 : 10.50 P.M. Mark 10:14,16 “Suffer the little children to come unto me and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of God. And He took them up in His arms put His hands upon them and blessed them.” David : Amma, we came home just now after visiting a wonderful place of babies. We walked along our main road towards the right, of our mansions turned on the left road and reached the river. From there we took a boat and sailed towards the right. After passing the road which took us to a huge cathedral (Where we took part in a worship service recently), we saw a channel going from the main river towards the right. We turned in it and sailed on farther. The channel was flowing at a much lower level than the level of the landscape on either side of it. Very beautiful gardens adorned the two sloping banks of the channel. We used to see flowers along the river banks, but not like this well arranged gardens. Flights of golden steps rose from the channel at many places and reached the elevated lands cape, crossing the lovely slope of flower gardens. Many beautiful pathways parallel to the channel branched from the flights of steps at many levels so that the garden was divided into many sections and each section contained one variety of flowers of different colours. Since the water level was low, compared to the level of the landscape , We couldn’t see much of the surrounding area of the channel. We could see only a row of flowering trees along the banks beyond the gardens. After travelling a long way, the

channel joined a beautiful lake whose sloping banks also had the same kind of very beautiful flower gardens. Then we sailed towards the left to go around the lake. The channel continued its course from the opposite side of the lake. While sailing, we saw many golden steps rising from the lake and joining pathways within the beautiful woods of flowering trees. Since the area of the lake was vast compared to the width of the channel, we could see clearly the landscape surrounding the lake. Many of the steps were submerged in the crystal clear water. We saw a few small babies, may be below two years old playing in that water. When we talked to them, they couldn’t even give us any reply. Such tiny tots! So we left the boat there and started walking along a broad pathway, starting from that flight of steps. From there we could see the picturesque wood land more clearly. Beautiful pathways were branching from this main pathway leading into the lovely wood of tall and short flowering trees and beautiful green lawns. Later on we learnt that each pathway led to a huge mansion. We walked straight and at our right, we saw a pathway leading to a very large two storeyed pink mansion within the woods. We entered that pathway and when we almost reached the mansion, one young lady came out to meet us. To our great surprise, she was one of the nuns we met in a worship service in a huge cathedral just near that place. She welcomed us with a broad smile and took us first into the back garden of that mansion. Amma what a great surprise awaited us there!! ‘A huge crowd of babies below two years were playing in a wide shallow pool. Their joyful baby voices filled the air. There were water sources like small fountains emerging from clusters of small marble rocks of different colours on the bank of the pool. Very thin streams of water were coming from the interior of the woods as well. Water was mildly over flowing from the pool. The bed of the pool was covered with a very fine white sand like a mattress. On the bank there were different coloured marble pebbles. Babies were within the water, enjoying themselves by splashing the water with their tiny hands and legs. Some of them were sitting along the bank and playing with the pebbles. It was a beautiful and delightful place for the babies. We saw all the races of the world among them. Then the lady took us to the seats placed in a circle under a tree. We saw many small chairs arranged in circles below many of the trees. We were all seated there and she told us about herself and others and how they are serving the Lord by looking after those babies. The lady : I am an English woman and my name is Ann. I was a nun and a fully qualified nurse. I specialized in the field of looking after small babies and I was interested in that work. In the world, we had many homes to bring up very small babies who were abandoned and left on the streets by mothers. So when I came to Heaven and met Jesus first, He welcomed me and asked me what type of service I wanted to do for Him. I told Jesus, “Jesus give me some small babies and I will look after them. That was what I did while I was on the earth”. First I stayed with my mother. Then Jesus gave me a beautiful mansion near the huge cathedral. We can very easily cross the channel from my mansion to come here. Also, Jesus personally installed me in this home. Here we have ten care takers and about one hundred babies. There are many such homes in this area with thousands of babies. Do you know one thing? Jesus loves children so much that He often

comes here and sits on one of these seats. Though the babies are very small, they recognize Jesus. You must see the babies running towards Jesus from their homes or play grounds. It used to be a marvellous sight. Many of them have just learnt to walk. Jesus used to hug them, tell them stories and play with them. He used to spend a long time with them and bless them before He leaves. Babies used to wait longingly for the visits of Jesus. Jesus knows the names of all these babies – thousands of them in this area. Also many baby lovers bring loads and loads of things for them to play, toys made of fur like material like toy bunnies, dogs, lambs. Also they bring many varieties of very soft special kind of fruits for the babies. Some fruits have milk like fluid inside. We make a small hole and feed the babies with the milk when they are very small. Also we used to teach one language to speak and read. We tell them Bible stories with picture books. In each mansion there are four large rooms in the ground floor for babies two bed rooms and two nurseries with a large number of toys for them to play. Do you know one thing? As the sins of the earth, increase, more and more small babies come to Heaven and Jesus needs more mothers and care takers for them. Among us, five of us are nurses and the other five are girls who had worked in children nurseries on the earth. In the first floor, we have ten rooms, each one for the ten care takers. Also there are many store rooms to keep the large number of things we receive as gifts for the babies. We get a lot of leisure time to visit our homes, loved ones and attend worships services. As you know in Heaven there is no need to be afraid of anything. Babies will roam all over the place. Just now the girls have taken groups and groups of babies to many play grounds deep within the woods, where there are homes for pet animals. We can take long holidays also. Another batch of ladies will take over our work. David : She, then went in and brought trays containing several varieties of small luscious fruits. They were new to us. They were very soft and tasty. Then she took us around the rooms in the ground floor and first floor. We sang some funny songs for the babies who were playing in the pool. As I used to tell you, that our girls are very good in entertaining children with their funny action songs and funny mimicries. Amma you must have seen the babies laughing! Ann, our host invited the girls to go over there often, to entertain the babies. Then we all thanked Ann and bid her a fond fare well. The babies just waved their tiny hands to say goodbye and it was a marvellous sight. Ann gave us a few bags full of this delicious baby fruits. On our way back home our teenagers started teasing me saying, “David, we are going to join the staff of the homes to look after those babies. So you have to find some other girls to sing treble David”. Amma, I knew that they were kidding and so I just smiled and kept quiet. Then they said, “Your American friend Bob always teases us saying that he would take you from us and so now this is our chance to tease you”. I knew that they were talking playfully. I know that they would never ever leave our choir, because we are so close to one another and enjoy going to different places and singing together. Just now we reached home. My friends requested me fondly to go to the stream site where we used to meet once in a while for talking and singing. So I am going there amma. Bye amma!

“We want the young for Jesus; On earth, when He was near, With gentle sweet affection, He drew the children near, And still He waits to bless them, With fond and yearning love; Kind shepherd, He would lead them, Safe to the fold above”.

Chapter VI SAINTS, MISSIONARIES IN HEAVEN

1. Saints and Missionaries 6th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M. Dan. 7:27 “ The kingdom and the dominion and the greatness of the kingdoms under the whole Heaven shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most High.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip on the sea. We took our usual route, reached the sea and turned towards the left. After crossing the river which is fed by the sea and which leads to the lake with ten channels, we went at right angles to the shore line towards deep waters of the ocean. After a long time, even from a distance, we saw something shimmering on the sea. When we went nearer, the sight was beautiful and fascinating amma. We saw a huge island with high walls made of shining silver bricks edged with gold and decorated with glistening gold and glittering gems of various colours. It signified something pure and rich because of the intermingling of silver, gold and precious stones. Then we entered the island, through a broad silver gate decorated with gold. The pathway was also laid with silver tiles edged with gold and decorated with gold and precious stones. There were very beautiful gardens on both sides and blossoms of very sweet perfume were kept in silver pots decorated with gold. As we walked a little further, we saw a huge compound with an open gate towards our left. When we went inside, we saw lovely gardens with white flowers and trees laden with white flowers. Flowers were planted in beautiful silver pots decorated with gold. First we thought that it might be an abode of angels because we saw them gliding in and out of that compound. Then we saw human beings. (We were able to distinguish them from the angels, because of their characteristic features. The faces of angels were all alike). One person guided us to a huge lawn under white flowering trees. Amma, we noticed a spectacular difference in the trees of the island. We saw wonderful trees whose drooping branches were laden with exquisite blossoms without a single leaf. On this lawn we saw beautiful silver white seats and a meeting was going on. About fifty persons were seated. seats were arranged in semi-circles. In the front, one person was delivering a speech and we saw angels with golden harps standing near him. He was talking about the wonderful love of Jesus. We were thrilled to hear his lively and animated speech. In between when he said, ‘Praise the Lord’, the whole

group joined him in shouting praises with raised hands. We sat at the back row. While they were singing, angels played their harps. The person who took us there told the speaker about us. At once he invited us to the front and John introduced us collectively. The speaker introduced the inmates of that island as “saints and great Missionaries who suffered for Jesus for a long time and who belonged to all ages after Christ”. He said, “We were the poorest of the poor on the earth and now Jesus, our saviour raised us and we had become the richest of the rich and sons of the richest Father”. He told us how they took the gospel around the world with great joy, even when they were suffering with utter poverty. We could feel their intense love and zeal for Jesus, while he spoke about their missions. The speaker was very happy to see us. He said, “I am so happy to see such a young group for Jesus. On the earth, the youth are going astray from Jesus”. Then he asked us to sing a song. We left our guitar in our boat. Any way as we were about to start a song, to our greatest surprise, an angel, gave us a chord from his harp and we all sang together with the accompaniment of the lovely music of the harps played by the angels and the harmony was superb amma. What a privilege! It was really wonderful. As soon as we finished, they raised their hands and shouted to show their appreciation. We were given seats near the front and we listened to their wonderful experiences on the earth. Then we left them and the guide took us to show the huge castle-like mansion deep inside the garden. Amma it is difficult to explain its silver beauty decorated with gold and precious stones. The whole garden was filled with a sweet and delicate prefume. The water from the fountains flowed out in fine spray like sparkling silver. We saw children inside the garden. The guide who showed us everything gave us small silver vases with white fragrant flowers which were completely new to us, as presents. We thanked him and walked along the silver-gold road. The next mansion was within a huge garden of pale pink flowers and pink flower-laden trees. The silver mansion with pink flowers looked marvellous amma. In all those trees, there were no leaves. We went in and enjoyed its beauty. They gave us pink flowers in silver vases decorated with gold. Amma even those flowers in the vases had golden edges, with a very sweet perfume. We walked along the road, collecting different light coloured flowers in small sweet silver vases. On our way, we saw a very beautiful chapel, surrounded by gardens blooming with lovely white blossoms. A worship service was going on. When we went in, we saw them singing songs of praises with the accompaniment of harps played by angels. Amma, there was a very beautiful cross of fine silver with full of sparkling diamond stones. We found it difficult to look at the brilliant light emitted from the cross and its radiance filled the whole chapel. We could feel the powerful presence of our Jesus there. Then we left the place silently after some time. We went around the road. The mansions were within big gardens touching the outer edge of the island. At the centre of the island, surrounded by a silver pathway, was a big garden with a large number of children. We don’t know whether those children belonged to the saints or to the mission field where they worked. There too we saw angels coming in and going out and it was a wonderful sight. We turned around and walked along the other side of the island. There also exquisitely beautiful silver mansions shone through the lovely flowers of the over-hanging trees.

We caught glimpses of such mansions surrounded by gardens with flowers of various beautiful colours like silver white, pale pink, soft blue, pale orange, golden yellow and pale violet. There also we saw a chapel with a cross emanating brilliant light as we went in. The silence and the glorious cross invoked a sense of overwhelming thrill passing through us. We praised Jesus for having given such a wonderful place for such saints who suffered much for the sake of the gospel and for Jesus and who led such sacrificial lives on the earth. Finally we came out with their wonderful presents in our pockets. We went around the island on our boat. We saw four main gates on the four sides of the island. Also there were beautiful silver-white boats on the sea. Just now we reached our place. I came home with four flowerpots with different coloured flowers with very sweet perfume. Mamu and his friends must have followed my companions to the museum site to see the articles and also to hear their exciting stories. The kids are very smart. If you give them some article and ask them to take it to some one in that colony they will do it promptly and perfectly without making any mistake. Amma : What about your accident on the earth my son? Periamma says that you were carried by the angels before the accident took place since God revealed to her that truth by giving her a wonderful Bible verse. David : Amma, that is the truth. I saw only a host of angels when. returned from the chapel. I don’t know anything about the accident.

I

Amma : In your book, Indra Aunty, Vimala Aunty, Basupathy, Sagu Aunty and perimma have written tributes about you my darling son. David : Amma please thank them for their great love for me. Please tell Basupathy that I want to meet him in Heaven. I am sure of meeting others. But now you all have to do great work for Jesus. When you finish His mighty work, I’ll come to the world and take my dear ones along with a host of angels to our HOME in HEAVEN to our dearest JESUS. “Oh, think of the Home over there, By the side of the river of light, Where the saints, all immortal and fair Are robed in their garments of white overthere” - D.W.C. Huntington

2. Prophets And Holymen 30th May 2004 : 9.50 P.M. Isa. 62:12 “.....They shall be called the Holy people. redeemed of the Lord.”

The

Ps. 149:1 “Praise ye the Lord. Sing unto the Lord a new song, and His praise in the congregation of saints.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful, unusual experience and I am dazed by that. We sailed along our river at the back towards the left side of our mansions and reached the sea through our usual route. At the sea we turned right and reached near the Chinese colony and then turned at right angles to the shore line and sailed towards deep sea for a long time. Even from a distance, we saw a great white island with dazzling white light. When we reached the island we found that there were shining white marble rocks which gave out dazzling white light. There were no walls or gates. We saw a beautiful road touching the sea and it was laid with the same kind of marble, shining with blinding white light. We left our boat and walked through the road. Everywhere we could see the same kind of dazzling white radiant rocks. All the trees (not very tall) and the lawn were covered with white flowers which were also giving out the same white light. We walked very silently on the road. We felt a kind of awe-inspiring Holiness inside that island. We saw angels descending inside that Holy city. First we thought that it was an abode of angels, since we used to see such brilliant light only around Jesus and angels in worship places. We were not able to talk to each other or sing. We were all dazed by the wonderful light and we had a feeling that we were walking through a Holy city of light which was not familiar to us. Water was flowing from those white rocks in small streams reflecting that wonderful brilliant light and they shone like silver – white ribbons. After walking for quite sometime, we saw a beautiful garden on the left side of the road. There were no boundary walls, but it was filled by the same kind of white flowers radiating the same brilliant light. We went inside with some kind of hesitation since we saw groups and groups of angels there. Any way we entered that pathway very slowly and then we heard the sound of wonderful music and singing coming from the right side of the pathway and from a distance we saw a group of angels with harps of gold playing and singing at the front of a group of people seated on big, beautiful white thrones arranged in half circle. We realized that they were humans because they were seated. We had never seen angels sitting till now. While we were walking slowly we saw a person, coming from behind us to join that group. He told us, “This island is full of redeemed souls of prophets and Holy men of the old, who used to talk directly with the Almighty God while on the earth and to whom God spoke directly and gave messages to be conveyed to the people on the earth”. We were thrilled to hear this information. He didn’t give us any more detail, but just passed us and joined the group. We stood away from the group to see what was happening. After the angels stopped singing, one of the Holy men, stood up and started praising God, the Jehovah. After he completed each sentence, the whole crowd (about 50-60) raised their hands and shouted ‘Praise the Lord’, with great joy. The speaker

said, “Let us thank God for having spoken to us directly to guide His people. (Praise the Lord). Let us praise Him for the wonderful victories, He gave to His children.(Praise the Lord) - For the messages and guidance He gave to His people.- For the advice and warning He gave to them.- For having given us the power and boldness to warn the great kings when they went astray from God.- For having given such wonderful prophecies through us, revealing the birth of the Messiah.- For having given us the wisdom to judge His people” – and so on. After each sentence, all of them raised their hands and shouted. “Praise the Lord”. Amma, all their faces were radiant like that of angels. It was difficult for us to identify their features. Even if we did that, we couldn’t have recognized them. I think that it is not the will of. Jesus to reveal the individual identity of each and every one of them. After that person finished his speech, the angel choir sang wonderfully. We were all dazed and we couldn’t speak to each other. We discussed about them only when we sailed back home. I can say that there were more angels than human beings. Finally, after a long time we returned. We didn’t want to turn back and so we slowly walked backwards step by step, still facing them and watching them, since we felt some kind of great reverence for them. We walked that way till we reached the main pathway in front of the mansion. There we saw only angel groups here and there. We looked at the beautiful shining dazzling mansion from a distance and came back to the main road. On the way we saw many mansions, deep inside such shining white flowered gardens. Then at the centre of the Holy city we saw a very beautiful round chapel with sloping roof. The wall and roof were made of the same kind of sparkling white marble. we didn’t go inside and we saw angels within the chapel. Amma it is very difficult to explain the dazzling beauty of the whole place. Every where we saw shining streams of silver-white water flowing along the edges of the roads. We returned along the next road, which ran parallel to the road by which we went in and which turned at right angles and then reached the first road. Along that road also we saw many mansions of the same type, deep inside the silver – white dazzling gardens. We didn’t see any other human beings. We could see only angels here and there. Finally we came out and near the sea shore, our girls collected some white marble stones with the same dazzling light for our museum and some shining white flowers. Nobody collected stones for personal use. We all felt some kind of reverence and holiness attached to every article from that place and we didn’t want to take them personally. Finally, we got into our boat and sailed around the island and saw angel groups descending into that Holy city and sailed back home. After sailing for a long time only, we started discussing the wonderful experience, we had inside the Holy city. From the information given by one holy man and from the praises they shouted, we concluded that Holy men and prophets like Moses, Joshua, Samuel, Elijah, Elisa, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel and other prophets must have been there. Since they had the great privilege of talking to God directly and receiving messages directly from God, they were special in the sight of God and God had given them such a glorious city of light and Holiness, with full of angels. Amma, we were all so dazed, that we couldn’t sing and reached home silently and so there was nobody to receive us. Usually, hearing the sound of our singing, they all used to come to the landing place. So all of us went home silently. I am

lying down amma. I want to rest for a while before going down. Ammamma was not at home and I’ll lie down for sometime. Amma, pray to Jesus fervently before you start writing about this wonderful Holy city, so that Jesus would give you the wisdom and words to express the scenes as correctly as possible. Bye Amma! “Ten thousand ten thousand, In sparkling raiment bright, The armies of the ransomed saints, Throng up the steps of light; ‘T is finished, all is finished, Their fight with death and sin, Fling open wide the golden gates, And let the victors in”.

Chapter VII VISITING DIFFERENT COLONIES

1. Shopping Complex 22nd April 2004 : 10 P.M. John 3:12 “If I have told you earthly things and you do not believe, how can you believe if I tell you Heavenly things?” Phil. 4:19 “My God will supply every need of yours according to His riches in glory in Christ Jesus.” David : amma.

We had a wonderful experience and I am extremely happy

We reached the ocean through our usual route and turned to our left and sailed along the shore for a long time. After passing the Portugese colony etc, we sailed diagonally towards deep waters. Within a short time we reached a huge busy island with a large number of boats around it and we saw people going in and coming out of it. Amma it was a huge shopping complex. First, we went around the island in our boat. The walls around the three sides (two longer sides and one shorter side) were made of beautiful golden edged glazed marble tiles garnished with gold in different colours. We saw the colours of the spectrum on the walls. There was a layer of tall flowering trees near the walls within the island. There was a spectacular beauty regarding the colour of the flowers of the trees and the colour of the walls. We noticed that the front portion of the wall was made of white marble tiles and the trees within that part of the wall were blooming with different kinds of white flowers. After white, the colour of the wall was light pink and the beautiful blossoms on the trees were also pink. Then all the colours of the spectrum ( Red – orange – Golden yellow – Green - Blue – Indigo – Violet) followed and the sight was beautiful amma. The colours were not very dark but lovely light shades.

Then we came to the front which was open without any wall. People were busy with loading and unloading things in boats. We left our boat at one edge and walked along the central main road. There were two more parallel main roads along the two sides near the wall and many streets in between them, so that the whole island was divided into different sections. First we went inside the streets on the left side of the central main road. Along a street there were a number of mansions facing each other on both sides of the street. Each mansion had its own beautiful garden. Here also we noticed a marvellous beauty. If the blossoms of the trees were white, the mansions in those rows of streets were made of white glazed marble tiles edged and decorated with gold. If the trees were filled with pink flowers, the mansions were also made of pink marble tiles etc. In the ground floor of each mansion there was a very huge hall with a front Portico. The first floor was occupied by people who worked in the complex, and the hall was a shop. The mansions in the first street contained all types, and different sizes of flower pots (baskets) made of cane, reeds and palm leaves with much gold and silver work on them. Inside the hall the arrangement was as follows: The hall was divided into different sections by long desks attached to broad shelves at the back. On the desks the different varieties of baskets and flower pots with tags were arranged. The tag contained the following details. The person who made that article and by what material it was made etc. At one desk only one variety in different sizes, with beautiful flowers was displayed. Just at the back shelf we could see the same type of baskets piled up in large numbers. There were light weight trolleys with narrow base and a wide top and it could hold a large number of things. They moved smoothly on the polished floors and roads, with a light touch. Each one of us had two carry – bags. We had already decided to pick up things for our personal use and keep them in our own carry – bags. The trolleys could be used to keep articles for the museum and presents to our friends in that area. Amma our girls are very smart. They know the exact number of adults and children in our mansions and so they quickly calculated the number of articles needed for distribution. Our (boys) job was to collect the exact number of articles from the shelf and pack them in the trolleys. Next street contained mansions with beautiful flower baskets, vases and bowels in gold and silver ornamented with precious stones. Amma, I just cannot explain the beauty of those flower - pots . Some of the vases contained golden flowers and in some there were actual real flowers. The arrangement was the same, as I explained earlier. In the shelves of the store the articles were kept one inside the other and the ladies there told us, “You take as many as you want. There is no shortage in Heaven. Our stores are full and we can replace any amount of it, since we have the richest Father here”. Amma we saw people coming in with trolleys full of articles and just pouring them over the large tables at the back. Ladies were putting tag cards. Some of them were arranging them on the shelves and depositing the rest in their store rooms. By the way our girls filled the tag cards and tied them on the articles which were collected for the museum.

Amma, as an Indian I am fond of gold and I took a lot of small golden baskets studded with different kinds of precious stones and put them in my bag. We also collected articles for the museum and presents for other inmates of our mansions In the next street the mansions had table mats made of palm leaves, reeds, cane and cloth, decorated with gold and precious stones and they were of different sizes and shapes. The mansions on the opposite side had the same articles in pure gold and silver with artistic work and decorated with precious stones. Amma I cannot explain the exquisite beauty and the richness of those shining articles in words. We collected a large number of articles there. I took mainly small golden tablemats. In the next street mansions had things for interior decorations like curtains carpets etc – everything displayed. The ladies told us that we could give orders for the type and size we needed and they would send them through the manufacturers directly to our mansions. We didn’t order any. We had a look at the wonderful display. Next we entered a street of mansions containing jewels in gold, silver and precious stones. The shelves were packed with bangles, bracelets, brooches, waist bands, head bands, necklaces etc. We just didn’t know what type to take. We were perplexed since all were sparkling with such splendour. Everybody collected for personal use and also for our friends and the rare varieties for the museum. Amma I preferred gold. But many of my friends preferred silver jewels with precious stones. They were also really beautiful. I took many bangles and bracelets (for you and periamma) and also many beautiful brooches for ammamma and grandma, They can give some of them to their friends and relatives. Also I took waist bands for Mamu. The next one was for musical instruments. Each mansion had instruments of one culture or country in the world. So we collected many different types for our museum and also our girls took one golden guitar. In the last two streets, the mansions contained toys and playthings for children I took many small play – boats – some golden ones and others for Mamu and his friends. They can float them on the river and play with them. Finally we collected all our packed – up trolleys and came to the front, where we found many big sacks. (huge carry-bags) We tilted the trolleys to transfer the contents into the sacks. We put them at the back of the boat, where we could raise the side railings to make that into a closed room. Our boat was loaded fully with all our own bags and the sacks. Then we sailed back home with a high speed. Amma we can go with high speed in our boat it we want to save time. We spent nearly thirty hours (I calculated from the earth time) in this complex. They said that there were many such shopping complexes in different places. As soon as we reached home adults came and helped ue to carry the sacks to the museum site. I carried my two bags and left them on the table at the portico down strairs and came up to talk to you. If Mamu saw us coming he would come

home now to see what I had brought home. inspect the things with Mamu and ammamma.

Amma I am going down to

Amma, I know what all glorious promises Jesus gave to you. So now you must not become unhappy at all amma! You know the will of the Father now. Can you imagine to which glorious level they had raised me!! I am happy beyond words amma!!! Be happy amma! Bye!! “Eye hath not seen, ear hath not heard, Neither hath enter’d, enter’d in to the heart of man.... The things which God hath prepared, Prepared for them(2) that love Him” - F.J. Crosby

2. Visiting Mansions On A Mountain Top 30th April 2004 Ps. 48:1,2 “Great is the Lord and greatly to be praised in the city of our God! His Holy mountain, beautiful in elevation is the joy of all the earth.” 7.45 P.M. David : Amma, I am talking to you as we all are returning home in a boat. Amma I like to close my eyes and rest and listen to the sweet songs of the lovely birds during this pleasant journey. Iam doing that at present. I hear my teenage friends calling me and saying, “ What David, get up David” in Tamil. But I didn’t open my eyes. Finally they were shouting “sleepy boy David”. With that I laughed and opened my eyes. I’ll talk to you after reaching home. 9.15 P.M. David : Amma we had a wonderful trip along the river touching our rear gardens. We sailed towards the right from our mansions, crossed the worker’s colony. Then we saw the river branching towards the left and again we sailed on straight and then we entered a left branch of this river. It was beautiful and at the same time awe – inspiring, since it was flowing in between very huge mountain ranges of enormous height and grandeur. The mountain slopes on the river-side were very steep and plain and we saw many streams flowing down from above. We couldn’t see the mountain peaks from below-such high and majestic mountains! The water from the streams came down as a spray over the river on both sides and the heavenly light was refracted by them to spread out a beautiful colourful shining spectrum of lights. It was wonderful to travel through the spray of many colours. We felt like going through an enchanted fairy land and we enjoyed the journey tremendously. After sailing quite a long distance, we saw a very long bridge connecting the two mountain ranges, on either side of the river. The bridge was at a very high level almost at half the height of the tall mountains. We saw broad, beautiful steps leading to the bridge from the

river. We left our boat there and climbed up the steps looking at the lovely long pavilion of splendour through which our boat sailed. Finally we reached the bridge and there we saw another flight of steps leading to the top of the mountain. Through those steps we reached the top. To our great amazement, we saw a beautiful colony of elegant mansions of varied architecture surrounded by flowering trees, flower gardens, green lawns, sparkling springs and swimming pools. A broad road ran along the edge of the mountain with golden railings near the mountain slope. We turned left and walked along the road looking down at the fascinating beauty of the river. Then we came to a cross road and turned right into it. On both sides we could see mansions and each one was different from the others. We saw beautiful springs, some were flowing down like streams and some were like fountains. We heard children’s joyful shouts from the swimming pools behind the mansions. Then we reached the other side of the mountain where there was another broad road along its edge. There were beautiful gardens and lovely lawns between the road and the edge of the mountain with seats at many places. The view from there was breath-taking amma. We could see a very large lake, shimmering in the golden light surrounded on all sides by a very huge mountain range which was robed in garments of tender green lawns, trees filled with lovely blossoms and flower gardens. Each section had a particular colour. The whole scenery was marvellously beautiful . There were hundreds of boats in the lake, and they looked like toy-boats seen from this tremendous height. There were steps in many places leading down to the lake from the mountain top and we saw people going down and coming up. As we walked along the road, turning right we saw mansions in the midst of beautiful flower gardens along the right side of the road overlooking the lovely lake. In the first mansion, we saw a white man in his garden. That mansion had one floor with a beautiful sloping roof and a broad veranda surrounding all sides. He told us that those mansions were occupied by people of all races who lived on mountain tops and hill stations on the earth. So they loved to live on mountains in Heaven too and our loving God had provided them such places. We passed on to the next mansion where we saw a black man inside his garden. It was a two storeyed building with a flat roof. He invited us to go to the top of his mansion to get a glimpse of the lake from there. What a marvellous sight amma! We stood there for a long time and enjoyed the sweet splendour of our Father’s land in the glowing golden light of Heaven. Then we said good-bye and started walking along the road. After passing several mansions, we met a lady in a two storeyed mansion surrounded by a beautiful garden. The flowers were different from those in other gardens. In each mansion the garden had a different type of arrangement according to the taste of the inmates. That lady had black hair and black eyes, but she was very fair. She introduced herself as one who had come from the Himalayan mountain range in India. Atonce John introduced me as an Indian and I told her that I had come from the southern most tip of India near cape Comorin. She was very happy and told us that she came from the northern boundary of India while David came from the southern boundary. She invited us all into her spacious central hall. She spoke English too. The central hall was beautifully decorated with typical Kashmir rugs and hangings. She told us that she was involved in making Kashmir shawls, rugs, table mats etc. She took us into her store-house. It

was a huge hall with varieties of beautiful shawls hanging and others in her long wall-shelves. She asked us to take whatever we wanted. We all took one shawl each. I took one in greenish – grey colour with beautiful embroidery work done with sparkling red rubies and white diamonds. Our girls took one each and a few rare samples for our museum. Then she took us to the back of her mansion. There was a huge work – area – a very high round hall with no side walls. The sloping roof was held by huge pillars along the edges of the hall. Many ladies, some men and children were seated on the floor with all their work materials around them. They were making carpets, table mats etc in beautiful cloths of different shades with gold and precious stones. Men and children helped them in cutting cloths from rolls of cloth which they were getting from the weavers and also they sorted out the precious stones according to their different colours and sizes and kept them in different boxes. They were so happy doing that work. The Kashmir lady told us that in the beginning she taught them this work and now they had become experts in doing these. We could see people of all races there (White, brown, yellow and black). They had piles and piles of finished products near them and asked us to pick whatever we liked. Our girls collected one pile of different varieties for our museum and also many others for our personal, use and for the friends residing in our mansions. They helped us to bundle them up for us to carry. Their children were playing in the ponds behind their work-place. The Kashmir lady asked us to see a huge chapel beside the road, farther away before leaving. Finally we parted from them with a fond farewell, carrying all the bundles. We walked along the road and came to a huge chapel with a beautiful tower of gold. It was open and we went in. Nobody was there and there was perfect silence inside. The floor and walls of the chapel were laid with glazed tiles decorated with gold and it was very beautiful. There was an altar of exquisite beauty. We sat down for sometime. We felt as though we were closer to Jesus in that place and we silently praised Jesus for having given us an opportunity to look at the marvellous glory and beauty of Heaven from that lovely mountain height. Finally we came to a crossroad, walked along, turning right and reached the other side of the mountain. We walked along the broad road and came nearer to the bridge and started going down. It was a wonderful experience. Then we reached the bridge. We walked along the bridge half way. We stood there looking down at the flowing river and the sparkling tent of spray spreading over it with a beautiful colourful spectrum. We held our hands and sang a few songs of praise. We didn’t go to the other side of the bridge which also contained many such mansions. Then we got into our boat and sailed on listening to the songs of birds. I took three table mats for me. Girls were taking all the other bundles to the museum and also for distribution. I’ll give my shawl to Mamu. Amma what a wonderful trip! Bye! Be happy amma! “When the mist have rolled in splendour,

From the beauty of the hills, And the sunlight fall in gladness, On the river and the rills, We recall our father’s promise, In the rainbow of the spray, We shall know each other better When the mists have rolled away”. - Anne Herbert

3. Visiting African Villagers 18th May 2004 : 9.40 P.M. Ps. 22 : 27,28 “All the ends of the earth shall remember and turn to the Lord; and all the families of the nations shall worship before Him. For dominion belongs to the Lord and He rules over the nations.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now I reached home. We sailed along our river at the back, towards the right of our mansions. After crossing carpenters colony on our left, we sailed on farther, till we saw two branches of this river one on the right and another on the left. We entered the right branch and sailed a long way enjoying the lovely scenery before reaching a huge lake. On the left side of the lake there was a very thick forest covering half of the lake. The right half of the lake was nearer to a huge mountain enshrouded by a very dense forest. We sailed along the left shore. When we saw a road leading into the forest, we left our boat and strolled along that road, deep into the forest. After a long time we saw a cross-road and we entered that road to our right. This road ran parallel to the lake. After walking for sometime, we caught glimpses of beautiful cottages with one floor here and there within the thick green foliage of the dense forest. As we walked, still farther we heard the sound of some kind of native drums. To our surprise we saw a small group of children, men and women came to receive us playing their drums. As soon as they came near us, they bent low to greet us. They said that it was their custom of greeting some one, special to them. Then we all shook hands with them. From their look, we realized that they were Africans belonging to an early century. They had all smiles for us. It was wonderful to look at their bright, cheerful and smiling faces. They led us to their cottages still playing their drums. We then saw a lovely pool of crystal clear water filled by a small stream coming from the forest, which flowed over the road and joined the lake. We all sat at the soft green lawn near the pool, surrounded by thick forest and green trees with their drooping branches laden with beautiful blossoms of many vivid colours. We felt very happy to sit in that place of natural beauty. One of them, who seemed to be a leader started talking about them and their life on the earth in his native language, which we were able to understand in English. Leader : We all belonged to small villages deep inside African jungle and mountains. (He couldn’t tell us the century to which belonged). We were leading a very secluded life without any connection the outside world. We were self sufficient. For our food, we had our

the they with own

corn fields, fruits, roots and we also hunted animals for meat. But we were mortally afraid of white men who came to our village with guns, and took our young men and women as slaves. We couldn’t resist such invasions. One day a group of white people, both men and women came with raised hands to show us that they didn’t have any weapons. But still we were afraid of them and chased them away with our weapons. But we didn’t hurt them in anyway. They went off. A few days later some ladies alone came, holding high a book on one hand and a cross on the other hand. (We knew that it was a Bible and cross only later). The sight of the cross had a great impact on us and since there were only ladies, we all advanced and they smiled at us. With actions, they expressed that they were not enemies, but friends. So we allowed them to come near our small huts, made of wood, palm leaves and grass, and they sat down. Each one carried a huge bag at their back. They opened it and started giving us some shorts for men and some kind of apron for women. Until then we were all naked except for some cover made of leaves. They demonstrated how to wear them also. Then they opened boxes of sweets and biscuits. (Those names, we learnt later on only) First we didn’t receive those eatables, suspecting there would be some kind of poison in them. Then they started eating and after a long time, since they were all right, we received those sweets and started eating them with relish. They asked us to build a hut. All our conversation was done in actions only. We built a hut for them and they gave us match boxes and our women helped them to boil water with fire-wood. After some days, two of those ladies accompanied a few of our men to a small town far away and from there brought huge bundles of clothes, eatables, soap etc, which arrived from their native country. The other men in the missionary group also accompanied them from the town. Our village people were jubilant as they distributed everything to us. They had their own clothing, vessels and bedding etc. Then we got full confidence in them and we found that they were our real friends, who wanted to turn our darkness into light, because they told us about Jesus and His great salvation. They uplifted us from our rugged life as well. They demonstrated how to use soap to clean our clothes. During evenings they used to make camp fire and we all used to sit with them. They used to pray and we used to take our sick persons and also people, possessed with evil spirit. We worshipped evil spirits before we knew about Jesus. They gave us medicines also. The whole village accepted Jesus as our personal saviour. We made crosses with wood and we all had one cross and also a picture of Jesus in each and every hut. They also instructed us how to make mudbricks and build our houses with those bricks. We had the same kind of roofing as before. We built more small huts for the Missionaries also. Slowly they learnt our language, which was a spoken language only – no alphabets to read or write. Soon they started talking to us in our own language. We also learnt many English words from them. They taught us numbers and simple additions and subtractions using stones and fingers. Then we took them to other villages nearby and introduced them and soon many villages found the Light of Jesus. More Missionaries arrived and some used to go to their own country and come back after a few months.

Thus we found Jesus and came to this Heavenly abode. Here also members of the Missionary groups often visit us, bringing boats loaded with furniture, bed sheets and various fruits from other parts of Heaven. They also used to bring working materials like reeds, cane, precious stones, gold and taught us to make baskets. They also teach us scripture. We make articles with empty shells, we get from various nuts. We collect the nuts from the forest, polish them and make beautiful flower vases, boxes etc, studded with precious stones. This is our story. Jesus never forgets us. He used to visit us with hosts of angels and conduct worship service near the lake. Missionaries also worship Jesus along with us. David : Amma, what a wonderful story!! Then we sang choruses with our guitar. They gave us many baskets and many types of articles they made. The vases were black or brown in colour. I took some small articles in duplicate. Girls collected many things for our museum – vases with wild flowers and other things they made, in their basket. Then they took us along the road, playing their drums. We sang all along the way and visited many such groups along the road and finally reached the other side of the lake, where there, was another river, flowing away from the lake. We didn’t go into the mountain-side of the lake, where, they said, that there were many more villages similar to these. These villages retained some of the peculiarities of their heritage on the earth. They carried our baskets with gift articles. To our great surprise we found our boat near that side of the lake. We parted from them all with a fond farewell and left them promising that we would visit them again We reached home singing all along the way. When we reached our colony, children and adults received us. I saw our Mamu in that group. They followed the girls to the museum site to hear the stories from them with great excitement. The girls used to tell stories of our trip in a dramatic way, which they enjoy very much. I came home straight and I am talking to you now. I am going down to tell the story to ammamma. Bye Amma!. “Shall we, whose souls are lighted By wisdom from on high, Shall we to men benighted, The light of life deny? Salvation! oh, salvation! The joyful sound proclaim, Till earth’s remotest nation, Has learned Messiah’s name.” - R. Heber

4. Russians On Mountain - Top 13th June 2004 : 9.45 P.M. Is. 42:11,12 “Let them shout from the top of the mountains. Let them give glory to the Lord, and declare His praise in the coast lands.” David :

Amma, just now, we came back home from a wonderful trip.

We all started walking on our road in the front towards the left side of our mansions. After crossing the brook we came to the road which turned towards the right and which led us to a river. We got into a boat and sailed towards our right along that river and then turned in a left branch. On our way we saw the huge mountain with a tent of spray at a distance on our left. Then we entered a section, where there were trees laden with beautiful flowers of different vivid colours, on both sides of the river. As we sailed on and on, the forest of flowering trees became denser and denser and finally it was like an extremely dense forest. We were not able to see any empty space without trees and wild flowers. The drooping branches of the trees on both sides, met overhead in a beautiful arch of green leaves intermingled with lovely flowers of different colours. It was darker inside than outside and we saw many shining streams joining the river with high speed, from the left and so we realized that there was a mountain on that side. We couldn’t see the whole structure of the mountain. Wherever, we were able to see, we saw some elevation covered entirely with trees and beds of wild flowers. The forest was filled with the melodious songs of birds. We saw some small jackal like animals in groups and they jumped into the river, swam and crossed the river and we were excited to see them swimming across the river. We sailed on and on and the river curved beautifully onto the left. We guessed that we had almost crossed more than half of the foot of the mountain. We then saw a broad road leading from the river on the left side and we landed there and walked along that road. The road was laid with light orange coloured marble tiles, edged with gold. That road was winding beautifully around the mountain and was going up. There also every inch of the mountain slope was covered with tall flowering trees and wild flowers of many lovely colours, except on the road and the beds of the shining streams flowing down from the mountain top. There was perfect silence, which was broken only by the melodious singing of the birds and murmuring music of the streams. It was very beautiful, but very lonely, without any trace of human inhabitation. If it had been the earth, we would have been frightened to walk along such a lonely road. But in Heaven, even that was a pleasure. Our teenagers were making all sorts of noises and asked John, “Oh John, where are you leading us into this wilderness?” We all had a good laugh and then we started singing. Amma, we could walk or glide according to our wish. We knew that we were going closer to the top. At that time we heard some kind of music. First we thought that it was the natural echo of our songs, but the music was prolonged. Then it was coming closer and closer to us, from the top, though we couldn’t see anybody. Suddenly to our great surprise we saw a group of youth, both girls and boys (all whites) advancing towards us, singing, smiling and waving to us. They welcomed us to their colony on the top of the mountain. They said that they were all

Russians, from the Siberian forests, in the world. They spoke in Russian language which was translated in our brains in English. They took us to the top where we saw a depression at the middle with a very beautiful lake shimmering, with many small boats carrying children and youth. That lake was surrounded with sloping mountains studded with twenty to twenty five mansions at different levels – some around the lake, some on the top of the mountain and some on the slope of the mountain overlooking the lake. All of them were deep inside the same kind of flowering trees with a bed of wild flowers and streams, situated in about twenty to twenty five acres of land. The road went around the lake. At half way, we saw a road branching towards our left, and going to the top. We walked along that branch and reached a beautiful round chapel with sloping roof and without any walls around it. We occupied the beautiful seats within the chapel. By that time, many adults, youth and children gathered there. Their youth sang some beautiful choruses in unison, playing some musical instruments. One gentleman spoke about their life on the earth. He said, “After the European countries became Christian nations, their Missionaries brought us the light of the gospel of Jesus. In addition they started schools and gave us medical aid also. Thus we all came to know about Jesus”. Afterwards, we also sang a few songs and choruses. They then took us to the nearby mansions on the mountain top. They were involved in knitting some kind of woolen carpets, sheets, shawls, table mats etc. They said that they used to get rolls and rolls of thin woollen thread of different colours from the shopping complexes and used to return their finished products there. In a huge mansion, we saw many ladies sitting around, on the open veranda and doing the knitting work. The place was cooler and darker than our place in Heaven. They gave each one of us a beautiful shawl and many round and rectangular table mats which they made. The material was not very thick, but quite nice and soft, which gave us real warmth. Then they took us to a tall tower on the top. We climbed and stood on the third floor. Amma, the view from that place was wonderful, as we tasted a drop of Heaven’s sweetness. We could see similar mountains around and their entire slopes were covered with flowering trees. They could be described as mountains of flowers of many lovely colours. They told us that there were four more similar mountains around that area. There was a huge chapel in one of them and they used to go there to worship Jesus, when He visited that chapel. At the top of the tower, we saw a huge bell. They told us that they used to have a certain time for get together in their own chapel and it was announced by ringing the bell. One of them would give a message and they enjoyed those sessions of singing and worshipping Jesus and the Father. Finally, we parted from them with a fond farewell and their youth accompanied us upto the lake and then we glided down to our boat and came back home. Be happy amma! Bye!

“Stream full of life and gladness, Spring of all health and peace, No harps by thee hang silent, Nor happy voices cease; Tranquil Rivers, Let me ever sit and sing by thee”. - Horatius Bonar

5. Visiting Snow White Mountains And Snow White Mansions 29th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M. Is. 41:20 “Men may see and know, may consider and understand together, that the hand of the Lord has done this, the Holy One of Israel has created it.” David: Amma we had a marvellous trip to a wonder land. We sailed along the river touching our gardens towards the right of our mansions. We crossed the left branch of this river which led us to the great famous falls. After some distance we saw a narrow channel to our left and we turned in it and it had a beautiful bridge across. Our boat passed under that bridge and sailed on steadily in that narrow river, fenced in on both sides by beautiful different types of palm trees. We caught glimpses of a few mansions within gardens in that area. The scenery then changed into lofty mountains which rose from the two sides of the river. We saw sparkling streams flowing from those mountains into the river which became wider and wider. This river then joined another river which flowed at right angles to this one. Amma, it is very difficult to explain the glowing white beauty of that river. We thought that it was covered with glistening snow. Kamazh: Then there was a pause in his narration. I was anxiously waiting – What happened? After some time David told me that someone was calling him from down stairs and that he would go down and come back. After about ten minutes, he started talking again. He said that a lady doctor sent a messenger to inform him about a change in their programme. David: Amma, when we entered that white river, the sight was wonderful. Snow – white marble rocks rose up in inspiring grandeur and beauty from the river and this splendid scenery stretched out on both sides of the river as far as the eye could see. The river also was shining snow – white since the river bed contained such snow – white marbles. Actually we sailed near one such rock thinking that it was covered by glittering crown of ice. Only after touching it, we realized that it was not ice-cold. Since water was oozing out from the white marble rocks, they were wet and so they gave the appearance of glistening snow. Also the whole atmosphere was much cooler than our place. A huge mountain range rose just across the river and it stretched along the river as far as the eye could see and there were some green trees as well. We crossed the river slowly since there were many snow – white marble rocks here and there and we reached the other bank of the river. At

that place we saw a broad road slowly climbing up a mild elevation between two high mountain ranges and then the road slowly went down a small slope on the other side. Amma, as we glided into this gap and went to that side, a wonderful sight awaited us there. My friends were jubilant because they used to see snow covered mountains and water ways in their countries on the earth. On that side of the mountain we saw a very long and wide vast lake glowing white, covered with the same kind of snow – white marble rocks. Even the water looked snow white because of the white bed beneath the waters. There was a road going along the mountain range. We started walking along the left side of the road. Small white boats were plying here and there. Since the inhabitants wore white fur like coats and covered their heads fully with caps of the same white material, we couldn’t easily distinguish the boats from the surrounding. We identified the boats only by their movements. In the same way, we found it difficult to identify the mansions. There were many mansions with one floor along the lake and others over the mountains in different levels here and there. At the very first look, they appeared like the snow-white rocks since the sloping roof as well as the walls were made of the same snow-white marble with snow-white wooden doors and windows. The broad veranda was not open, but enclosed with walls and glass shutters and snow – white curtains were hanging over the windows. As we were gazing at the whole beautiful scenery in that wonder-land, one boat carrying some people, reached the shore nearby. Some men and women got out of it. Seeing us, they waved to us came nearer and invited us to their mansion. When we went inside, to our great wonder, we saw a beautiful garden within, with flowers arranged in lovely golden pots along the edge of the whole veranda. They then took us to their very large central hall which was just perfect with white carpets edged with gold and very comfortable cushioned seats covered with golden lace. There were two fire places with glowing red bricks which gave a smoothing warmth. It was very cool outside, but not icy-cold. There were very beautiful colourful flowers arranged in lovely flower vases. A grand piano stood at one side and a teenaged girl was strumming out some delightful tunes and music pieces on it. We all were seated comfortaby. Then one man started talking with us. He said,” Our family came from north Canada and we used to live in snow-covered houses on the earth and we used to love such surrounding. So Jesus gave us similar mansions in Heaven in such splendid surrounding in this wonderland. Most of the inmates of these mansions were from very cold places of the world. There are many guest mansions as well where people from different parts of Heaven used to come and stay for quite sometime and go back to their own mansions. Even our own family used to go to the hill resort near the sea (Amma I told you about this place long back) where there are many guest mansions and used to stay there for a change”. Then they served us warm delicious fruit juice with chocolate flavour. They kept the fruits near the fire place and just made a small opening to pour out the juice from inside. They then took us to the underground hall and the view was beautiful. It was a very large hall with fire places. Many children sat on the carpet and were playing with their toys and other games like zig-zag puzzle. Youth, both boys and girls were playing games like table tennis over a wide long and smooth table. Our teenagers just rushed to the children and played with them, making them laugh aloud with their usual stories and actions. When we came up, they

asked us to sing. As usual, I gave the key in the piano and we sang the anthem “Jesus is our shepherd”. They all shouted with joy in great appreciation. Then we sang many choruses to the accompaniment of quick music played by the girl on the piano, and our teenagers joined their children and danced together. We all laughed and enjoyed the time we spent with them. When we started to leave, they said, “In the next, mansion on the left, they are making many attractive articles in these beautiful white marble stones with much artistic works. Also if you go a long way towards the left, you will be able to see people playing games like skating etc”. We then parted from them with a fond farewell and went into the next mansion. There also we saw the same type of flower decorated veranda and central hall. They took us directly to the underground hall, where we saw many people belonging to all races of the earth, working in groups. They were making beautiful balls, paper weights and small dolls over a huge ball which would be rocking like our Tanjore doll of India, in those snow-white marble stones, decorated with sparkling gems, which they used to collect from gem-cutters island or shopping complexes. We all sat around them in small groups and saw them doing the wonderful work. They had a huge pile of beautiful snow –white baskets made by soft white reeds. They were getting those baskets from the mansions near the huge falls, which was nearer to their place if they went through the back of their mansions. They asked us to take as many baskets as we wanted and fill them with their articles as presents. I selected one small beautiful basket and started collecting mostly balls decorated with different coloured gems, Tanjore dolls and other articles. Girls took a few baskets, kept one inside the other and filled the inner one with articles. We then parted from them with a fond farewell, thanking them for their generous gifts and climbed up, kept our baskets on the veranda to collect them on our way back home. We, then sailed in three small boats, one after the other in narrow places between rocks and together in broad spaces where we started singing choruses. People in other boats waved to us. Our girls said, “Since we are sailing in a zig-zag manner, between the rocks other boats coming from the opposite side may dash against us”. I told them jokingly, “Don’t worry!! Even if they can’t see you, they will see my black hair and my brown face in the midst of the white of the surrounding area and so there is no chance of dashing against us”. Amma, you must have seen my friends laughing and laughing. They said, “Oh David, you are really sweet! you are our guiding star, a beacon of light and a light House among the rocky mountains in the midst of the sea”. They touched my hair saying, how they wished to have such beautiful black hair. Amma, some of them have dark brown hair, but not as black as mine. We had a real hearty laugh together. Our Canadian friend told us that in the middle of the lake, we could find diamonds around some rocks. So we went around each one of them and finally found some rocks with very beautiful lustrous diamonds of all sizes. Since water was flowing along the slopes of the rocks, we could see the diamonds sparkling within the clefts with special brilliance. In such places, we went nearer and collected them from those rocks though we saw such diamonds, glittering in the lake bed as well. We enjoyed collecting them and it was really a thrilling experience and we all filled our four pockets. As usual my friends’ collections filled half of my pockets. Such sweet and affectionate friends I have amma.

Finally, we turned and sailed along the other bank of the lake. There, the mountains were not very high, but we saw similar white mansions here and there at different levels and saw people getting down from their boats and walking along the pathways. We didn’t visit them, but turned back, collected our baskets, walked back to our boat with all our presents and sailed back home. At home I saw no one and so I left my basket with presents and also my coat with diamonds and came up amma. I am going down to tell ammamma everything about our trip. Our Mamu must have followed other friends seeing the huge collection of baskets. Be happy!! Bye amma!! Kamazh : After that I felt very happy realizing the wonderful trip David had enjoyed. I too felt, as though I went along with them to see that wonderland. So I thanked Jesus for a long time for His wonderful gift of Heaven, its glorious and happy life and also for the great privilege that He has bestowed on David to explain the over-whelming beauty of Heaven, the indescribable rapture of people residing there, and all his wonderful experiences and happiness to me. Then I heard a soft voice telling me as follows: Holy spirit : David dedicated himself to go as a Missionary at a tender age. Then I promised him to give a medical seat if he would go as a Missionary. I am God. I can never go back on My promises and that is why I gave this unusual privilege to David and thus made him a great Missionary – keeping up My promise to him. “For all the promises of God in Him are yea, and in Him Amen”. “Oh! that beautiful city, With its mansions of light, With its glorified beings, In pure garments of white; Where no evil thing cometh; To despoil what is fair, Where the angels are watching, Yes, my name’s writen there”. Mary A. Kidde r

6. Meeting John Calvin, Martin Luther and others 10th July 2004 : 11.00 P.M. Mark 13:9,10,11 “But take heed to yourself for they will deliver you upto councils; and you will be beaten in synagogues; and you will stand before governors and kings for my sake, to bear testimony before them. And the gospel must first be preached to all nations. And when they bring you to trial and deliver you up, do not be anxious before hand what you are to say; but say whatever is given you in that hour, for it is not you who speak, but the Holy spirit.” David: Amma we had a wonderful trip to the sea. We went by our usual route and when we reached the sea we turned left and when we came to the mansions near the sea and backwaters we turned at right angles to the shore line and reached the ship mansions. From there we turned left at right angles and sailed a long distance. Faraway across the shining waters arose a group of islands in an immense circle. When we went nearer we were struck with the beauty of the islands. Each island was surrounded by green trees blooming with blossoms of a particular delicate colour. Also in each island we caught a glimpse of a tall slender golden spire, glittering at the centre of the island. There was a circular bridge going around the front of the islands touching each and every one of the seven islands. The bridge was just touching the water and in some places just immersed in foot deep water. We left our boat near one of those islands and walked across the bridge and reached the island surrounded by trees laden with white blossoms. There we saw a beautiful road laid with white marble tiles edged and decorated with gold. On both sides we saw beautiful gardens with sub pathways and fountains. When we walked straight we came to an immense beautiful magnificent castle, outlaid with glazed white marble tiles edged and decorated with gold, with a golden spire at its centre. The road branched into two and went around the huge gardens of the castle. We entered the garden surrounding the castle and we saw some men going here and there in somekind of uniform. First we thought that the castle belonged to some members of the royal family since the castle was very grand and rich. Then one of those men told us that in all those islands, great leaders of reformation were living and that castle belonged to John Calvin. We were greatly surprised and that man took us inside the castle. The front hall was very grand with artistic works in gold and we saw beautiful golden staircases. We climbed one of them and finally came to the second floor. There we saw a beautiful round conference hall with the golden spire above and surrounded by a balcony all around. Within the hall, we saw the great leader John Calvin sitting along with a few men and discussing. Our John introduced each and every one of us and he shook hands with us and invited us to take our seats. He then started telling us about the process and problems they faced during the time of reformation.

John Calvin : We had to fight with two great forces, the powerful church and the government. We were able to withstand these powers because of our fervent prayers and fasting. You know Jesus fasted and prayed for forty days before starting His ministry. The Disciples and the followers of Jesus assembled and prayed in the upper house to get the Holy Spirit before they started their ministry. So also we in groups both men and women used to go into the forest taking some tents and just water and used to fast and pray for several days together. When one group returned, the next group went to continue the prayers. Thus through our fervent prayers we got the mighty power from the Father, abiding love from our Jesus and the perfect guidance of the Holy spirit to go forward in the great task. Now here in Heaven we are collecting information to know the impact of the reformation in the later centuries in the various countries of the world and we are happy to know that the great light of the Gospel was taken to many countries by great Evangelists and Missionaries throughout the last centuries. David : Amma, then we all sang the great Hymn, ‘Faith of our Father’s Holy Faith’ with great joy, because we were standing in front of such great Fathers. They appreciated our singing. Amma when John introduced me as an Indian, Mr.John Calvin told me, “David, millions of Indians still have to see the light of the gospel”. He told us that the great Marin Luther was living at the third island from his own. We then bid them a respectful farewell and left. We went around the island and saw many mansions along the left side of the road, deep inside lovely gardens. We then came out, walked over the bridge passed on the next two islands and went to the third. There we saw a beautiful road laid with golden yellow marble tiles edged and decorated with gold. Golden yellow flowering trees grew along the fringes of the island in abundance and beautiful gardens adorned both sides of the road. There also we saw a very grand castle made of the same golden yellow jewelled marble tiles, with a tall golden spire at the centre of the castle, within a vast garden of exquisite beauty. We heard voices on the right side of the garden and we saw people sitting in lovely seats arranged in two circles. One person was talking and we realized that he must be the great leader of reformation. He looked young and energetic. He was talking in German language (My friends told me.) As soon as he saw us he invited us to be seated around him. Amma, we were thrilled to see him and to be with such a great leader. John introduced each and every one of us and the great leader shook hands with us and explained about his great venturous mission along with his friends for the sake of the true Gospel. Marlin Luther : I am very happy to see a group of youth like you. In our time of struggle many of our youths were greatly involved in our venture with great zeal. When I left the world suddenly, my friends and fellow workers would have been shocked, but they carried on that work with the help of our Jesus. My friends learnt not to depend on a leader, a man, but to depend completely on the powerful Hands of our Jesus and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. Though I was not in the world with them, when the freedom of worship was declared, I learnt all its details directly from our Jesus and from others who came to our Heavenly Home later on. Now we are earnestly studying the impact of our mission and the spread of the true Gospel light in the later

centuries in several parts of the world. Whenever a great Evangelist or a Missionary comes Home we used to invite him to our place. He or she would visit our great auditorium in one of our islands, to explain their work to spread the true Gospel around the world. Jesus used to visit us often to explain the spreading of the gospel around the world by His children. David : Amma, we were thrilled to hear him speaking about the different Evangelists and Missionaries who went around the world to spread the gospel. We were surprised to know about his great knowledge of the work which went on in the later centuries in all the countries of the world. He even mentioned the names of many Missionaries who came to India in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries carrying the gospel light to different parts of India. He was a source of great knowledge about such Missionaries and Evangelists. He asked us to visit the auditorium on our way back home. He also said that he would try to inform us when Jesus would visit them next and that we would enjoy that session very much. Then we bid him and others a respectful farewell and left them, in great joy. We then went to the island where we saw a huge circular auditorium at the middle of the island. There was a stage and seats were arranged in semicircles. There was a throne on the stage and one below it. We discussed how nice it would be to see Jesus at the front, talking about the evangelical work going on in the world. We then sailed back home and all along the way we sang many great gospel songs. It was late when we reached our place. So I got down at the back of my mansion and rushed to my room to talk to you amma. Amma, grandpa Bensam would be thrilled to know about our meeting the great John Calvin and Martin Luther. I hope to meet grandpa now. I may take him and others, if they like to go to these islands to meet those great leaders, without going to my Medical study centre sometime soon. I am going down. Bye amma!! “Faith of our Fathers living still, In spite of dungeon , fire, and sword; O how our hearts beat high with joy, When’re we hear that glorious word Faith of our fathers holy faith, We will be true to thee till death”. - Frederick. W. Faber and James, G. Waltion

7. Visiting Yellow Race Colony 13th July 2004 : 10.00 P.M. Luke 4:18 “ The spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach good news to the poor.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a cluster of mountains around a lake. We walked along the road in the front towards the right of our mansions, then turned left, reached the river and sailed towards the left. We passed the palm grove island and sailed straight. After passing all the familiar sites, we reached the forest where we attended the worship service once. There, the entire river turned to the right at right angles and we turned in it. Mighty forests rose from the water’s edge on both sides to stretch away unbroken as far as our eyes could see. Scarcely a sound of human activity or songs of birds disturbed the silence of the thick beautiful forest. Our younger friends teased John saying “John, where are you leading us? to which wild destiny?” But John was very clam, didn’t give any answer, because he was very sure about the route. Finally a huge magnificent mountain rose in front of us covered with green flower laden trees. This river, after touching the mountain flowed around the mountain towards the right and at a distance joined a large lake. As soon as we reached the mountain, we saw a broad road starting from the river bank. We landed there and started walking along the road which was laid with white marble tiles edged with gold and it went around the mountain along its right side. When we came to the opposite side of the mountain at a higher level, the view from there was just fascinating. Amma, it is difficult to grasp from mere description, the immense size and beauty of the golden lake which extended over the three sides of this mountain-left, right and also the front surrounded by lofty mountains. We caught glimpses of the tops of some mansions perched on those mountains in the midst of flower laden trees covering their entire slopes. We lingered there for a long time enjoying the magnificent view of the panorama. We then went along that road. At one place we saw beautiful golden steps leading to the top and we climbed those steps and landed on a broad golden road with golden railings. This road was going around the mountain at a higher level. We turned to our right and walked along this road. We could see beautiful large mansions over the mountain. They resembled the ancient palaces in India. (Like the Padmanabapuram palace in our district in India) We climbed a few steps and reached such a mansion. We saw some people working in the lovely gardens around it and some walking along the road. All those people were yellow in colour. A man said, “This mansion belongs to a chieftain, who had been a leader (chief) of a village in a forest country on the earth. All the inhabitants of this mountain and other mountains nearby are from different villages and they belong to the yellow race of the world. Their chiefs also reside with them on these mountains”. He then led us into that mansion. There were many halls lined with polished wood with beautiful carvings. The

wood in each hall was of one colour and the characteristic perfume of that wood pervaded that hall. He then took us to an interior hall where we saw the village chief occupying a beautiful artistic wooden seat, surrounded by about twenty five children, who were sitting on the floor in front of him. The floor was also made of polished wood decorated with gold. The chief was in his traditional dress with some kind of head turban meant for village chief. As soon as he saw us, he stood up, came to us and welcomed us very warmly with a bright smile. When we extended our hands, he took our one hand in both his hands and gave a hand shake as though in great reverence. He asked us to be seated in beautiful cushioned wooden seats around that hall. He said that he was teaching about Jesus with the help of small dolls which he displayed on a low table in front of him. Then he started telling about himself and about the villagers living in the mountain. The village chief : We belonged to a very backward village in one of the far eastern countries of the world. The gospel was brought to us by white Missionaries. Before that, we were worshipping evil spirits as gods. We didn’t know that they were evil spirits. But out of fear only, we worshipped them, giving them animal sacrifices. We conducted huge festivals to appease them. During such times the village priest would be possessed by that spirit and he would dance in front of the idol of the deity. At the same time our children and women used to be possessed by those spirits and we tried to drive them away by witchcraft. (Amma it is exactly similar to the worship of evil spirits as gods by our Indian villagers even now). Then one day we saw a group of white men riding on horse backs and they came near our temple and watched our ceremony. At that time the village priest was dancing in front of the idol. He screamed and asked us to drive them away because the spirit of their so called god couldn’t stand the sight of them. So we chased them away. That happened a few times. I ordered them not to enter in to our village territory. So afterwards they started gathering outside our village within the forest. They always knelt down, closed their eyes, folded their hands and were speaking something. Later on only we knew that they were praying to the wonderful God Jesus. Then miracles started happening without my knowledge. Our villagers used to take the sick and the evil possessed persons to them and those white men used to pray for them and they got immediate deliverance. I couldn’t stop my people from going to them. Finally my daughter became very sick and she was possessed by an evil spirit as well. I gave many offerings to our deities and did everything I could do for her, but all efforts were in vain. Finally, out of desperation, I sent messengers and brought the white Missionaries to my home and they knelt around my daughter and prayed, keeping their hands on her head. The evil spirits screamed and left her and she became perfectly all right. Then I knew that their God was a powerful God . They showed us pictures of Jesus and also Jesus on the cross and tried to explain about Him with actions. They also carried small wooden crosses. We realized that the cross had a great power over all these evil spirits whom we worshipped as gods so far. I ordered all my villagers to follow this wonderful God. The first English word we learnt was Jesus. We removed all our idols and put up a huge thatched shed for our worship. By that time the Missionaries studied our language a little bit and explained about the great free salvation of Jesus. They gave us small Bibles in

English and also small wooden crosses. All the houses of the village had one Bible and one cross and we kept them as great treasures since we realized that evil spirits would not dare to trouble us if we had a cross and a Bible in our homes. The Missionaries then took some of our boys to the distant town where they lived and educated them in the school there. So, soon our boys became teachers to our children. From the people of our villages who came to Heaven after us, we learnt that we have a school and a small hospital, in our village now on the earth. In Heaven some of those Missionaries including teachers and one Missionary doctor who worked in our village used to visit us often and we used to have worship services in a beautiful chapel next to my mansion. Now because of the great Missionaries, we got the great light of the gospel and we were able to come to Heaven through our saviour Jesus Christ. David: Though he talked in his native language we were able to understand them in English. John then introduced me as a Missionary doctor from India. Immediately the chief came to me, held my hands and said, “From my people who entered Heaven later, I came to know about the wonderful work done by Missionary doctors and we feel that they are gifts from Jesus. Also I heard about India as our neighbouring country”. Afterwards I asked John, “Why did you introduce me as a doctor while I am only a student.” For that John replied “David, you almost completed your medical course on the earth and now you are studying more than what you would have studied on the earth. Also you were dedicated to go as a Missionary doctor and so we will call you a Missionary doctor only.” We sang many choruses. Their children also sang with drums and wooden cymbals. The chief then asked the children to bring us some presents. By that time the hall was filled with women, youth and children. I think that they were living as a joint family. They brought us several beautiful wooden crosses, made in different coloured woods, and decorated with sparkling gems of various colours. The crosses were mounted on small stands. The chief told us that they were made by the villagers. All of us took many for each one of us and put them in our pockets. The chief then took us to the nearby chapel which was completely made of wood (walls, roof and floor) with lovely artistic work and decorated with gold. He then led us along the golden road and we reached the site, where there were many beautiful mansions here and there at different levels on the slope of the mountain where the villagers were living. The children walked in front of us playing their drums. By hearing the sound, the villagers – men, women, youth and children – gathered on the road. These women made some kind of noise by rolling their tongue as a gesture of welcome. Amma, it was similar to the sound, our Indian village women do during marriages and other functions and festivals. We then walked back to the golden steps. Many children brought us beautiful wooden trays with lovely carvings containing small crystal jars filled with yellow and brown coloured perfume. The Chief told us that it was another job of the villagers. They used to collect different resins from the trees and make these perfumes. Each one of us took two jars and put them in our pockets. They gave us the empty trays also and our girls collected them. The chief showed us a mountain on the opposite side and said that there was a huge auditorium where Jesus used to come and people from all

the mountains would go there to worship Jesus. We then parted from them with a fond farewell. The chief again took our hands in both his hands and bid us a fond farewell. Their affection was really touching amma. The whole length of the road was filled with the villagers. We then started climbing down waving our hands. They were standing there waving till we went out of their sight around the curve of the road. Then I told John, “Now the girls would try to give away the trays to us, which they were carrying”. While we were talking, our girls became really smart. They came behind us and tucked the trays within our arms and ran away in front of us. We tried to chase them for sometime. But they ran fast and got into the boat. We were laughing and carrying the trays. Finally we all got into the boat and sailed back home. While we were walking, I was just waiting for a chance and I quickly placed the tray upside down over the head of one of the girls who walked nearby and walked swiftly away. She was giggling and shouting at my back, “David, naughty boy, I will teach you a lesson later on. Now go go” They all went to the museum and I am at home now amma. Amma be happy. See how happy I am !! Bye amma! “Dark the night of sin has settled Loud the angry billows roar; Eager eyes are watching, longing, For the lights along the shore.” - P.P. Bliss

8. Meeting First Century Converts By Apostle Paul 23rd July 2004 :11.15 P.M. Rom. 1:1, 4, 5 “Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ called to be an apostle, set apart for the gospel of God… and designated son of God in power according to the spirit of holiness by His resurrection from the dead, Jesus Christ our Lord, through whom we have received grace and apostleship to bring about the obedience of faith for the sake of His name among all the nations.” David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed through the river at the back towards the left of our mansions and reached the lake. From the lake we entered the river and we sailed straight passing all the familiar sites and branches. We then passed through long and lofty mountain ranges on both sides and then the river flowed within thick woods without any mountains. There we saw a right side branch in the main river and we entered it. There also we saw nothing but tall trees on both sides of the river. We travelled a long distance in such dense forest without coming across a single mansion or a human being and our girls, as usual started to tease John, asking him where he was leading all of us. We then saw a sharp right turn in the river. At that turning point, the dense woodland was torn

aside to reveal a broad road touching the river. So we left our boat there and started walking along that road. The river again turned left and flowed parallel to this road. On both sides of this road we caught glimpses of beautiful white mansions with one floor and sloping roofs deep within the woods. But we couldn’t see anybody around them. We walked straight and then we saw a side road towards the left and turned in it. From there we could see a river at the back of that colony as well. On that side road also we saw the same type of mansions. We could call that area as a colony or a village. Almost at the middle, we saw another road towards the left which took us to the central part of that colony. But so far we didn’t see any persons, not even children. When we walked farther we heard human voices coming from a huge hall, almost at the centre of that village. We walked towards it and found a large gathering there and a person was talking to them. That hall was open on all sides and we saw many people sitting on the floor and listening to him. When we went nearer the speaker invited us and we went within the hall and sat on the floor near the speaker. He told us that their villages were situated in a very large area and the inhabitants of all those villages belonged to the first century Christians (Jews and others) who were converted by Apostle Paul during his three journeys and also by his coworkers like Barnabas, Timothy, Apostle Peter and others. In that particular village, there were about hundred mansions belonging to converts from the island of Cyprus in the world. He was one of the leaders who worked in the early churches in Cyprus. He said, “All our children went to the next village to attend scripture class, conducted in their community hall. All these villages are surrounded by a network of rivers with bridges connecting every one of them. Each village has its own spiritual leader. In one of our villages there is a huge auditorium where Apostle Paul and other Apostles used to come and teach the leaders more about the gospel and also explain the different epistles of Apostle Paul to many of the early churches. They also tell us about the dark ages following the early centuries. They describe how the true gospel was spreading all over the world by Evangelists and Missionaries. They gather these news now and then from the great evangelists and Missionaries who come to Heaven during later centuries. The leaders then go to their respective villages and convey these messages to their people. For worship service we used to go to an immense ‘chapel of light’ where all the Disciples and Apostles of Jesus gather and worship Jesus along with us. [Amma, immediately I remembered the ‘chapel of light’ which we visited once and saw the Disciples and Apostles worshipping Jesus along with us.] Our main professions are farming and weaving. Also we make many other hand work products. This is our time of get together. During the time of work we’ll be involved in anyone of the above works”. We then sang a few choruses for them and John introduced us as ‘Youth belonging to nineteenth to twenty first centuries from river side mansions’. They then took us to a row of mansions at the other end of the village. There we saw a river flowing from the main river, parallel to the one through which we sailed, with a beautiful bridge connecting this village to the next. Along that row of mansions, we saw many working places, which were open on all sides. They showed us small mats made of reeds and also cloths. They made cloth from threads of cotton, silk and wool, which they cultivated in their farms, which were on the outskirts of the village. They gave us some smaller samples of their products. We went around the village

and we caught glimpses of the other villages surrounding this one, separated by a network of rivers. We can call these villages as small Islands surrounded by rivers on all sides. Inside each village, there was a network of beautiful roads. Finally we bid them a fond farewell and sailed back home. I got out of the boat at the back of my mansion and started talking to you from my room. Now I am going down amma. Bye amma “Send abroad the gospel heralds, let them take the blessed light In to ev’ry land as darkness, Piercing through the shades of night. Tell the world, the whole wide world,”

9. Meeting Ceylonists In A Palm Grove Island 25th July 2004 : 11.05 P.M. Rev. 7:9 “…… I looked and behold, a great multitude which no man could number, from every nation, from all tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before the Lamb, clothed in white robes, with palm branches in their hands.” David : Amma, we visited a lovely island in the sea. As soon as we reached the Ocean by our usual route, we turned left and sailed a long distance parallel to the shore. After crossing all the familiar sites, we turned at right angles to the shore and sailed along those golden waters. After travelling a vast distance, we saw a very beautiful palm Grove Island. It was so large that we didn’t think of going around it. We landed near a broad road and I was thrilled to see such a large number of palm trees which were similar to our coconut palms. But the leaves, though long, the individual units were attached to each other at the base of the stalk. Those trees had long bunches of nuts similar to our coconuts but smaller in size and larger in number in one bunch. Shining white sand and green palm trees stretched as far as our eyes could see, starting from the lovely sandy shore of the sea. It was very calm, serene and the sight was beautiful to look at. We walked along the road and after quite a long way, we heard the joyful voices of children. We saw a very huge pond at our left with crystal – clear water and water lilies. A large number of children were playing inside the water and some were sailing in small boats. We went near the pond encircled by beautiful marble steps. Along its bank, we saw many women making different kinds of articles using the green palm leaves. Most of the women and children were brown and we saw a few white and yellow children among them. They introduced themselves as people from tropical islands like Ceylon. We introduced ourselves and I introduced myself as native of a place near Cape Comorin. Many of them spoke Tamil with the special accent of Ceylon Tamilians. They then took us farther into the island and

there we saw another huge pond surrounded by beautiful mansions deep within the palm trees. First they took us to their working place, which was open on all sides. There we saw many women and young girls making different articles with thin long strips of the green palm leaves, interwoven with gold ribbons. There were huge piles of hats with wide rims. They were very beautiful and looked like hats of cowboys. Also they were making attractive hand bags, flower baskets, fruit trays, table mats and many other things. Amma think of the articles made by coconut tender leaves, which are sold in shops in Cape Comorin on the earth. But these were more beautiful because of the gold ribbon interwoven with the green palm leaves. They asked us to select one hat for each one of us according to our size. Then they asked us to select many more smaller ones for our children and samples of all their products. We selected a large number of hats and other things and kept them there to collect on our way back home. They then sent word to the mansions near that area to assemble in their huge cathedral near that place. They said that they used to have worship service with Jesus in that cathedral only. It was an immense building with two short wings, a beautiful altar, many seats and a large space without seats in the front for the children. When we entered along with many women youth and children, we saw a youth choir consisting of boys and girls at one wing and we sat on the opposite wing. One fourth of the cathedral was filled with people – mostly women. They said that most of their men had gone out to shopping complexes to deposit their finished products and take back home the articles they needed. The choir whose members were mostly brown sang beautiful songs in English. They, sang ‘What a friend we have in Jesus in English. They also sang Tamil and Singhalese songs. The children also sang many choruses and the tunes were familiar to us. Then our girls sang in Tamil the Tamil translation of the chorus ‘I have decided to follow Jesus’ with their strong European accent and they sang well. I was amused and smiling at their accent and we all enjoyed their item. Our girls then taught them many choruses, action songs and told them stories with funny actions which made them all laugh for a long time and we all enjoyed it. One of our girls introduced me as, “Here, we have David, our special handsome Tamil boy and he is our greatest friend and we all love him very much. He is our choir director and now we have a choir and a musical band in our area after David came. Our David is very special to us and he is highly talented. Aren’t you proud of him?” At once they all shouted with great joy saying “yes”. We then sang an anthem and other songs, since they seemed to enjoy English music and songs. Then I told them about myself, my medical studies and my dedication to become a medical Missionary while on the earth and also about my very dear friends in Heaven. They told us that many students from their country (Ceylon) also used to come to India to learn medicine and went back there to serve in their country. They then served us juice collected from their palm nuts. It was sweeter and thicker than our tender coconut juice. Then the children went in a procession singing raising up their hands led by the youth and we followed them back to our boat. In the meantime some of their girls brought all the presents they gave us, from their working place and they carried them for us.

So all of us walked joyfully and freely upto the seashore. They bid us a fond farewell and asked us to go over there again with our children. We also invited them to our place. Those people cut many water lilies in different colours and kept them in our boat. They were similar to our water lily on the earth, but they had many more colours like orange, yellow, different shades of pink etc. Amma, I think that we have only three colours, white, red and blue. We then sailed back home. In the boat itself, our girls packed two baskets for me with many things including flowers, one basket each for John and other bigger girls. I stepped out of the boat at my backyard and came home. I kept the two baskets downstairs and came up to talk to you. Now I am going down to tell everything to ammamma. Be happy amma! Bye! “Fly abroad, thou mighty gospel, win and conquer, never cease; may they lasting, wide dominions Multiply and still increase: Sway thy scepter, Saviour, all the world around”. - Rev. W. Williams John Rippon

CONCLUSION By the special privilege given to me by my beloved Jesus, my darling son David is conveying marvellous messages and glorious glimpses of Heaven from our Eternal Home. This is my second book in English on the series of books called ‘David Talks’. In the first book I had the privilege of writing down the messages conveyed by David from 28th October 2003 to 14th April 2004. In this second book I have written the messages, I received from 14th April 2004 to 2nd August 2004. (My son David’s birthday anniversary) Hence this is his birthday publication. After reading this book, do you long to go to this wonderful Home that our Lord Jesus has prepared for you and me, when the call comes? There is Only One Way to go to this wonderful place as Jesus said, “ Iam the way and the Truth and the life; no one comes to the Father, but by Me”. (John 14:6) To open the gates of Heaven, Jesus was born on this earth, bore our sins on Him and died on the cross to pay our debts of sin. He rose from the grave on the third day and thus broke the chains of death, St. Paul says in I cor. 15:54, 55, 56 “Death is swallowed up in victory. O death where is thy victory? O, death where is thy sting? ....... thanks are to God; who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.” Jesus himself said, “Iam the resurrection and the life; he who believes in me, though he die, yet shall he live” (John. 11:25) Even today the empty tomb of Jesus bears witness to the above fact, so Christ is real and unique. So those who confess Jesus as Lord and accept His salvation through the cross, gets glorious everlasting life after passing away from this world. But the sad thing is that even those

who know well about Jesus, lead a life thinking the life on, this earth is the end of everything. A saintly man wrote about our life on this world thus: “If our everlasting eternal life in Heaven is an infinite line, our life on this earth is a dot on this infinite line.” Please compare the two lives and think which has greater value-the infinite line or a dot on that infinite line? Where are you going to spend your eternity - in that glorious place of perfect peace and everlasting joy or in a place of darkness with unthinkable, unbearable agony amidst unquenchable fire of hell? Please take a decision today - at this moment. Please come to our saviour Jesus Christ, who bore our debts of sin on the Cross, get His forgiveness and the entry card to Heaven. Our son David received the entry card to Heaven at the age of 13, when he accepted Jesus as his personal saviour and dedicated his life to become a missionary in future to serve the Lord. So when the call came unexpectedly, prematurely, he entered that glorious Heavenly kingdom of great splendor and started his missionary work by conveying the marvelous messages of Heaven to the earth, so that many could be partakers of the eternal kingdom by reading this book. David’s untimely parting is the greatest tragedy to the family living now in this world, but I thank my beloved Jesus for the greatest privilege of hearing David, speaking to me, conveying the splendor of the various realms of glory in Heaven. I certainly, believe that this experience is a wonderful gift to me and to my family to console us as well as to lead many to our saviour Jesus Christ. Several times, when I was in deep slumber during nights or taking rest in the afternoons, I used to wake up by hearing the voice of David calling me, “Amma, amma,” which I could hear deep within me and I eagerly listen to him. Many of my elderly readers sent me the following message either by letters or through phone calls. “After reading this book, the fear of death is gone from my heart and I long to go to that glorious place to live with Jesus.” We are distributing this book free of charge. At the same time, we have a fund called, ‘David’s Missionary Fund’ to help the poor medically, in a small way. If somebody wants to contribute to this fund, we will accept it gladly. Please pray for our family and also for David’s missionary work through this book. May God bless you. Mrs. Kamazh K. Solomon, 3, Henry Road, Nagercoil - 629 001, Tamilnadu, India. Phone : 04652 - 230778 E-mail : printland.rediff.com P.s. We have printed books ‘David talks’ in English Book I and II and also Book I and II in Tamil. On request we will send a copy, according to the availability of the books.